The others were similar, he noted, but he only had a second to appreciate it before the golems turned to them. ¡°As before, slow them down and root them, we¡¯ll attack one by one,¡± he ordered hurriedly.
They set to work quickly. As vines and shadowy tentacles erupted to hold the golem in font of him, others reaching for the other two to slow them down, Tim Charged the monster. He tried a few stabs, but knew they wouldn¡¯t be very effective. Instead, he kept the attention of the golem focused on him, turning it slightly and letting it follow him as he backed away. A few second later, as he dodged a swing from its club-like arm, it started staggering. He jumped forward again, shoulder-checking it and using his blade-arms as levers to hook its leg. It worked, the golem came crashing down.
The sound of heavy footsteps warned him and Tim dodged to the side before the second monster could reach him, turning and repeating his strategy. However these things worked, they clearly weren¡¯t quite smart enough to learn from one example. It let him repeat his tactic and also went crashing down to the ground just a little later.
In the end, the whole fight only took a few minutes. Tim breathed out deeply and shook his head as he trudged to the center of the cavern after stabbing the eye socket of the last golem. ¡°Are these things supposed to be new?¡± he wondered.
¡°They could have been here for a while,¡± Tirias pointed out. ¡°They may not have been a true challenge for us, but they would be deadly to most others who may wander in here, even seasoned adventurers.¡±
¡°There¡¯s no way to know unless we check out where they came from,¡± Ash commented.
Tim frowned and looked at the golems. The others had already killed all three, or deactivated them, depending on your viewpoint. At this point, he was pretty sure they weren¡¯t really alive or at least not really intelligent. These ones were also clearly smaller than the one they¡¯d encountered before, so they fit in the underground chamber.
¡°You¡¯re right, I want to investigate this,¡± he decided. ¡°Someone has to be making them. Even if the other one just got loose by accident, people would have noticed if it or others like it had been wandering around outside for a while. But that doesn¡¯t mean there couldn¡¯t be a lot more somewhere down here.¡±
¡°Or hidden elsewhere,¡± Anuis pointed out.
Tim nodded. ¡°Right. So let¡¯s check it out.¡± He wasn¡¯t really worried about the danger; his gathered party was pretty strong compared to pretty much any other force, especially in restricted quarters. They¡¯d just have to be careful of ambushes or the like.
The tunnel continued past the cavern, but it was wider and looked to his inexpert eyes like it might have been expanded. There was a little more of the glowing moss, and when he inhaled carefully, he could tell the air was also a bit more humid, which presumably had something to do with it. There were few rats around anymore. It made the corridor smell sterile and lifeless despite the plants.The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement.
They continued on in silence, every fighter in the group on alert and keeping their weapons ready. The golems weren¡¯t particularly stealthy, but they¡¯d still take no chances. Tim kept an eye on both directions and made sure to mentally mark the distance they were traveling, trying to keep a mental map of their surroundings and the tunnel system in mind. The psychic link would¡¯ve made it easier, but he¡¯d make do.
The further they went, the more anxious Tim got, but it wasn¡¯t because he was afraid of danger. Instead, it was like there was something tickling at the edge of his mind, a feeling like he was missing something, but when he tried to reach for it, it remained frustratingly elusive. There were some details he should have caught but didn¡¯t, perhaps.
He was just about to speak up and ask Ash if he felt something similar, before the tunnel finally ended. They¡¯d seen one split already, where another tunnel moved off to the side, but the scouts in the group reported that it seemed less alive, and he felt like continuing on straight was the better idea, anyway. The tunnel was bigger and seemed more important, clad with bricks seamlessly fitted together without leaving any gaps, the material almost seeming to darken a bit as they went on. Then finally, they came to another door, and behind it some answers.
"That¡¯s why it seemed familiar,¡± Ash breathed. ¡°The Hive.¡±
And Tim knew what he meant instantly.
Further on, the tunnel opened into a kind of antechamber which in turn led to another underground complex. This time, the walls weren¡¯t just brick, but partly metal. The doors were slightly rounded at the top, a bit bigger than normal for human-sized people, and there were side tunnels leading up or down into levels between this story and those above or below, some of them twisting into a helical shape. In all, the structure was built almost as much on a vertical plan as a horizontal one, and kept open with few doors and instead large rooms allowing for groups of people to gather, for a communal kind of people that liked to do things together.
¡°What do you mean?¡± Anuis asked quietly.
Tim stepped up to the wall again, scratching his claws against the brickwork. A tiny part of the surface layer crumbled away, and he rubbed it between his fingers. ¡°This is similar to our Production Drones¡¯ substance, but not quite the same,¡± he murmured. ¡°Like another variation. Something made for building.¡± He didn¡¯t need to test it, but he would bet it was fireproof and water-resistant, too.
¡°What about the metal?¡± Eduard asked, instantly alert as he scanned the space in front of their group. ¡°It¡¯s not like any I¡¯ve seen before.¡±
Tim tilted his head, looking at it more closely. ¡°The same as the golems?¡± he asked.
Alvol cursed softly. ¡°You think they took the metal to make those golems from here?¡±
¡°It¡¯s possible,¡± Tim answered. He took a few cautious steps further into the base. ¡°I think I may have seen something like this before, actually.¡±
In the psychic link, memories of the old Hivekind base where his Queen had hatched. He wasn¡¯t sure, he was hardly a metallurgist ¡ but at least the stasis pod might have some of the similar material. He wished he still had access to the psychic link to help him remember, to confirm it.
¡°I feel like I¡¯m missing something,¡± Iliam said.
Tim sighed. ¡°Just a suspicion,¡± he said. ¡°Let¡¯s explore further. Whatever this place is, it seems someone has found it before us and is using it for dubious purposes.¡±
¡°If this really is what you think it is ¡ª to think they could just use it as a trash heap to scavenge materials,¡± Eduard muttered. ¡°It¡¯s almost worse if this is not Ancient. Who would take something like this and destroy it for such a base purpose? It¡¯s ¡¡± he shrugged helplessly.
¡°Sacrilegious?¡± Ash asked sarcastically. ¡°Someone who wants to make golems, perhaps? I wonder if metals are the only things of worth they can find here.¡±
Tim grimaced. If they were, was it because someone else had already taken all the other technological marvels from this place? If this was an old Hivekind base, it¡¯s a wonder it wasn¡¯t completely destroyed, but it must have been found and at least emptied at some point. Otherwise wouldn¡¯t some of them have hid here and survived?
The thought almost made him shiver and he sped up a little. Walking deeper into this base, he was almost certain of his suspicion that it was an old Hivekind installation. From the Hives who had come from Haven before the arrival of the gods and the Cataclysm, those with much better technology than his had access to, who might have been very different from the Starlit Hive in other ways, as well.
Judging from Anuis¡¯ grimace and the way Tirias clutched his weapon with white knuckles, he wasn¡¯t the only one who remembered that all those Hivekind had been killed; warred on and exterminated as scapegoats or threats.
They kept walking in silence, through one of the major corridors, down a small ramp and into a larger corridor leading at a slight incline further downwards. Some of the side corridors were clearly smaller than would be comfortable for most people and he wondered if they were made for Swarm Drones. A few were ventilation shafts, and a few kept closed by locked doors.
¡°Can you hear that?¡± Alvol asked quietly. ¡°It¡¯s coming from ahead of us, further down.¡±
Tim nodded and inhaled deeply. The scent of water was slightly stronger in that direction, while there was still little airflow, keeping the air still and sticky. ¡°Let¡¯s check it out first,¡± he said. If there was someone else down there, they needed to know about it instead of allowing them to maneuver behind their backs while his party explored this place.
There was another tunnel leading downward, soon enough, one large and wide enough that Tim could tell it had been meant to accommodate fliers. It went down at an angle, a bit curved like a slide. He walked down at a fast pace, but still cautious of where to place his feet. The silence of the complex around him was unnerving, and he had the impression they were moving away from the center of the base.
After a while, the large slide-tunnel opened out onto another large cavern, possibly a natural one. The old Hivekind must have used it as either a storage area or workspace for heavy machinery ¡ª maybe some kind of vehicle bay? Either way, it wasn¡¯t recognizable. Sheet metal curling inside on the edges like crumpled aluminum foil lay in some spots, while others only held melted slag or amalgamations of metal bent so out of shape it was impossible to tell what they¡¯d once been.
Further in, towards the middle and where a dark hole suggested another entrance, was a cleared space. It looked like someone had taken bites out of the surrounding piles.
As they finally rounded the corner around another slag heap big enough to have been a tank in another life, he had an unobstructed line of sight to the center of the cleared area and realized they¡¯d been too slow. Clearly, despite their attempts at being quiet, their coming had been noticed.
He only barely had a glimpse of a slight figure in dark robes, only long enough to get their System description.
| Ren Lanisiosa ¡ª Level ? Golem Artificer |
The next moment, the figure finished darting away from them and turned. He had a flash of green eyes in their hooded face, and his ears faintly caught a muttered exclamation. ¡°Impossible!¡±
Then, before Tim could respond, there was a slight flash of light and the person in the dark robe disappeared.
¡°Dammit,¡± Ash cursed, running forward and leaving Tim behind.
He quickly glanced at the others to check they were all still with him and on guard, before he followed Ash. Tim couldn¡¯t see, hear or scent the golem artificer anymore, so it was a good bet they were gone. As he stepped closer, Tim could make out the object on the ground where the person had disappeared ¡ª teleported away, presumably.
A plate of metal, at least two meters in diameter. In it was etched a double circle along with several other symbols. Tim frowned as he got closer and bent over the carving, careful to keep his head well clear of the circle itself. It was round enough to be made by either machine precision, good calipers or someone with talent and a lot of experience; he couldn¡¯t tell the difference that easily.
¡°This is a ritual circle,¡± Nucme stated, frowning at it as he stepped up beside Tim.
¡°You don¡¯t say,¡± Tirias answered. ¡°What does it do?¡±
¡°Teleportation, presumably.¡± The dark elf shrugged.
Tim raised a hand before they could start to bicker. ¡°Long-range?¡±
Nucme shook his head, glancing at the other mages in the group, who gestured agreement. ¡°No. Prepared like this, it has to be short-range, perhaps just enough to get out of this structure. I didn¡¯t even know it was possible to do something like this,¡± he added. ¡°Teleportation is very advanced.¡±
Tim frowned. They¡¯d have to spread out and search for them right away, then, although he wasn¡¯t optimistic about their chances of capturing the artificer. Even just leaving the complex would be a good head start. And they¡¯d have to travel in groups and be wary of traps and ambushes. Still, another question presented itself to him more urgently. ¡°Could they have found this here?¡±
¡°Something made by the Hivekind, you mean?¡± He frowned, then sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t know.¡±
Tim grimaced and clenched his teeth. Well that¡¯s very helpful. He glanced at Eduard and the others, who avoided his gaze or shrugged. ¡°Like nothing I¡¯ve seen before,¡± the young Delver said, ¡°but that doesn¡¯t mean much.¡±
¡°Well, at least we know a little more,¡± Ash offered. ¡°I caught his info and Golem Artificer is a very specialized Class. No bet this is the one behind all those golems we¡¯ve found.¡±
¡°Probably wasn¡¯t working alone, though,¡± Alvol added.
Tim sighed, cracking his knuckles. He wouldn¡¯t get anything done standing around. Hopefully they could manage to get this outside, or transcribe it, and he¡¯d have quite a few questions for Galatea the next time she visited. Assuming she could find them down here.
Chapter 326: Checks
After the issue of the succession was finally settled, Regina didn¡¯t spend much more time in Nerlia. Partly, that was because she wanted to get back to her usual routine, and she still didn¡¯t quite feel comfortable storing new eggs in Nerlia¡¯s royal palace. There was also a lot of paperwork waiting for her back in Cera.
Partly, it was because she¡¯d gotten what she came for.
Regina really didn¡¯t think the Nerlian nobles were close to rebelling, not without something happening to provide some impetus. That didn¡¯t mean Galatea had been wrong to point it out to her. Her visit was definitely a good idea; showing her face, reminding them of who they now ultimately answered to, and getting a personal sense of the Nerlian court.
The Nerlians hadn¡¯t had a recent civil war to split their peerage. Kiara was still only in the process of piecing them back together in Cernlia. Here, it wasn¡¯t like a group of nobles could or would go off and do their own thing. Instead, she¡¯d realized, the power struggle of the aristocratic class played out in court. King Roger and his immediate predecessors had already been trying to centralize power in Nerlia for a while, and they¡¯d been somewhat successful. Unfortunately for them, it hadn¡¯t led to absolute power for the crown, it just meant that the court ruled the country. It was probably better for the people than pure, compartmentalized feudalism, given at least there were general, national regulations and laws. It was also better for Regina. She¡¯d already interfered and tilted the balance. The lords probably knew it as well, but they were too invested in the paradigm to try and turn back time; instead, they would claw for every scrap of power they could in offices and bestowals and royal appointments and licenses.
Regina had been more or less aware of this situation before, but actually spending a bit of time observing and talking to the people ¡ª mostly men, though a few women were powerful here too, just generally in more indirect ways ¡ª really drove home the details and nuance of this process. For one, that it was a process. There was no such thing as a stable equilibrium in something like this, not really.
She just needed to shift the center of power in Nerlia from Nerlia itself to her imperial court. There, Regina still had control. Power went where she directed; it would be a mix of direct imperial appointments and elected representatives. It was another process, or perhaps an extension of the existing one. And the process was already underway, of course.
For now, she¡¯d marked out people she could work with, and people she wanted to recruit. A few of them she would gently introduce to Madris and Galatea¡¯s invention. The thought made her smile as she prepared to leave the city behind again.
¡°My well wishes for your trip, Your Imperial Majesty. I hope to be able to see you again soon,¡± Raymond said as she came to a stop beside Thor, who was waiting in the main garden.
Regina turned and smiled at the prince, who had come to see them off as representative of the royal family again. It wasn¡¯t surprising. Ever since her agreement with the king, Princess Adelaide had avoided her. She didn¡¯t need to spend much time in her presence to sense her disappointment. The princess didn¡¯t throw a fit or anything, but it was almost worse; she could sense she was disillusioned. Regina didn¡¯t like the feeling.
¡°You¡¯ve been a gracious host, my prince. Thank you. We will certainly see each other again, and I look forward to working with you to put some of the ideas we have discussed into practice.¡±
Raymond nodded seriously. ¡°I hope I can live up to your expectations, My Empress,¡± he said. He lowered his voice. ¡°I know you must have at least permitted my father to name me heir. I will do what I can to prove worthy of the title for the people of Nerlia.¡±
Regina¡¯s smile widened, unmoved by what might have been a warning. ¡°I know,¡± she said. ¡°Please remind your aunt that she is always welcome back at the capital, as my guest if she likes. The invitation goes for you and your sister as well.¡±
Rosalie had also avoided her recently, which was to be expected.
The prince thanked her again, then stepped back, bowing formally. Regina climbed onto Thor and waved once at the gathered people watching them. Then the others around her rose into the air and Thor jumped up as well.
Since she still had a lot to do, Regina spent the flight back mostly immersed in the psychic link, catching up on work. It was definitely an advantage to have a psychic link to many of her subordinates and her personal assistant, since they could prepare paperwork she would only have to sign in addition to holding meetings ¡®virtually¡¯. Regina didn¡¯t have any important conversations scheduled, though, since she knew they would both be distracted.
At her request, Thor and the others didn¡¯t fly in a direct line but a curving path, giving her another glimpse of the spot they¡¯d chosen for her newest construction project. There wasn¡¯t much to see yet, of course. Some drones had started to gather there and were preparing the ground, but it would be a while until the actual building was visible.
From there, it wasn¡¯t too hard fly back passing over the site of her planned new capital, and there was a lot more to see here. Many buildings in the center were already standing, even if they might not be entirely finished yet. Thor dipped lower and went in a bit of an arc across the location to give her a better view, but Regina didn¡¯t stop or fly down to talk to them. She could check on the progress over the psychic link, and showing up in person would just turn it into a big thing she didn¡¯t have the time for right now. Still, it was nice to see how much progress they¡¯d made.
On the way back, she checked on the other parts of the Empire. The gnomes were still struggling to get situated in their new position, but that was to be expected. They were gradually acclimating, and the cultural and technological exchanges they¡¯d started were proving their worth. It was becoming more common to see gnomes in Cernlia, in Forest¡¯s Haunt or even in Nerlia. Mostly traders resuming their old routes, but increasingly other people as well. Similarly, Imperial citizens had been tricking into the Gnomish Confederation, too. Most of the schools and research centers Regina had planned were still under construction, but once they really got started, she was expecting, and looking forward to, a lot of scientific contributions. Mia was already talking about extending their rail network into the Gnomish Confederation.
There was one more major construction project Regina couldn¡¯t check on right now even though she wanted do, although only if you used the term loosely. Namely, she¡¯d been planning on building an actual road through the mountains to connect the Empire to the southern lands. It wasn¡¯t anywhere close to finished, but they had at least finished construction of the first phase and were hard at work creating tunnels through some of the more challenging parts. It was not an easy project, since they had to protect their Workers and Swarm Drones that were doing the demolition and construction from monster attacks. But with the war against the gnomes over, the help of some maps and local guides from said gnomes, and troops available to pull guard duty, it was making progress. In fact, despite the risks, it was proving to be a good opportunity for leveling, including for her Swarm Drones, if she managed them carefully.
Regina¡¯s psychic range was, of course, recently shifting with the travel she did, which had to be accounted for, but it was more of a benefit than a problem for that project, at least. It was a bit more of an issue for their efforts to find more information on the Esemen, but she hadn¡¯t exactly sent drones in to spy on them, so it was fine. Still, Regina already knew she should spend some time in Cera after this most recent trip instead of more travel.If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.
Once they returned to the city, she got Thor to fly tight circles above it, then slipped from his back and stretched her own wings, letting them carry her down toward the royal palace. But not without taking in the city first. She rarely even got to extend her wings unless she was traveling or training, which she didn¡¯t have much time for usually. Working the kinks out of them was nice. Regina could tell her appearance had caught some people¡¯s attention, and felt sure they were pointing and staring, judging by what she could sense of their minds, but she ignored it. Somewhere along the way, she¡¯d gotten pretty used to people staring at her, or at least able to ignore it.
Instead of using the front door, Regina touched down in the back garden of the palace. She rolled her shoulders and folded her wings loosely against her back. Normally she couldn¡¯t get them properly folded away tightly without the help of one of her drones, probably one of the reasons Hive Queens had Attendants. She¡¯d worn a tunic and jacket with openings for the wings for the trip, but they still pulled a bit uncomfortably on the fabric.
Luckily, Ira was already there to welcome her, walking further into the garden to approach her as Regina turned towards the door. The smile faded from her face as she focused more intently on Ira¡¯s emotions and the expression on her face, though.
¡°I was looking forward to a bath and a bit of rest, maybe spending a bit of time with the newly hatched drones later,¡± Regina said. ¡°You look like I¡¯ll be disappointed.¡±
Ira didn¡¯t smile this time. ¡°Welcome back, Mother,¡± she said. ¡°I would have spoken over the psychic link, but you seemed distracted, and it¡¯s a matter you should address in person anyway.¡±
Regina regarded her for a moment, then nodded. ¡°Let¡¯s get inside, then.¡± Thanks for the ride, Thor, she added to the other drone. Are you going to stay in the area?
I think I will in case someone needs me, Thor replied.
Regina sent him back a feeling of acknowledgment and focused on Ira as she made her way inside through the back door. Max was coming as well and would be here in a minute. Apparently, no one had prepared a welcoming committee this time, which was good, so she didn¡¯t have to waste time on ceremony. Maybe the drones hadn¡¯t publicized when she would be back, or Ira had just made sure they¡¯d have privacy.
What is this about, then? she asked as they walked down the corridor.
Ira chewed on a her lip, a sign of nervousness she didn¡¯t give often. We caught a spy.
Regina¡¯s step stuttered and she turned her head, raising an eyebrow. You did?
Yes. Well, June caught them, actually. We¡¯re going to her now, Ira added.
Regina nodded. She would have figured that out from sensing her mind. Deciding it was best to get the story from both of them directly, she kept quiet until they entered the parlor close to her office where her apprentice waited for them, but kept turning Ira¡¯s words over in her mind. It probably wasn¡¯t surprising something like this would happen, but still concerning.
June stood and bowed as Regina entered, but she was smiling. Unlike Ira, she didn¡¯t feel nervous. Maybe a bit excited. That reassured Regina a little. ¡°Master,¡± she greeted her.
¡°June,¡± Regina returned her smile, then unceremoniously plopped down on the nearest armchair. ¡°I hear you caught a spy. Shouldn¡¯t Daine be here for the debrief?¡±
June and Ira exchanged a glance. ¡°We can call him in if you want, My Queen,¡° Ira said. ¡°We just thought it might be best to keep this quiet for now.¡±
Regina frowned. Before she could answer, the door opened and Max slipped inside. He nodded and smiled at the others before leaning against one of the tables, crossing his arms.
¡°A spy,¡± Regina informed him, speaking out loud for June¡¯s sake. ¡°I assume it was someone in a sensitive position, then?¡± If someone had bribed a junior assistant clerk, they probably wouldn¡¯t be having a meeting like this.
¡°It was one of your own people,¡± June said.
Ira shifted on her feet. ¡°We¡¯ve hired more assistants, as you know, Mother. There¡¯s a lot to do, I can¡¯t organize your schedule, act as your secretary and do all of it myself; so we need others to help with your wardrobe, prepare food, pack things if you travel, clean your rooms ¡¡±
¡°I know,¡± Regina interrupted, sending a gentle wave of reassurance at her. She had a lot fewer personal servants than a lady of her status usually would around here, but she also had no desire to clean her own room or buy her own stationery. Of course she was aware of the situation and her attendants. They still had too few sapient drones, who could command Swarm Drones and do other important tasks, to waste them on work others could do just as well, or better given their experience, so they were mostly locals.
Show me which one? Focus on them, she asked Ira over the psychic link.
Ira did as she asked, focusing on her memories of one person and picturing them in her mind. Regina nodded to herself. She recognized the guy, but she didn¡¯t think she¡¯d ever exchanged more than a few sentences with him, and he hadn¡¯t been with them long.
¡°How did this happen?¡± she asked.
Ira shrugged, still feeling uncomfortable. ¡°I¡¯m sorry, My Queen. Lars seemed trustworthy, he was a hard worker, respectful, I didn¡¯t really notice anything off. I hadn¡¯t given him access to anything important yet, he was still just doing grunt work and kept away from your office, but it probably wouldn¡¯t have been long before his duties included giving him access.¡±
Regina grimaced slightly. They would have to start screening more carefully. She kept most important documents locked in drawers when she wasn¡¯t using her office, but that was hardly foolproof protection. ¡°It¡¯s not your fault,¡± she said. ¡°I should have checked all of them myself, but I was done with the current group and moving on to other officials and courtiers, and I neglected to keep up with it properly when I was traveling and you hired new people. I should have thought to do a deeper scan of everyone working directly with any of us.¡±
¡°At least it seems like we probably stopped it before he could do serious damage,¡± Max spoke up. ¡°Still, it¡¯s my fault as well. I should have kept a better eye on this, as your head of security. If they can send in a spy, they could send in an assassin.¡± He cocked his head. ¡°He was just a spy, right? How did you make him, June?¡±
¡°Honestly, it was mostly luck.¡± June shrugged. ¡°I ran into a group of your servants, Master, when I was looking for something. You know the book about traditional Cernlian folklore that Janis got you a few weeks ago? Ira wasn¡¯t there and I just wanted to ask who was responsible and see if I could get a look. I was going to get another copy for mother¡¯s birthday. I didn¡¯t think it was worth disturbing you by asking another drone to ask over the psychic link.¡±
¡°Sure, I did tell you you could borrow my books.¡±
¡°Anyway, as I was talking to the servants, trying to learn names and faces and what their duties were, the man got weirdly nervous. He tried to hide it, but I was also trying to practice my psychic skills, so I noticed. I don¡¯t know if he wasn¡¯t taught any psychic defenses or just didn¡¯t bother around me. Probably the latter, if you didn¡¯t sense that there was something off with him. But it was enough to make me suspicious. So I asked him more questions and he got even more nervous. Then I just asked him if he was hiding something while trying to check if he was lying like you told me, and he was definitely lying. That was it, really. I asked if he was spying on you and he lied when he said no. So I left and went to the nearest of Max¡¯s guards and they arrested him. That was about two hours ago, I think.¡±
Regina blinked and nodded. ¡°Well done,¡± she praised her apprentice. ¡°Both in your actions and your psychic skills. Nice work.¡± She tugged on her mandible. ¡°Well, that takes care of my next question.¡± Obviously, the spy knew he¡¯d been made.
¡°Did we find out who sent him?¡± Max asked, following with the next obvious question.
June shook her head. ¡°I tried asking, but he didn¡¯t answer, and I¡¯m not good enough to force the answer from his mind.¡±
She glanced at Regina.
Regina grimaced. I could definitely get an answer, if I played it right ¡ she considered. Maybe making them answer and checking their honesty would even be the simplest option, it would be an interesting case to try that mind control talent I¡¯m supposed to have. But, that would be a severe violation.
¡°Just put him in a cell and let him stew for a while, for now,¡± she said after a moment. ¡°Maybe we can get him to talk by sweating him a bit. And I¡¯m sure there are a few people trained or experienced in interrogations around here.¡±
Max cocked his head and she knew what he was thinking. But the spy had been caught, there was no apparent danger anymore. She couldn¡¯t justify jumping straight to ethically dubious measures.
¡°As you wish, My Queen,¡± he muttered.
¡°In the meantime, I¡¯m going to need your help to run another thorough check of everyone living in the palace,¡± she told June. ¡°Consider it advanced training.¡±
June smiled, and Regina could tell she was actually looking forward to it. At least that was nice.
Chapter 327: Reporting
As expected, they didn¡¯t find anything when trying the other exit from the underground complex. Tim had sent his party out in groups, trying to move quickly, but he¡¯d always known the chances of catching their quarry, or finding anything they might have left behind, were low.
Tim suspected there had been a few more golems, though. They hadn¡¯t found any, but the artificer had clearly posted some a short distance beyond the complex on the other side to guard the entrance, where they¡¯d fought the golems. It stood to reason there had been a guard on this entrance as well, but the artificer must have picked them up and brought them with them as they fled. It was even possible they had some way of communicating with them remotely. He wasn¡¯t sure if they¡¯d been alerted of his group¡¯s approach and had simply taken the risk of staying a little longer or not.
His party also hadn¡¯t found anyone else, which was probably a mixed blessing. He had no way to know how many people were aware of this place. Presumably, the golem artificer hadn¡¯t been working alone. Tim was confident his party was more than a match for whoever else might show up, though, at least in the short term, which was why he had turned to exploration and cataloging everything they could find with little concern about other intruders.
It took a while, as expected. The complex was pretty big. Almost certainly bigger than the outpost the Hive had found in the Great Forest, where Regina had been hatched. And it was obviously a different Hive. Even if the distance between the two locations hadn¡¯t indicated that, there were differences in style as well. Almost everything inside the compound had been taken or destroyed at some point, though, so it was hard to learn anything else about it. Or even what it had been used for. By this point, he was pretty confident the place that connected to the outside with another large tunnel was indeed a vehicle bay of some kind originally, but that was one of the few rooms where he could even say that with any certainty.
¡°And what now?¡± Tim muttered, staring across the vehicle bay.
There was still a lot of material left; the old Hivekind had clearly found, or created, it cheaply and hadn¡¯t held back in making their armaments and vehicles. But little of it would still be useable. Most just looked like scrap.
Little didn¡¯t necessarily mean none, though, and he didn¡¯t know how thoroughly whoever had trashed this place had checked. It was possible they could still find something important, but they would have to manually sift through all of this.
¡°How long are we going to stay here?¡± Tirias asked. It was barely not a whine. Elves weren¡¯t made for the underground, as he¡¯d said more than once. Alvol and Nucme had only scoffed.
Tim bit down on the impulse to say ¡®as long as it takes¡¯. Honestly, he was unsure and the question had weighed on his mind practically since he first realized what this place was ¡ª what did they do now? It could be a priceless opportunity, but it was also located a long distance away from the Empire or the Hive and in the middle of disputed land regularly being fought over by the locals.
If only he could talk to his other siblings. Or to Mother.
¡°At least for a while longer,¡± he decided. ¡°Ash, Anuis, Ed, a word?¡±
He turned and walked a few meters to where they could talk privately. ¡°I¡¯m inclined to not let this go so easily. What do you think?¡±
¡°It¡¯s going to draw attention sooner or later,¡± Ash warned. ¡°And people might fight for it. This area is already volatile, right?¡±
¡°It is,¡± Anuis added, nodding. ¡°Add an Ancient ruin to the mix and it will only get worse ¡ª I know that¡¯s not what it truly is, but it¡¯s what people will think of it as.¡±
¡°We can hold anyone off for a while, until and unless they actually muster an army, though,¡± Ash offered. ¡°Although we still don¡¯t know who else knows about and has been using this place. We need to find out more.¡±
Tim sighed, glancing at the others. ¡°I think we can sit on this for at least a while, and then maybe leave a guard behind. We¡¯ll think about other destinations and where we might get help. But, Galatea has been visiting us at least semi-regularly since we left. I¡¯m sure she¡¯s scrying on us.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t want to do anything more until you have checked in with the Empress, then,¡± Ed said, nodding. ¡°Perfectly sensible in my opinion.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡± Tim glanced at the ritual circle they¡¯d carefully left alone. There was that, too.
Once they returned to the other group, the local human adventurer, Tony, who¡¯d been pretty quiet so far, spoke up. ¡°Lord Tim, this may be a find that necessitates informing your allies. I am sure Archmage Lucian would be pleased to help you secure this site.¡±
Tim frowned. That was a bit more formal than usual, and also raised some implications. ¡°You think so?¡±
¡°I could contact him,¡± Tony continued. ¡°We only need to travel a league or so, and I can send a message to Veragles. He could be here with help soon. We don¡¯t even need to inform the Prince if you don¡¯t want to.¡±
Tim¡¯s frown deepened. He supposed it wasn¡¯t so surprising. Even if his group had tried to bring tamed beasts used as messengers, they couldn¡¯t have crossed the mountains, and magical means of communicating at that distance from a variable location weren¡¯t really feasible either, so they hadn¡¯t bothered to try. But there was no reason someone couldn¡¯t send a message to a city that was much closer on this side of the mountains.
¡°How would this work?¡± he asked carefully. ¡°Pragmatically speaking, I mean.¡±
Tony shrugged. ¡°Well, I¡¯m not a commander. But you know there are a few cities fighting over this stretch of land. The smaller one to the north, Iliucin, is allied to Veragles ¡ª¡°
¡°Beholden, you mean,¡± Iliam said. He was sitting on an unstable looking metal pile and kicking his legs idly.
¡°Whichever. And Lord Thande¡¯s family is strong there. He has a lot of resources to call on.¡±
Tim sighed. ¡°I appreciate the offer, Tony, but I¡¯ll have to decline for now.¡±
The adventurer straightened up. ¡°You need to reconsider, Tim. Something like this .. the Archmage will want to know. I¡¯m not going to keep it from him.¡±Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website.
Tim pinched the bridge of his nose. ¡°Fine, then. Tony, you¡¯ll stay here until further notice. I¡¯ll give you all guard shift rotations. You will not set foot outside the complex without my say-so, you understand? Just to be safe. Can¡¯t lose my contact with Veragles.¡±
Tony stared at him. Tim just turned to Iliam. ¡°And you?¡±
The dwarf just shrugged again. ¡°I¡¯m not sure who¡¯s actually supposed to be paying me at the moment, but I like you and I¡¯m not loyal enough to Thande to betray you to him. Besides, this just got really interesting.¡±
Tim rolled his eyes, but he thought Iliam was sincere. He¡¯d still make sure both of them were watched, of course.
The next two days or so were full of tense waiting. Tim paced through as much of the halls of the complex as he could, a bit disappointed that no one in his current party had wings. Definitely an oversight. He tried to catalog what he could see and assess what it might have meant, helped by the others. They watched all entrances they could find and pulled a lot of guard shifts. So far, no one else showed up, not even a monster.
Tim was just about to consider who he might leave behind as a guard to watch the place while he went to that other city when his patience was rewarded.
It started with Nucme appearing in the doorway to the hall he was currently in, looking almost windswept. ¡°Tim, come to the bay,¡± he called, already turning.
Tim swallowed his questions and followed the dark elf, rushing through several corridors. When he finally entered the vehicle bay and made his way past several blocks of scrap metal to where his group had set up camp, he breathed a sigh of relief and felt some of his tension relax. Galatea was there, looming above the group impressively for someone whose projected body was shorter than him. She had crossed her arms and was looking around with a guarded expression.
¡°Galatea,¡± Tim greeted her as he skittered to a halt, breathing a little harder. ¡°I¡¯m glad to see you. We need your help.¡±
¡°I can see that,¡± she responded, sweeping her gaze across him and then around. ¡°I wasn¡¯t expecting you guys to be underground. The scrying backlash wasn¡¯t pleasant. Tim, what is this place?¡±
He ran a hand through his hair, then briefly explained everything that had happened the last few days and what he had found out and supposed about this underground complex. He couldn¡¯t read her reaction very well, aware that she only showed on her face what she wanted to, but she listened without interruption.
¡°So, I¡¯m a little stumped on what to do next,¡± he concluded. ¡°But for now, can you take a look at this?¡±
Instead of grabbing her arm, he just gestured vaguely with it and turned to lead her to the metal plate etched with magic circles. Most of the others stayed behind at the camp, if they weren¡¯t on guard shift, though a few trailed after them.
¡°Is this from the old Hivekind or just a magical technique I hadn¡¯t heard of from this part of the world?¡± he asked.
Galatea frowned down at it, staying silent for a few seconds, before she shook her head. ¡°I don¡¯t know,¡± she admitted. ¡°It seems vaguely familiar, but I can¡¯t quite place it. Maybe it is from an old Hive, maybe it¡¯s just a local tradition I haven¡¯t encountered much, or maybe someone combined elements of both. It will need a bit more study.¡±
She tapped her fingers and he waited silently until she met his gaze squarely again. ¡°Regina will be very interested to hear about this, but the location could be better, to be sure. At least it hasn¡¯t already come under the control of any local power. Under the circumstances, I think we can safely say your original diplomatic mission can take a backseat, or at least include another objective.¡±
Tim nodded. That was some assurance he¡¯d wished for, even if she hadn¡¯t said anything surprising. ¡°You¡¯ll let them know?¡±
¡°Of course.¡± Galatea started pacing up and down, then nodded and turned back to him. ¡°Chin up, Tim. This isn¡¯t a bad thing. We can make this work.¡±
¡°I hope so,¡± Tim muttered, then filled her in on the situation with Tony and Veragles in more detail.
Galatea didn¡¯t seem particularly concerned. ¡°Honestly, it was probably to be expected that one of them would report back to the archmage. Intersting detail about their city¡¯s influence, though. I¡¯ll tell Regina about this as well, but she¡¯ll probably back whichever way you want to play this. Whether that means a closer alliance with one local faction here or not. But you might not have to fight alone, anyway.¡±
¡°Yeah?¡± he asked.
¡°Regina may send another group through the mountains. I¡¯m not up to date on their exact progress, but the Empire has been working on securing the route. Another special forces group is definitely doable, I think, especially after the end of the war with the gnomes. If you want to ask for reinforcements ¡¡±
¡°Yes, please,¡± he said with feeling. Another kernel of hope lit in his chest as well. If they open the way, I can return, even just for a brief time ¡ But he pushed that away, now wasn¡¯t the time to pout over missing his Hive. ¡°That would be great. I think my mission is going well enough, but some backup would definitely be appreciated.¡±
¡°I¡¯m sure,¡± Galatea said a bit drily, and nodded. ¡°I¡¯ll let them know. And Tim, you know you can talk to me if you¡¯re not feeling well, right? I should be able to take a passenger back, even if we have to make shorter hops. If you, or one of your party, is suffering from being separated from the psychic link ¡¡±
Tim breathed out deeply and shook his head. ¡°I appreciate the offer, Galatea, but we can handle it.¡±
She looked at him for a moment, but seemed to accept that. ¡°Then I will be on my way soon. But for now, can you show me that golem head you say you took?¡±
Tim nodded and guided Galatea back to their camp and the rest of the group. They¡¯d passed around their mysterious spoil, but currently someone had propped it up against some of the bags. He reached out, turned it in his hands thoughtfully once and then offered it to the mana-form.
Before Galatea could do more than hold it and take a quick look, the others distracted her with questions and requests. Tim hid a grimace. He shouldn¡¯t monopolize her attention, but he felt a bit antsy about sending word back to the Hive and getting information from them. Still, they had all been more or less isolated for a while.
¡°Lady Galatea,¡± Tony spoke up. ¡°I am not sure if you are aware, but I have the option of contacting our patron in Veragles. Perhaps you could even accompany us, or confirm that there is no foul play at work? We can get reinforcements to help secure this position quite quickly this way. It would be much faster and more convenient than waiting for troops from the Empire that may never arrive, and much less disruptive, as well. More Imperial forces showing up would inflame tempers and perhaps provoke a conflict, wouldn¡¯t you agree?¡±
Galatea paused, frowning at him. ¡°I¡¯m sure Tim has thought of all that.¡±
Tim shifted his weight. It was nice to hear Galatea back him up, although he wouldn¡¯t mind a second opinion.
¡°Are you trying to get her to overrule his princely lordship?¡± Iliam asked, leaning back against another twisted metal contraption he¡¯d dragged over and re-fletching an arrow. ¡°Would that even work?¡±
Galatea paused and Tim and she exchanged a look. Galatea had no official status or rank in the Empire, she¡¯d never wanted one. The Delvers showed her respect or even deference and she was the Empress¡¯ best friend, but you could argue she had no official authority. Not that it really mattered. Tim shrugged slightly at her. If Galatea had a strong opinion on this topic, he was willing to follow her lead, anyway. Besides, she could talk to Regina and get her orders.
¡°Mother values her highly,¡± Tim said, a bit stiffly. ¡°But she put me in charge here. I would always listen to Galatea, it¡¯s pointless to try and create some kind of conflict between us.¡±
¡°Sure, no offense meant,¡± Iliam drawled, focusing back on his task.
¡°You should all stay put here for a while longer,¡± Galatea said. ¡°I¡¯m sure the time will come to talk to our contacts in Veragles.¡± She glanced at him and Tim knew they were both thinking the same thing: The city wouldn¡¯t send soldiers here just to help them out. They¡¯d do it as part of a ¡ªprobably planned ¡ª grasp for power in the region.
Potentially Ancient ruin or not, this place wasn¡¯t really important enough for everyone to go to war over. Tim would give it up and leave if it came to that. But until then, he would still try to find out what was going on.
At least he could now let someone who knew what they were doing worry about the magical questions. He just liked the chance of learning more about their predecessors.
Chapter 328: Exercises
Psychic abilities, Regina had learned, were finicky, subjective, and hard to teach. They were like other types of magic on the surface, in some aspects, but tended to require intricate control and thought. They were also, as a consequence, more rewarding to use well. Or maybe that was just her. June seemed to agree, though. Lessons were usually nice, but they could also be frustrating.
¡°But if someone doesn¡¯t want to answer your questions at all, it¡¯s harder to find the answer in their mind than if they just lie, right?¡± her apprentice asked, propping her head on her chin.
¡°Right,¡± Regina nodded, ¡°that¡¯s what I meant. It might be related to certain areas of their brain being activated or not. We tend to experience formed thoughts as language, when we sense others¡¯ minds, and I suspect it¡¯s some of the easiest parts to access, behind emotions. Particularly since they are both about outward expression and communication anyway.¡±
¡°Yes, sure,¡± June said. Clearly she wasn¡¯t up for a tangent into neuroscience today, not that Regina knew much about it, anyway. ¡°But, I mean, can¡¯t you just make them answer you? Even if they lie, you can just tell if they do and get the right answer anyway.¡±
Regina sighed, sitting back and rubbing her temple. They were in her living room right now, with her sitting in an armchair while June balanced on the couch. ¡°You could, I suppose,¡± she said. ¡°The same way as in other interrogations. Torture or other methods to force compliance. It wouldn¡¯t exactly be very ethical.¡±
June winced slightly, looking a bit chastened. ¡°Alright, of course. But you can do it with psychic influence, too?¡±
¡°I could,¡± Regina said. She hadn¡¯t started teaching June anything that would come close to mind control abilities, and wasn¡¯t sure if she would. ¡°Do you think that would be more ethical?¡±
Her apprentice shifted on her sofa, shoulders hunching a bit. ¡°No,¡± she admitted, ¡°I don¡¯t suppose so. But that guy spied on you, don¡¯t you need to find out who sent him and if there is more danger?¡±
Regina tugged on her mandible. So they¡¯d moved from a theoretical lesson to the actual case they were both thinking about. ¡°Of course I want to know who sent them and what other plans they may have had,¡± she said. ¡°But there are other ways to get information. A common one is offering them consideration when it comes to their sentencing if they cooperate.¡± She shrugged lightly. ¡°I¡¯m not ruling other methods out entirely, mind you, I just don¡¯t think the situation is urgent enough to justify resorting to them, from what we know.¡±
June frowned. ¡°I think I understand,¡± she said. ¡°It¡¯s just a bit of an adjustment, still. The way I was taught, no one really cared if criminals got hurt. It was supposed to happen. To scare others away from committing the same crimes as much as to punish them.¡±
Regina nodded. They had been raised in very different societies, with different principles and requirements. And, of course, June was part of the ruling class; she would have been taught, even subconsciously, the mindset of doing what was necessary to maintain their power. Including keeping the lower classes in their ¡®proper place¡¯. And now I sound like an ideologue in my own head, Regina complained to herself.
It made her feel a bit guilty about even saying she would consider using ¡®other methods¡¯. She should be using this as a pointed lesson for June as to how everyone deserved basic respect and constitutional protection, including criminals and ¡®enemies¡¯ of hers.
¡°As homework until our next lesson, read my draft of the constitution and give me your opinion,¡± she said. ¡°Pay particular attention to why and how the principles are included.¡±
June gave her a faintly exasperated look. ¡°Is that entirely necessary, Master? I¡¯ve heard it before and it¡¯s hardly a lesson on magic.¡±
¡°It¡¯s still something you should know,¡± Regina said mildly. ¡°Besides, I think we¡¯d both enjoy discussing and debating this philosphically, but we kind of need to be on the same page. And you can¡¯t exactly get away from political ideology or policy in your position.¡±
¡°Fine,¡± June sighed. ¡°I mean, as you command, My Empress. I am your obedient subject. Can we still do a practical psychic lesson in exchange, though? Please?¡±
Regina chuckled. ¡°Sure, we can do that. Come on, let¡¯s walk.¡±
It wasn¡¯t far to where she wanted to go. Regina and the others had already scanned several people and she¡¯d singled out a few she thought had potential, and had started training. They were still in the very early stages. She would have June help her teach them as well, soon.
Not quite yet, though. Perhaps if June acquitted herself well today. Instead, Regina had thought of another training exercise, or task, if she wanted to see it that way. It shouldn¡¯t be exclusive to June, though, so instead she stopped by to pick up two of the other new students they had acquired. She reached out mentally and told them to meet her there, ignoring the startled surprise she could sense from both of them. They would learn to expect psychic communication, and to control and hide their reactions from others¡¯ minds, too.
¡°Your Imperial Majesty.¡± When she finally joined them in the inner garden, one of them, Helen, sank to a knee, while the other, Edmund, only bowed deeply.
¡°Rise, please,¡± Regina responded, smiling at them, while making a mental note to make sure they got on the same page.
Helen was a bit of a lucky find. She¡¯d actually been brought in by Madris. A peasant by birth, she¡¯d moved to the city a few years ago and used her minor and mostly self-taught magical talent to make a decent living for herself. Regina had already assigned her a tutor to make sure she would learn what she needed to navigate the court and nobility, in case it came up, and asked several drones to catch her up on what they could teach, as well. She already knew the other, of course, Sir Edmund of Whitedale. Earl Whitor¡¯s son.
Regina hadn¡¯t forgotten that June was a bit suspicious of him, but so far, she¡¯d seen nothing to confirm any suspicions. She¡¯d be careful, but from her previous interactions she wasn¡¯t inclined to distrust the knight too much.
Edmund bowed to June as well as she stepped up beside Regina, and Helen quickly copied him, also murmuring greetings. Regina waited for the initial exchange, but she could feel their anticipation in the psychic link. It was good that neither of them seemed afraid or reluctant, only excited.
¡°Alright,¡± Regina clapped her hands once and smiled at them, kind of enjoying the situation and getting to push them around a little bit. ¡°We¡¯re going to stay here. June, don¡¯t move from this position, you¡¯ll be disqualified from our little exercise if you do. The two of you are free to walk around if you like, but don¡¯t leave the garden. Your task is much simpler, I just want you to see if you can guess what June is doing. Pay attention to which people are nearby and moving to or from our position. I¡¯ll ask you later. Don¡¯t be discouraged if you don¡¯t feel anything or can¡¯t identify other minds, it is a hard task that will need practice.¡±This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon.
¡°And what am I doing?¡± June asked.
¡°I¡¯ve prepared a little bit of a scavenger hunt for you,¡± Regina said. ¡°Not with physical clues, of course. At least, not that you should focus on. I¡¯ve designated one of the people in the palace as the target, you need to find out whom and get them here. Several people have hints, and they might have left clues as well. You are not to cross any ethical lines or force anyone to comply with your wishes, still. Obviously. And not everyone in the building is aware of this little game. Try not to disrupt normal operations.¡±
She didn¡¯t say that most of the people in on it were her drones, June should be able to figure that out herself. She¡¯d also, in the spirit of the game, instructed some of them to ask for specific things before they would give her a clue.
Her apprentice smiled, not daunted by the task at all. She nodded and without fuss, sat down on the grass, closing her eyes and clearly focusing on her psychic senses. Regina watched her for a moment, trying to guess where she was starting. Then she turned to her other two new students and raised an eyebrow. They both bowed their heads at her and started shuffling around, their faces screwed up in expressions of concentration as they tried to reach out with their minds.
Regina waited in silence for a while, trying to track her apprentice¡¯s progress. June was doing pretty well from what she could tell, checking in with some of the people she¡¯d conscripted into this little game. She was clearly starting with the people she thought Regina was most likely to have involved in it. And admittedly, she was mostly right. She also appeared to be ready to trade favors with them, trying to bribe them to cooperate, and probably setting up chains that ended with her not having to do that much in the end. That wasn¡¯t quite the strategy Regina had expected, but it also wasn¡¯t wrong.
Social manipulations aside, June still had to use her psychic powers extensively; locating, contacting and keeping up conversations with other people, and probably trying to get a read on their emotional state or intentions. It was harder for Regina to evaluate that part, especially since June¡¯s mental defenses had improved as well.
¡°How¡¯s it going?¡± she asked when June opened her eyes and she saw her attention returning to the garden, clearly taking a break.
¡°Pretty well,¡± June smiled. ¡°I think I almost have the answer.¡±
Regina raised an eyebrow. She didn¡¯t think June had talked to that many people yet. She was probably still guessing. But she didn¡¯t say anything, just nodded.
After a minute, June closed her eyes again. Regina watched her for a moment, but then her attention was drawn by a commotion outside. She turned her head, sensing a familiar mind approaching quickly. One that was rather more tense than she would have preferred to see her.
¡°Regina,¡± Galatea greeted as she came to a stop in front of them, quite abruptly. A biological organism would have experienced whiplash, but she didn¡¯t bother with it. ¡°I have some news, we need to talk.¡±
Regina sighed. It sounded serious. ¡°Alright, that¡¯s the end of our game, unfortunately. Helen, Edmund, please return to your regular duties or other lessons, we¡¯ll conclude this tomorrow.¡± She returned their bows with a distracted nod and then turned to glance from June to Galatea. ¡°Do you need complete privacy?¡±
Galatea seemed to consider for a moment. ¡°You¡¯ve worked on June¡¯s mental defenses, right? I don¡¯t think that is necessary.¡±
¡°Thanks,¡± June said. ¡°One quick question, though, Master, if we¡¯ve the time? I just want to know if I got the right answer.¡±
Galatea gestured at her to go ahead. ¡°Alright, who did I name as the target?¡± Regina asked.
¡°Yourself,¡± June promptly replied.
¡°¡ Correct. Good work. I didn¡¯t think you had progressed that far yet.¡± From what she could guess, June should only have known the person was female and an adult and, maybe, magical.
¡°No, but I didn¡¯t need to,¡± June smiled.
¡°I don¡¯t know the details of your training exercise, but that doesn¡¯t surprise me,¡± Galatea said drily. ¡°Alright, more of that later. I think Tim would prefer I catch you up as soon as possible.¡±
Regina straightened and quickly glanced around. Max was coming closer, but they were alone otherwise. She briefly considered going somewhere else, then decided they might as well talk here. ¡°I¡¯m listening,¡± she said.
Without wasting more time, Galatea told her about the underground tunnels Tim¡¯s group had explored, the golems they had encountered, and what they¡¯d found there. Regina listened in silence, tugging on her mandible. Then she asked a few clarifying questions and Galatea went into a bit more detail on several points.
Finally, she shook her head, sighing. ¡°Another Hivekind installation,¡± Regina mused. ¡°I suppose it was only a matter of time until we found more ruins. Of course I¡¯ll send more people. This project just got more urgent. Though ¡¡± she trailed off, frowning.
¡°The distance?¡± Max asked.
¡°We¡¯re going to have to be careful,¡± Regina said. ¡°I don¡¯t want to start fighting with any southern powers. It sounds like they have enough conflict going on already, by what Galatea said. People will try to pull us into it. We may not be able to avoid it, I guess. But I¡¯d prefer to focus on exploring this new site and learning what we can from it.¡±
¡°Tim has dealt with the nobles of Veragles before, and he didn¡¯t seem too bothered, did he?¡± Max asked. ¡°He¡¯s good, he can handle it.¡±
¡°He did seem a bit nervous, but he¡¯s been away from your hive for a while now,¡± Galatea noted.
Regina sighed. ¡°I¡¯ll do what I can to support Tim, of course. We¡¯ll need to think carefully about who to send, but I have a few ideas. It should be fine to send a few good flying mounts to help them and potentially open a way back, too. And ¡ well, I¡¯m afraid you¡¯re out of luck on that other matter, Max.¡±
He gave her a look. ¡°I still don¡¯t think it¡¯s necessary. And I want to keep protecting you, My Queen.¡±
¡°You can still do that,¡± Regina said. ¡°As head of my security. We¡¯re in the middle of my empire, it¡¯s really not the best use of your time to personally stand guard around me all the time. You can protect me better by using your skills more judiciously, I mean, you are one of our most competent and high-leveled people. You¡¯ll still be able to accompany me pretty much anywhere, anyway.¡±
Max sighed, June raised an eyebrow but forebore to comment, and Galatea crossed her arms, looking impatient. ¡°Maybe we should discuss the magic and potential enemies instead of getting hung up on personnel decisions.¡±
¡°Of course. You said you didn¡¯t recognize the circles in their teleporting ritual plate?¡±
¡°Not at first glance,¡± Galatea said. ¡°Some common elements, of course, but those aren¡¯t unique. I will need to do some research. I already scanned and memorized the design, I can draw it out for you. But please be careful who you show it to.¡±
¡°Of course,¡± Regina said. She glanced at June, who looked eager; no surprise there. Janis would be just as curious once she heard about that.
¡°Should we ask anyone else? Zephyr, maybe?¡± Max asked.
¡°Maybe once we hit a wall,¡± Regina answered, shaking her head. She didn¡¯t really think the Cernlian mage would be able to help them, although she supposed all things were possible.
¡°Who would know if it is authentically Hivekind or not?¡± June asked.
Regina and Galatea exchanged a look. ¡°Well, Leian,¡± she said promptly. ¡°Not sure about anyone else.¡±
¡°Maybe Beren, and possibly Alianais, but that might be a stretch,¡± Galatea added.
Regina sighed and resisted the urge to rub her temples again. ¡°Just the people I wanted to be the answer,¡± she muttered.
¡°Leian would probably know ¡ª or be interested to know ¡ª a lot more about that teleportation ritual, as well, anyway. It¡¯s probably nothing special to her.¡±
¡°Well, I can try to pray again, but until then we¡¯re on our own,¡± Regina said. ¡°Maybe we should focus on the political elements?¡±
¡°Sure,¡± Galatea agreed. ¡°That¡¯s your wheelhouse.¡±
Regina hummed and glanced at Max again. She could send him to supervise the mountain road project at least for a short while. She¡¯d also consult with Ben, Janis and maybe a few others on who would be a good idea to send. Enough to make it through the mountains and to make a point, but not anything like an invasion force. She really would rather prefer to avoid that impression.
Given previous events, it was probably a bit of a concern. At least if the southern lands were informed on what happened up here.
At least she¡¯d hopefully get to sate some of her curiosity regarding what happened in other parts of the world.
Chapter 329: Status and Position
If there was one thing that could be said about the gnomes in political matters, Janis had learned, it was that they knew their way around paperwork and bureaucracy.
It was to be expected; they had, for a long time, had an arguably much more complicated and centralized government than Cernlia or Nerlia. Their organization in factions probably needed a lot of it as well. While some of the people in the Empire were still struggling with the standards and expectations that came with what Regina had introduced, Janis didn¡¯t see any problems among the gnomes. Treaties, contracts, funding application forms, written regulations, or whatever else, the gnomes she was working with or saw now seemed much more at ease handling them where new Imperial citizens might have had minor nervous breakdowns.
Therefore, while she wouldn¡¯t have expected it a few months ago, Janis found herself almost smiling as she went through the forms and various assorted paperwork submitted by and about the gnomish soldiers who were currently the focus of her attention. Not that she actually felt happy to be doing this, of course, it was still boring. She kept thinking someone else could be handling this.
Unfortunately, while being Imperial crown princess was better than a dream ¡ª she wouldn¡¯t have come up with something like this even in her wildest dreams a few years ago, anyway ¡ª it did bring a lot of work with it. It would be petty to complain about it, though, so Janis limited her complaints to occasional grumbles in the privacy of her thoughts.
After the end of the war, she¡¯d been relieved, and hoped she would be able to get back to focusing on and advancing her magic. While those hopes hadn¡¯t quite been dashed, she had much less time for it than she¡¯d have liked. Regina, the Hive and the Empire still needed her support, and so Janis had gone back to the Gnomish Confederation for most of the previous months. She¡¯d also discovered there was much to do for a commander like her even in peace time. Especially when they were finally getting somewhere with creating a cohesive Imperial military force.
After a while, she was finally done, so she stacked the papers for someone else to take away and then walked out of her temporary office. She¡¯d only been out of the Gnomish Confederation for less than a day, but the difference was obvious. The doors were taller, for one. The building whose hallway she now walked down was in Cera, a converted trade hall turned barracks and military base, but it had been almost completely revamped. Still, it was easy enough to navigate and after only a minute, Janis found herself on a first floor balcony looking down at some soldiers in the inner yard.
The soldiers were drilling and putting on a good show, but that wasn¡¯t why she was watching. The reason for her interest would quickly be obvious, because she wasn¡¯t the only one looking at them. A group of gnomish soldiers had been dispersed in the crowd of the other soldiers, some clustering together in the front. The soldiers were all currently testing their skills and abilities, presumably involving some Class Skills that didn¡¯t have long cooldowns. Their coordination at getting to train without getting in each other¡¯s way was impressive. The display was more diverse than it would have been with some units or outfits; since they all had their own Skills, fitting them into the same mold was only possible up to a degree.
Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t take long for all of them to notice her. The captain barked something and the soldiers lined up quickly, standing at attention and saluting at another order. Janis smiled and returned the salute. ¡°At ease,¡± she said, raising her voice slightly to ensure they all heard it. ¡°Do not let me disturb you. As you were.¡±
¡°Yes, Your Imperial Highness,¡± the captain replied, bowing his head. ¡°You heard her, get back to work!¡±
They returned to their training, but Janis knew that it wouldn¡¯t be the same. They were aware they were being watched by a superior now, and would be trying to show off or be extra careful, depending. She still kept watching for a bit longer.
The gnomes here weren¡¯t part of their own army, at least not officially. Some ¡ª most ¡ª of them were on loan or on permanent or extended leave from the gnomish military. They had joined the Imperial army separately. It was what some time of negotiations negotiations had arrived at as a compromise. The gnomish military would be more closely integrated with the Imperial one as well, but it would stay an independent force, at least nominally, at least for now. Until they officially joined the Empire. In the meantime, as citizens of the Empire¡¯s protectorate, gnomes were permitted to enlist in the Imperial military. Previous experience and ranks were taken into consideration. That allowed what were basically transfers. Just with more paperwork, or at least she hoped it would be less otherwise, thus the forms.
Janis hadn¡¯t disliked her stay in the Gnomish Confederation, but she was glad to be back, and overseeing the integration of the first gnomish soldiers wasn¡¯t a bad mission to focus on for now.
Still, there were other things she should give a bit of her attention as well, since she was in Cera now. Janis kept watching for a bit, trying to gauge how well integrated the gnomish soldiers were in the unit. It was still early days and there was clearly some tension and uncertainty, but she didn¡¯t see any outright hostility. It might be pointless to just watch them this openly trying to find it, though. She shook her head to herself and turned, deciding she might as well ask other people about their impressions later. Instead, she turned to leave the building.
¡°Going back to the palace now, my princess?¡± her great-uncle asked as he fell in step beside her, hands clasped behind his back.
Janis glanced at him. Sir Richard had been assigned to her for a bit now, and while things had initially been awkward, she was glad to have some of her family with her. He¡¯d settled into a role somewhere between advisor and guard, able and willing to speak informally with her because of their relation, but still proper. He as also a decorated and experienced knight and commander, so she would hardly ignore him, anyway.
¡°Not yet, I still have a stop planned in the city,¡± she answered.
He nodded, clearly taking a good guess at what she meant.
Fortunately, Janis was able to get away with a lot less in the way of protection here than back in the Gnomish Confederation, where people had usually insisted on a full guard complement if she went out into the streets. But this was their capital. Uncle Rich was a perfectly capable guard, so she didn¡¯t need anyone else. She could have easily taken a few Swarm Drones along, of course, but Janis would prefer to be less conspicuous.
Although, she realized as they went, that was apparently a futile hope. She wouldn¡¯t have thought she was that distinctive, but maybe she was underestimating it again. Her hair wasn¡¯t entirely human in color ¡ª as she¡¯d let it grow out enough, the tips became even more fiery to the point she genuinely wondered if it was more than aesthetic ¡ª and her eyes, while not as immediately obvious, weren¡¯t either. Janis was also dressed well, not quite up to a day in court, but the half-cape she¡¯d chosen to finalize her outfit was admittedly a bit dramatic. She still liked it. Being accompanied by a knight, even if he wasn¡¯t wearing his full armor, didn¡¯t help. Either way, it was obvious people noticed, reacting when they checked out her System designation, and once enough of them paid attention, everyone else¡¯s attention would be drawn too.
At least the attention wasn¡¯t actually bothersome. They weren¡¯t accosted or blocked; on the contrary, people were eager to clear space around her, parting the normal crowds and even pressing themselves against walls on occasion.This book was originally published on Royal Road. Check it out there for the real experience.
All of them stared, but it wasn¡¯t hostile or negative. Janis managed to smile at them and dared a wave, and the resulting noise was nothing but excited. People called out her title and a surprising number of them added well wishes and blessings, wishing her a long life, for the gods to keep her, and more creative blessings she hadn¡¯t heard before. Janis smiled again and waved back, occasionally returning a short thank-you.
¡°We should have taken a full guard detail,¡± her uncle muttered.
¡°Don¡¯t be silly, that¡¯s not necessary,¡± Janis returned, even though it probably would have made the trip easier. ¡°These people love me.¡± She heard the wonder in her voice, and shook her head a little at herself. ¡°They really love me,¡± she repeated more quietly.
¡°Of course, you¡¯re their crown princess.¡±
Janis gave him a sideways glance. ¡°That¡¯s hardly a guarantee of anything. Didn¡¯t you tell me how people tried throwing rotten fruit at the old king once?¡±
Key word being ¡®tried¡¯. He¡¯d responded harshly and quickly. Janis was sure he never would have gone without a full guard detail.
Her uncle only made a dismissive grumbling sound. ¡°Your reputation is so much better than his, my princess. I am not sure even the Empress herself would get this enthusiasm. You didn¡¯t hear that from me.¡±
¡°Why not?¡± Janis asked as she grinned at the crowd again, but started walking a bit faster. ¡°Her reforms are improving their lives, that¡¯s the entire point.¡±
¡°True, but it can be hard to connect the effects in their lives with her efforts, I suppose,¡± Richard murmured. ¡°And she has been sitting behind palace walls. You led an army, and your men mostly only have good things to say about you. The people love a victor.¡±
¡°Really?¡± she mused. ¡°Are the people that shallow?¡±
¡°Shallow?¡± He paused, giving her a more serious look. ¡°Janis, you won a war for them. The people appreciate it. Don¡¯t dismiss it. Your Imperial Highness.¡±
¡°Sorry,¡± she muttered, chastened. ¡°I didn¡¯t mean it like that.¡± She sighed, then forced another smile. At least they were getting to a less thickly populated part of the city now and the crowds were thinning out.
Eventually, she managed to duck into a side alley and block their view with her uncle¡¯s bulk. She adjusted her cape, tucked her hair into her jacket, even if it looked a bit worse this way, and titled her head down as they quickly crossed several streets. It wasn¡¯t very far now, and she¡¯d managed to avoid most people¡¯s attention here.
The mansion they eventually reached was a bit smaller than the others nearby, there was no need for more space, and the walls had recently been painted anew. It still didn¡¯t feel familiar to Janis, but she liked its look and atmosphere. She passed through the gate, then looked around, her magical senses giving her a better view of the layout and beings containing mana within. Instead of entering the building directly, she went a bit to the side, Richard following after her, to find the person she¡¯d been looking for in a partly covered courtyard bordered by the main house and a side annex.
¡°You¡¯re the aunt of a princess now. You don¡¯t have to do your own laundry.¡±
Aunt Marian startled, almost dropping the basket she¡¯d just picked up. She set it aside carelessly and turned. ¡°Janis! I didn¡¯t see you there. Oh, and Sir Richard. Welcome.¡±
Janis nodded and took a step closer, peering critically at the line hanging across the courtyard, filled with sheets and shirts. She didn¡¯t know if it mattered that it wasn¡¯t really visible from the street.
¡°Are the servants I¡¯ve hired not doing enough?¡± she asked. ¡°Tell me, I can chastise them or get more workers.¡±
¡°They¡¯re fine,¡± Marian replied promptly, ¡°don¡¯t you dare dismiss them. We¡¯ve just gotten used to each other. Besides, I know you¡¯re paying them quite generously.¡±
¡°I want you to be well taken care of,¡± Janis shrugged dismissively.
That much was true, whatever problems she¡¯d had with her aunt in the past. Besides, it wasn¡¯t like she was spending her own money. Technically. Janis didn¡¯t actually draw a salary or anything. But Regina was perfectly happy to pay for things like her family¡¯s living expenses, which included hiring domestic staff, for people with means. And Janis figured that, if nothing else, she was doing enough work for the Empire to account for keeping a few people living comfortably.
Her aunt sighed and rolled her eyes, though the gesture seemed a bit fonder than Janis would have expected. ¡°It¡¯s sweet of you to worry, my dear, but mistaken. I hardly have to do any work at all anymore. In fact, that would be my biggest problem. I don¡¯t have any work to do.¡±
Janis stared at her for a moment, then nodded. Maybe she wasn¡¯t the only one who felt that a bit of distance had actually improved their relationship. Or maybe her growing up and the changing situation had removed some causes for friction. She certainly wouldn¡¯t have thought about it like that a few years ago. But her aunt also hadn¡¯t exactly called her ¡®sweet¡¯ often.
"How about we head inside and talk over drinks?¡± she suggested. ¡°I could do with a cup of tea.¡±
They did, and Janis got the opportunity to see the servants they¡¯d discussed in action. Once her aunt gave the order, clearly acting as matron of the house, they served tea pretty quickly. Janis thanked them with a smile and then settled into the chair in the smaller parlor of the house. Her uncle hesitated for a moment before taking another chair, but her aunt didn¡¯t bother standing on ceremony even if her wayward niece was now a princess. That would have been too weird, anyway.
On some level, she always felt like a ten-year-old who¡¯d come back bruised and dirty from playing with the other village children with her aunt. It was amusing to see that hadn¡¯t changed.
¡°So, you¡¯re bored?¡± she ventured after taking a sip of tea. Herbs mixed with something imported.
¡°Am I ever,¡± Aunt Marian sighed. ¡°I appreciate that you brought me here, niece ¡ª at last ¡ª but I am used to the satisfaction of a hard day¡¯s work. Sitting around all day is enough to almost make me wish I¡¯d become an adventurer myself.¡±
Janis ducked her head a bit. She should have probably taken her aunt here earlier, but she¡¯d wanted for things to settle first and she¡¯d been rather distracted by fighting the war. At least Forest¡¯s Haunt had improved a lot and she¡¯d still made sure her aunt had money, so it wasn¡¯t like she¡¯d entirely neglected caring for her. And it had been a few months now. ¡°Would you rather have stayed?¡± she asked. Though she could¡¯ve just told me that. ¡°Or go back?¡±
Her aunt regarded her silently for a second. ¡°No,¡± she said finally. ¡°It wasn¡¯t the same ¡ Princess. Everyone knew you, obviously, and who I was. I even got a few visitors, knights and such, who probably thought they could get something out of it regarding you. You should¡¯ve seen their faces.¡± She smiled slightly, then shrugged. ¡°I¡¯m sure you have it worse than I do, when it comes to people treating you differently. I was hardly opposed to a new start. So no, I¡¯d rather not go back.¡±
Janis nodded. ¡°I could make some introductions,¡± she said hesitantly. ¡°At court, with people of import. There are quite a few functions and engagements you¡¯d be invited to, I¡¯m sure. Although, not to be rude, but hiring a tutor first might be best if you wanted to make the best impression.¡±
Her aunt smiled sardonically. ¡°Afraid your country bumpkin of an aunt would embarrass you in front of your subjects, Your Highness? And here I thought I managed to teach you manners.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not what I meant ¡ª¡°
She shook her head and raised a hand, cutting off Janis¡¯ protest. ¡°It¡¯s fine. You¡¯re not entirely wrong to worry, Janis. But as it happens, I did learn some manners. And I¡¯ve been having regular chats with a helpful gentleman regarding the subject, so there¡¯s no need to arrange for an additional tutor.¡±
Janis blinked. ¡°Oh.¡° Does that mean what I think it does? Is she being careless, or ¡ª
¡°I mean a tutor I¡¯m compensating with some of that money you send, dear, don¡¯t be foolish.¡± Marian smiled, taking some of the sting out of the familiar chiding tone. Janis had the impression she was enjoying her reaction. ¡°Now drink your tea, don¡¯t be rude.¡±
¡°I¡¯m a princess now, you can¡¯t boss me around anymore,¡± Janis muttered sulkily.
Richard coughed, clearly hiding a chuckle. Janis sent him a dark look as she gulped down the rest of her cup.
¡°Unfortunately, that seems to be true,¡± her aunt sighed. ¡°So now I have to ask you instead. I want a position, Janis. Something to make myself useful, and I¡¯m sure you need someone you trust. Head of your household would suit.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t really have a household,¡± Janis pointed out. Regina¡¯s court and royal family wasn¡¯t the most traditional, but she was sure she would have noticed if she was supposed to set up her own. She suspected she was part of Regina¡¯s household for those who categorized such things.
Marian flicked her hand dismissively. ¡°I¡¯m sure we can work something out.¡±
Janis sighed, resisting the urge to rub her temples. She could just hear her aunt¡¯s comment if she did. Instead, she leaned back in her chair. ¡°Let me have some time to consider it,¡± she temporized.
A lot of time, perhaps. And a few people to talk to if she decided to do it. They could probably find something better for Aunt Marian, where everyone would be happy, right?
Chapter 330: Time and Limits
The Empire with its assorted territories and interests was large enough now that it was actually starting to come up to the end of Regina¡¯s range. Said range had not really grown substantially in a while, either. She wasn¡¯t sure if it was simply a matter of scaling to exponential growth, if she needed to increase her hive exponentially for the range to double again, or if it was running up against some inherent limits.
Or, perhaps, it was a matter of age. She was still technically only a few years old. It would make sense for something like this to grow with age.
Perhaps the soft limit of her range increased with her age and level and the actual extent was decided by her drones. Either way, Regina knew that it wasn¡¯t a perfect sphere, or even a circle. There were dents and bumps, for lack of a better word, where there were large aggregations of drones, the area covered by the psychic link stretching and shifting accordingly.
Regardless, it limited her reach where she really wanted to look, where she could send few drones. A few across the Alps certainly wasn¡¯t enough to let her psychic link reach there. The enemy territories to the northwest and northeast were still partly beyond her reach as well. Regina would just have to trust in Tim and the others to do what they could.
She¡¯d prepared what she thought might be helpful and sent them reinforcements with instructions that were hopefully enough to cover their bases but still open-ended enough to grant them flexibility.
Now all she could do was wait for news.
To distract herself from driving herself crazy with questions about what they might find at the actual Hivekind base and who was trying to use it or for what, Regina threw herself into her other projects. She wasn¡¯t exactly lacking for those.
Janis had returned to the capital for a brief while, to work on integrating the newly restructured Imperial military, but she would leave for the Gnomish Confederation again soon. It was honestly a weight off Regina¡¯s mind that she didn¡¯t have to worry too much about the details on that front. Either of those things, actually. The Confederation had been pretty quiet so far, clearly falling in line under Aliekin¡¯s guidance even as their elections were being prepared, and the rapproachment with the Empire was going well. Mia and the others had already started learning from gnomish artifacts and books and incorporating insights into the hive¡¯s production. At the same time, drones and other scholars had been sent out to share their own technology and build lasting cooperations. And their soldiers had settled down as well.
Regina also enjoyed spending a bit of time with Janis during her visit, even if she had to carve the time out of her busy schedule. It was still a little weird to hear her talk about visiting her aunt, though.
Apparently, said aunt wanted a job as Janis¡¯ household manager or something similar. Janis was unsure and had asked Regina about it. ¡°I¡¯m not sure I really want to be living in such close proximity to her again,¡± she confessed, winding a strand of hair around her finger. ¡°But I have been missing her the last few months. Still, I don¡¯t really know what I could even offer her.¡±
¡°I think it¡¯s best not to rush that, especially given the situation,¡± Regina had advised. ¡°You¡¯re going to go back to the Gnomish Confederation soon, anyway. For which I¡¯m grateful. It might be best to delay it until you¡¯ve completed your tasks there and return on a more permanent basis. Maybe, if all goes ideally, we can even start thinking about moving to the new capital at some point, which would probably require a reorganization of our ¡®household¡¯ setup, anyway.¡±
¡°Makes sense,¡± Janis blew out a breath. ¡°Thanks, Regina. So, you¡¯re not intending to keep me in the Gnomish Confederation permanently. I¡¯d assumed as much.¡±
¡°No, I need you too much,¡± Regina replied with a grin. ¡°I¡¯d like you there right now because I can¡¯t go myself. That doesn¡¯t mean you need to be stuck with the gnomes.¡±
Janis smiled and nodded, and Regina could faintly sense she was pleased at the implied trust and validation. They didn¡¯t speak more of it that day.
Since she was there, Regina also took the opportunity to devote some time to practicing magic and training with Janis. Her ordinary magic had suffered a bit from her focus on the psychic arts, so it was just what she needed to refresh herself. Janis had also made impressive progress, even if she complained about not getting enough time to focus on her magic. The Class choice of Archmage had really worked out for her, Regina felt. Which didn¡¯t necessarily mean it was the best choice to keep it for the fourth tier, but Regina wasn¡¯t going to harp on Janis¡¯ choices.
Eventually, though, Janis returned, and Regina focused on her actual students when she wasn¡¯t busy with her duties to the Empire.
There were half a dozen of them now, give or take a few that might not properly count. Regina was feeling pessimistic about a few of them, who didn¡¯t seem to make any progress trying to learn to reach out psychically, and probably just didn¡¯t have the talent she¡¯d hoped for. But it might still prove to be otherwise in time, so she¡¯d keep them trying for now. There were a few others who had achieved some progress. They might still stall out at a later point, as Madris had warned, but even then, it at least wouldn¡¯t be a wasted effort. Regina was starting to have June train the others, too, even without her supervision on occasion.
She wasn¡¯t really sure what to do with them in the long term. She could create some kind of psychic corps for the Empire, but Regina could see a lot of problems with that. She also wasn¡¯t feeling like taking on several new apprentices, either, though. That didn¡¯t give her an obvious answer, especially since they would need to be integrated into the official structure somehow.
Perhaps the easiest solution, she realized in a flash of inspiration, was to have them join the hive. But while she wouldn¡¯t dismiss the possibility, she certainly wasn¡¯t going to do it before she was absolutely sure she could trust them and they¡¯d proven themselves.
So, for now, the new students were living in the palace, and going about their usual duties or receiving other eduction when they weren¡¯t learning psychic skills. Regina had touched each of their minds ¡ª after asking permission, obviously ¡ª and was confident they were reasonably trustworthy. Most of them seemed to consider it an honor to be here, and while there were inevitably a few issues with adjusting, they didn¡¯t make trouble. It probably helped that none of them were from exceptionally powerful backgrounds.If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.
The most issues might actually be relating to Madris, who was also taking part in teaching sometimes and could admittedly be abrasive with strangers.
¡°You¡¯re sure you don¡¯t want a larger role in their education?¡± Regina asked her as they stood together on a balcony looking down on the inner courtyard garden, which had become an unofficial practice spot for the group.
Madris shook her head. ¡°There¡¯s a reason I only rarely taught anyone,¡± she said. ¡°I only enjoy it in reasonably small doses. Besides, these are your people. You¡¯re certainly proficient enough to teach a psychic hopeful the basics without my help.¡±
¡°Well, thanks,¡± Regina answered. ¡°Are you not getting bored, though?¡±
Madris chuckled. ¡°Not enough to change my mind. Besides, I¡¯ve been helping Icnes to shore up her mental defenses, and she¡¯s talked me into teaching some of her people, as well.¡±
Regina paused for a moment. That could be innocent enough, but she suspected there might be a reason why Icnes might want people loyal to her taught how to defend their minds. Or just to have them spend more time with Madris, even, come to think of it. ¡°Whatever is going on with you guys .. I don¡¯t want to meddle in your personal affairs. Or political affairs. But, you will tell me if it¡¯s something I should know, right?¡±
Madris regarded her silently for a moment. ¡°If there was anything going on, I¡¯m sure it would be a private matter of the Eternal Dark or the dark elves, and not something I should necessarily inform a foreign Empress about, at least at this point, out of consideration to everyone.¡±
¡°I understand. Then I¡¯m just happy you get to spend more time with your little sister.¡±
It was probably better if she could honestly claim she didn¡¯t know anything. Even if Regina suspected Madris, Icnes and their supporters were preparing some political moves. That was, strictly speaking, their business, though. Regina didn¡¯t know enough to tell what kind of moves they would even consider, although she doubted they would be violent. If they succeeded, it would presumably only move their people closer to an alliance. And if they failed, it would decrease the chances of that; but, honestly, Regina wouldn¡¯t lose that much ¡ª it wasn¡¯t like the dark elves were particularly close to the Empire, in either a political and geographical sense.
She was probably better advised to focus on diplomatic relationships with or political developments in nations that were closer and more threatening, like Esemen and the Western Confederation.
¡°What about your other little problem?¡± Madris asked, clearly changing the subject and inadvertently getting closer to what she was considering. ¡°The little spy still hasn¡¯t sung yet?¡±
Regina grimaced. ¡°I¡¯ve taken a look at their mind,¡± she admitted, ¡°just without trying to force entry. He¡¯s definitely been taught some mental defense, and is keeping the shields up now. They must also have trained him to resist interrogation. Conventionally, I mean. Our interrogators haven¡¯t been able to get anything of substance, yet, and investigation into his background is also still ongoing.¡±
¡°Then it¡¯s not just a random servant they bribed, clearly. Do you want me to try?¡±
She gave Madris a look. ¡°That would hardly be better than doing it myself.¡±
¡°Alright,¡± Madris waved her off. ¡°I admire your commitment to ethics. Although, honestly, I wouldn¡¯t have expected you to be this intransigent ¡ª Ah,¡± she cut herself off, looking down at the students in the garden again. ¡°You¡¯re trying to set a good example, aren¡¯t you?¡±
¡°Maybe.¡± Regina sighed. She shouldn¡¯t be surprised that Madris could see through her this easily. And she had to wonder if she was right, and she¡¯d have been more ¡ flexible if she didn¡¯t have this consideration. She suspected so.
They said knowing yourself was half the battle, or how did that go again? Right ¡ she¡¯d prefer not to have to fight a hundred battles anyway.
¡°Are you going to respond in kind, then?¡± Madris asked. ¡°Put more effort into spying on your enemies?¡±
¡°I think I¡¯ll have to,¡± Regina pulled a face. ¡°I need to know what¡¯s going on in those countries. I¡¯ll send more spies. I don¡¯t like the risk it means for those of my people who are involved, but I suppose that¡¯s just the way it goes. If they freely agree to take the risk ¡¡±
¡°As long as you can trust them,¡± Madris muttered. ¡°But I assume you¡¯re going to personally check on anyone in a sensitive position or anyone who you will try to place in one, won¡¯t you?¡±
¡°If feasible, yes,¡± Regina confirmed. ¡°But it won¡¯t always be possible. If a junior agent in Liongen sees an opportunity and is suddenly in a much better position, we can hardly ask them to come back to Cera for an interview. It¡¯s a shame that I can¡¯t travel easily.¡± She looked at Madris.
The dark elf huffed. ¡°So you want my help, is that it?¡± She glanced down again. ¡°And I assume this is part of what your students will be doing eventually. Well, you realize it¡¯s somewhat odd to have compunctions about using psychic abilities to peer into people¡¯s minds and violate their privacy when you also send people to spy on them and ferret out their secrets and by definition violate their privacy?¡±
Regina rolled her eyes. ¡°Obviously. But it¡¯s different using it on my own citizens or as part of intelligence operations against other nations. It¡¯s not like I¡¯m fundamentally opposed to using my abilities for intelligence gathering ¡ despite moral compunctions.¡± She shrugged. ¡°Besides, you have emphasized ethics and restraint in teaching me, so don¡¯t pretend you¡¯re above such concerns.¡±
Madris laughed. ¡°Oh, I¡¯m certainly not. To the chagrin of some of my fellows. But what I felt forced to do in war ¡¡± she trailed off, shrugging. ¡°There are lines. It¡¯s good if you know where they are. Ours won¡¯t be precisely the same, and we might fight about it on occasion in the future, but at least I trust you to not to throw morals out the window for power, Regina. See that doesn¡¯t change.¡±
¡°Of course,¡± Regina muttered.
She was aware that Madris was still the better psychic, and would remain so for a while no matter how well Regina progressed. There was just no making up for the wealth of experience she possessed. Although she didn¡¯t have the strength of the psychic link. Still, Regina trusted Madris. And, while Regina was an empress with impressive physical defenses and guards at her disposal ¡ if Madris ever really felt forced to stop her, she probably could.
On the other hand, Regina was starting to think it might be true the other way around, too. Even if she wasn¡¯t as good as Madris, she had her own strengths, and the allegiance of a lot of people. Even the best psychic couldn¡¯t control everyone in a city at once. As far as she knew.
"Where¡¯s the upper limit on psychic power?¡± she asked.
¡°Interesting question,¡± Madris mused. ¡°Perhaps you¡¯ll be the one to find out.¡±
Regina snorted. ¡°Somehow, I doubt that,¡± she said drily. ¡°If nothing else, my lifespan is limited.¡±
¡°True,¡± Madris conceded. ¡°Well, I will tell you that I have never encountered a psychic that I know was stronger than I am now, but that does not mean there isn¡¯t one, or hasn¡¯t been. And even with all my centuries, I am still getting better, if slowly. I imagine if your friend Galatea has any talent for it and devoted herself to the psychic arts, she might eclipse both of us one day. She would have all the time in the world.¡±
Regina hummed thoughtfully. It was weird to think about it; that Galatea was apparently immortal, while she would die in a century or so, assuming that guess was at all accurate. Yet another thing for the list of what she wanted to ask Leian. At least it was one question she was confident she could answer.
¡°But there¡¯s no inherent limit?¡±
¡°Not as far as I know,¡± Madris said, regarding her thoughtfully. ¡°It¡¯s like a lot of other magic. We are only mortal and by nature limited. Mental capacity and focus, distance, available mana ¡ all of it constrains us. You have an advantage in some areas, considering your Hive Queen nature, but you are also the nexus for your psychic link and need to constantly bear its weight.¡±
Regina nodded. She was mostly aware of that already. It was still nice to get an answer from her teacher.
And she felt pleased at the answer. Inherent limitations or not, she wanted to explore ¡ she wanted to find the limits. Maybe not of psychic ability in general, but at least push her own limits.
Chapter 331: Visitors
Tim jerked awake, his heart pounding. For a moment, he was disoriented, his mind reflexively reaching out to the psychic link and his heart aching when he failed to find it. That happened more often than not, these days, although it had been getting a little better.
He lay still, breathing regularly, unsure what had woken him. Something was different. Underground, it was hard to get a sense of time passing, but he was still too tired to have been asleep for long. It was silent. He concentrated on the breaths he took and tried to parse the scents they carried, but there was nothing out of the ordinary. Dust, a faint tang of metal, perhaps echoes of water and the everpresent moss in tunnel systems like these.
Tim opened his eyes just a little bit. It was still dark. He wasn¡¯t even sure why he was being so cautious, by all accounts everything should be fine. It wouldn¡¯t be the first time he simply slept badly. And yet something, some instinct, warned him that something was up. He turned his head slightly, trying to make out shapes in the darkness.
That was when he realized. His vision was good, even if it still needed light, and usually, he should have been able to at least see the silhouettes of his companions, sleeping in the camp with him. At least in most hours of the night. Their human and even elven party members didn¡¯t have eyesight quite as good, so they usually kept at least a small magical candle or something burning on watch to provide a little light. But right now, he could barely see anything. It should have been their shift, though; Ash had been on watch when he¡¯d gone to bed and their two dark elves had been active in the day and were again tomorrow, so they hadn¡¯t been scheduled for shifts this night, which meant there should have been at least one human or surface elf, regardless of which shift it was.
And it was very quiet. Maybe just a little too quiet.
Tim breathed out evenly, then felt for the dagger he¡¯d stowed in the folds of his bedroll, carefully tugging it out a little. He made sure there was nothing in his immediate vicinity, then quickly straightened up, drawing in air and straining his ears. Nothing moved right away.
Frowning, he got to his feet, turning in a slow circle. He cursed the fact it was this dark. Closing his eyes, he focused on his other senses. He didn¡¯t need his eyes. Carefully, he moved a few steps, recalling the layout of the camp and moving towards the center, glad no one had put their bedroll too close to his, trying not to wake him during shift changes.
Still, the guards on duty should have noticed him moving. There was no scent of blood in the air, at least ¡ and even straining his ears, he couldn¡¯t hear anything beyond the slow, even breaths of the others sleeping. No faster breaths indicating someone awake. Should I sound the alert? he considered. It might alert the intruder if there was one. But he couldn¡¯t leave his companions defenseless, either.
Compromising, he gently kicked the two closest sleeping forms, twice, hoping that Anuis and Ash would be good enough to stay quiet. Then he took another step forward, straining his senses to try and pick up where the problem was.
There. Just the slightest swish of air to his left. That was where the party had left their supplies. At least it meant no one was in immediate reach. Tim padded over as quietly as he could, but whatever he¡¯d felt previously didn¡¯t repeat.
¡°Light, now!¡± he called.
Anuis, at least, must have been awake and alert, and a moment later the light of a magical everburning candle shone from her position. Tim didn¡¯t turn to look at it to preserve his night vision.
Instead, he caught a dark shadow darting away from the supplies. ¡°There!¡± he called again, clutching his dagger tightly and hurrying after it.
The light got dimmer as he moved away, broken by the piles of scrap metal, until several other lights suddenly sprang to life, including a Firebolt held in Ed¡¯s hand. It gave Tim enough light to see what he was chasing towards the distant rocky wall of the cavern. Ash had darted around the side and was now coming up on it from a sharp angle. Together, they herded it against the wall.
It looked vaguely person-shaped, but more of a shadow than anything substantial. It moved to press against the rocky wall, then seemed to compact a little, as if it was cowering. Tim carefully poked one of his blade-arms towards it, but the shadow gave no reaction. He stepped closer and stabbed again, this time in actual range. But before his blade-arm made contact, the shadow vanished.
¡°What was that?¡± Tim asked tightly.
¡°Some kind of construct, I¡¯d wager,¡± Anuis answered promptly. ¡°I¡¯ve seen the kind before, although they¡¯re rare.¡±
¡°It felt like one, not like a person,¡± Nucme agreed, but unlike her, he stayed at their camp. ¡°It¡¯s gone now, you won¡¯t find anything.¡±
Tim turned around. ¡°Check the camp, and the cavern,¡± he ordered. ¡°I need to know if it left anything behind or took anything.¡±
Then he went to look for the missing guards. Luckily, he didn¡¯t have far to go. Alvol was already dragging both of them over to the camp. They¡¯d been leaning against another metal pile, asleep but clearly still alive. Now they were stirring weakly.
¡°Some kind of Ability effect, probably inherent to the construct,¡± Nucme diagnosed. ¡°We have some antidotes, but they should be fine.¡±
Tim nodded. He wasn¡¯t particularly close to the two humans, a Delver and a veteran soldier, they were part of the quieter part of the group, who didn¡¯t speak up much. But it was good to know they¡¯d be alright.
¡°Our supplies are disturbed, but there¡¯s nothing missing,¡± Anuis reported a minute later. ¡°Also, your bedroll looks to be disturbed, but I¡¯m guessing that¡¯s fine.¡±
Tim wandered over back to her. ¡°It must have been a scout,¡± he said. We¡¯re lucky no one was hurt.
The others nodded. ¡°Well, at least some people definitely know we¡¯re here now,¡± Ash offered.
Tim sighed, glancing at the others in his party. He knew they couldn¡¯t remain here undiscovered forever. They had probably been discovered already before this. We can¡¯t just keep sitting here and waiting.
¡°It¡¯s time to set out, I think,¡± Anuis said softly, clearly thinking the same thing. ¡°They will be coming, we can¡¯t simply wait. We need to act.¡±
¡°Where would we go?¡± Ash asked.
Tim breathed out. ¡°Iliucin,¡± he said. ¡°If they really are under Veragles¡¯ influence, we¡¯re at least more likely to find a positive reception there than when it comes to other options. We should be able to get some pointers, perhaps even hire some reinforcements, I suppose. It¡¯s also the northernmost city around here, so it¡¯s closest to the Empire, and the obvious destination for any reinforcements to come through.¡±You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story.
¡°Makes sense. Should we try to coordinate with Galatea first?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t think we can afford to wait for her,¡± Tim shook his head. He would have preferred not to leave until he had an update on the status of their reinforcements from her, but he didn¡¯t know when Galatea would show up again. He suspected it was taxing even for her to keep jetting between the Empire and the southern lands, and being underground meant she had trouble scrying them.
¡°Then who¡¯s coming with you?¡± Anuis asked.
No one tried to question that Tim himself was leaving. It was obvious. He glanced around, then started naming people who would stay or go. He needed to bring enough people, but also leave enough of them here to guard the site. In the end, Anuis stayed, as the one unofficially in charge, along with Ed as the Imperial and Delver representative. Tirias would accompany him along with most of the others. Of the dark elves, Nucme would come and Alvol stay. Tim had been tempted to leave Ash behind, but he trusted Anuis enough for this, and his talents were better used on the trip. Tim also decided to take both of the local adventurers with him, he just felt better being able to keep a personal eye on them. At least Tony was happy they were visiting his city.
When everything had been sorted out and they finally got to leave, Tim set a fast pace. He only faltered slightly when they finally left the underground complex, through the entrance from the vehicle bay, and stepped out into the open. It had been a few days since he¡¯d seen the sun. Not that he could see it right now, since it was still night, just starting to brighten in the gray of pre-dawn. It still felt very bright. He glanced at the others to check they were okay, then kept walking.
Luckily, while there was no proper road from the base, obviously, it wasn¡¯t too difficult to traverse the terrain. It was mostly just meadows and the occasional copses of trees. Iliam guided them on a path that led them to a proper trail after a while, and then a real road a few hours later. It wasn¡¯t as well paved as those in the Empire, but it would suffice. Luckily, even the dirt path was already secure enough to allow for faster travel.
Everyone in their group had decent Con stats, and they¡¯d been well-rested the last few days, at least in terms of physical exertion. Therefore, when Tim started a forced march, too fast to keep up for regular humans, no one complained. It helped that they could also use Class Skills and the Haste Spell to speed their travel, though they could only keep that up sporadically and for a short period given the size of their group.
Their trip took several hours, well into the day, with only short rest breaks. It was a reasonable distance but not out of the question for a day¡¯s forced march for a proper military force, and even less time for his group. It helped that they were already past the city they¡¯d tried to avoid, Iliyan, and after reaching a proper road, it took them straight to their destination.
That city was probably where their current enemies were coming from, he suspected. They were closest, so they¡¯d have the most chance of stumbling on the old Hivekind base. He wasn¡¯t sure if their government was involved and they¡¯d simply managed to keep it very secret, or if it was some other group. He didn¡¯t even know much about the city or how it was run, it hadn¡¯t seemed that important before and Iliam or Tony still didn¡¯t have detailed information.
At least he knew a little more about Iliucin, since both of them had actually been there. As the city¡¯s walls started appearing on the horizon, Tim tried to find some comfort in the thought. He had several goals in coming here and he¡¯d like to accomplish at least most of them.
Unfortunately, his tentative plans started crumbling as soon as they arrived. From up close, the architectural style reminded him of Veragles, although the city wall looked to be a newer addition; the city must have been growing lately. The gate was thrown open and several guards were standing by it in polished armor. As usual, the arrival of Tim¡¯s group caused quite the stir among the people trying to enter the city, though it wasn¡¯t a very thick crowd right now. He¡¯d tried to be unobtrusive, but that was only so feasible given their races, especially since Hivekind were unknown here. However, the guards reacted quickly. At first, he thought they might be coming to detain them, but instead the pushed the crowd back and opened a path for Tim and the others through the gate.
As they passed it, a man in a fancier helmet and with a higher level met them, clearly the captain. He straightened up in a semblance of attention and bowed deeply. ¡°Most honored guests, the lords of Iliucin are delighted by your arrival. If you would deign to follow me, you will be received in the rose palace.¡±
¡°Were you expecting us?¡± Tim asked, but gestured at the others to come with and fell into step beside the officer.
¡°In a sense, Your Excellence, the high council was hoping you would visit soon and has been anticipating your arrival. They were quite pleased to receive word from the north.¡±
Tim nodded but decided to wait with more questions until he met the city¡¯s leaders. At least this was a nice welcome. He glanced around, noting the people on the streets, the rows of buildings unfolding across the city with colorful designs painted on the brickwork in a local style. It was hard to say if they were readying themselves for war, but the city at least didn¡¯t seem too tense.
The rose palace was easy to identify, considering the rose garden surrounding it on three sides. A short path led to the entrance. There were several people drawn up at regular intervals lining it, probably guards, though they wore no armor. He wasn¡¯t familiar enough with cultural cues to tell if they had other roles.
Then they passed through the doors into a short entrance hall. A man in some kind of livery met them outside the double doors leading further in, presumably into some kind of great hall. He lowered himself to briefly touch his knee to the floor before standing upright. ¡°The lords are preparing to receive our most esteemed guests, please give them a brief while before you enter,¡± he said.
Tim inclined his head in acknowledgment. ¡°We are grateful to be received by the high council.¡±
¡°Thank you, Your Excellence, the city of Iliucin welcomes you.¡±
The servant, if that¡¯s what he was, hesitated before slipping in through a smaller door Tim only now noticed was set beside the larger double doors. He heard the start of some whispered conversation before it closed and muffled it too much to make out even for his ears. Tim frowned. The other voice sounded familiar.
He didn¡¯t have long to wait and wonder. After only a minute, the doors opened and they entered to be announced. As this seemed to be a formal audience, he let the others go first, since Tony had been able to tell them it was generally the order of things for the highest-ranking to go last here. Tim was too distracted to pay particular attention, though, since now that the doors were open he saw the man who was now crossing to stand beside their group. He looked more adventurous than usual in reinforced trousers and jacket instead of traditional mage robes, but he immediately recognized Derrek Zephyr, the Cernlian Thaumaturge. So he¡¯s made it here already. I guess it¡¯s not that surprising if Mother sent him.
Then Tim stepped inside and his attention was immediately captured by the announcer¡¯s words. ¡°His Imperial Highness, Prince Tim of House Woltan, Champion of the Central European Empire.¡±
He almost faltered and had to force himself to keep moving until he stood beside Zephyr.
¡°But I¡¯m not a prince,¡± he hissed out of the corner of his mouth.
¡°You are now, my Prince,¡± Zephyr hissed back without moving his lips at all; maybe he was using air magic.
Before he could respond, the humans sitting on a half-circle of four throne-like chairs on a dais at the end of the room rose and welcomed him, taking it in turns to offer what sounded like formal phrases and diplomatic welcomes. Tim smiled and nodded, but he did manage to throw Zephyr a questioning look in the first break between speakers.
¡°Yourself and your brother Max were given the title of ¡®prince¡¯ by the Empress just before I departed,¡± Zephyr explained quietly. ¡°I imagine she¡¯s given the royal title to your sisters Mia and Tia too, but I was too far gone to receive the official confirmation. I am uncertain about any potential others later.¡±
Tim resisted the urge to shake his head. There wouldn¡¯t be any others, at least not for a long time, if ever. He¡¯d never wanted a royal title, and he knew Max would want it even less. None of them really would, although they wouldn¡¯t complain. But Tim could see why Regina thought it was a good idea; it should definitely help his standing for diplomatic efforts. He was fine with that. He¡¯d use all the help he could get for this mission.
¡°We have heard much of you from our friends in Veragles, Prince Tim,¡± one of the lords said, finally moving on from the formal phrases. ¡°It is our hope that we can build a similar bond of friendship and alliance. I am certain we can help each other.¡±
With what? he wondered. Do they know about the reason for our interest in the region?
Once it was clear they were done talking, Tim smiled at them, inclining his head slightly. ¡°I am honored by your warm welcome, My Lords. In the name of my mother, Empress Regina, I gladly accept your sentiments as well as the hand of friendship you have reached out to us. I am sure closer ties may come in time, and I am as eager to see it as you.¡±
They all smiled, and Tim realized that he was not going to be done with this quickly.
Chapter 332: Reinforcements
Owin Castaway had been curious about the southern lands for decades now. Mostly, it was an idle curiosity, waxing and waning with his interest in other things and his general busyness. He¡¯d entertained thoughts of traveling there, but had always discarded them as too risky or impractical. He couldn¡¯t leave his party for that long, not all of them would want to come with on such an uncertain adventure, and after he met the Hive Queen and everything that followed, he was far too busy and bound to the new Empire to think seriously about it.
Except now here he was, sent to the southern lands across the mountain by the Empress¡¯ will.
He¡¯d known he had to hurry as much as he could while not disregarding sensible caution. The discovery Tim ¡ª now Prince Tim, he reminded himself ¡ª and his party had made was delicate and there was no time to waste for others to find the location, or those who had first found and made use of it to come try and reclaim it by force. Empress Regina had sent Zephyr ahead, and while the Thaumaturge was doubtless a more than competent mage, Owin was unsure how much he trusted him to handle this. Even if he was loyal, he was only a single man. He had said he couldn¡¯t bring anyone with him traveling with magical means, which was probably true.
But Owin and the elite fighters detached to accompany him were traveling quickly, too. A larger force was making its way over the mountains using the newly prepared, if incomplete, road. They would still have to contend with monsters, but he was confident they could make it across safely. Owin and his people, on the other hand, used the wings of the largest contingent of winged drone mounts ¡ª or perhaps flying drones in general ¡ª assembled since the war.
They¡¯d all switched mounts twice during the trip, at the safest locations they could find. None of the mounts were high-leveled enough to have gained sapience, clearly a deliberate choice ¡ª the Hive did not want to risk their necessarily more vulnerable people like this, he assumed ¡ª although all of them were close to it, in the late thirties. They managed to fly fast and high enough that they were mostly unbothered by monsters.
Owin doubted any of his companions had ever been so high up. The world looked very different from such an altitude, even the peaks below them shrunk like lines on a map. He counted himself lucky to have the experience. Unfortunately, his first impressions of the southern lands themselves didn¡¯t necessarily line up with the hopes he¡¯d had for them.
They were interesting enough, of course. Cities with neat and clearly magically aided rows of crops around satellite villages surrounding them like what Princess Janis had once called a fractal pattern. From above, it was harder to make out details, but on the ground he had seen a mix of races he wouldn¡¯t have encountered north of the mountains. Not that they stopped at any of the villages or smaller towns. Crossing the mountains was only occasion for another mount change before they continued on.
He had considered the route carefully. Some of his fellows had argued for stopping at the city of Veragles, which was probably closest to the mountains. However, it would still be a detour. Instead, he would prefer to travel to the site Tim¡¯s party had found directly. Of course, setting down directly at that point would be an obvious hint for anyone that there was something to find there, and even traveling on foot was probably risky. The other option would be a city close by which might be friendly. Unfortunately, it was hard for him to know exactly how friendly any of them would be. Most likely, all of them would be alarmed by their flock of flying drones.
Instead, they set down well away from any settlement in an empty field. One of the drones accompanying him would stay with the flock for now, while they traveled onwards on foot. If things went sideways, the drones should also allow for a quick escape.
¡°Let¡¯s get going,¡± he said, securing his pack to his shoulders and sweeping his gaze across the rest of his new party. Most of them were unknown to him, although he might have seen their faces before. Gwen and most of his former party had stayed in the Empire.
¡°Yes, Sir,¡± his second, Dustin, replied. He was a Nerlian who¡¯d fought in the Cernlian civil war, then in the war against the gnomes, and had meanwhile been made a Major in the new Imperial army.
Not all of Owin¡¯s men were soldiers, only about half. At least those were a proper unit, even if one recently assembled. The others were drones, Delvers who hadn¡¯t enlisted in the military, and two mages with knighthoods in Cernlia.
Owin spent more time looking at all of them than their surroundings, as they set off, though he tried to be discreet. He hadn¡¯t had the time to integrate this ¡®strike force¡¯ as well as he might have liked. But all of them were seasoned combat veterans with the levels and Skills to show for it. Hopefully that would be enough. They marched quietly, obviously on the alert.
It would be hard to find their target just from descriptions, but they had several good rangers with them, who quickly took the lead to sniff out the underground base, using Skills able to map underground terrain features as well. It was the reason two of them were in of this party. The descriptions Lady Galatea had provided did help, at least once they confirmed they¡¯d passed over the right cities. Owin hoped the trek wouldn¡¯t take long. They were all tired, and needed a good night¡¯s sleep to be at their best fighting form, even with good Con stats. The mages were noticeably drooping, which was not surprising after the flight.
¡°I¡¯ve found them, Sir Owin,¡± the best ranger with the most applicable Skill, Lauris, finally spoke up. ¡°At least I reckon so. Big underground complex going in several levels, only connected with one proper, long tunnel to the rest of the network.¡±
¡°Good work,¡± he told her.
¡°I¡¯m afraid there¡¯s more, Sir.¡±
Owin raised an eyebrow. He knew her Skill, rare as it was, only worked in brief spurts with a long time in between. If you didn¡¯t know where to look, searching anything for underground caverns was prohibitively time-consuming. It might explain why more people hadn¡¯t stumbled on this base, since it was in the middle of nowhere. ¡°Yes?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t feel lives or magic with the skill, but people are also made of material thicker than air and if there¡¯s a big group of them in a space, I can sometimes tell. I can¡¯t be certain, but it felt like it this time. At least a few dozen people overall.¡±Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on.
Owin stifled a curse. ¡°That sounds like there¡¯s more than just our people waiting for us here,¡± Dustin said. ¡°Hostiles?¡±
¡°Impossible to know, but it seems likely,¡± Owin replied. They would need to proceed with care.
He made his party slow down a bit as they continued, staying closer together for protection. At the same time, he sent scouts ahead to try and investigate. They used a standard pattern, with two scouts out far, one of them ahead of the others to alert the rest of the group, and several in close guard around the main party. Lauris stayed with them while Marcus, their stealthiest scout, ranged at the tip.
Owin tried not to get too nervous as they continued walking without any word from him or the others. In situations like this, his nerves always felt stretched to the bone. But he knew how to keep control of himself, keep them in check, and gauge the actual passage of time.
He was just starting to consider swapping out the scouts when Marcus finally appeared in front of them, clearly letting an invisibility Skill fade. ¡°Sir,¡± he saluted.
¡°Report,¡± Owin asked.
¡°I¡¯ve found the entrance to the base, ten minutes ahead. The gate is open. There are giant golemns guarding the path in front of the entrance, but not directly standing in front of it. Several warriors were moving around as well, all human men, wearing nondescript and non-uniform armor. There were no visible sigils or banners. I chanced a peek into the tunnel, and there are definitely more men inside, at least two dozen in the vehicle bay. I am uncertain about the deeper reaches of the complex.¡±
Owin nodded. It appeared their enemies were hiding their affiliations, then. If they truly were enemies, he reminded himself not to take anything for granted. ¡°Any signs of our allies?¡± he asked.
The scout shook his head. ¡°No, Sir Owin. I saw no signs of a struggle, and no drone, elf of either kind, or human with Delver or Imperial equipment.¡±
¡°If they abandoned the base without a fight, they might still be lurking out here, and at least keeping an eye on it,¡± Dustin offered.
That did seem like the most logical conclusion. ¡°Right. Return to your scouting, see if you can¡¯t make contact with them. Be careful, we don¡¯t want to fight our comrades.¡±
¡°Yes, sir.¡± Marcus melted back into the wide grass around them, although it shouldn¡¯t be tall enough for it.
Owin motioned to the rest of the group to keep moving, slowing down even further. They still wouldn¡¯t be in sight of the entrance or the guards, but it was best to be careful.
In the end, the others made contact with them before Marcus returned. Owin already drew his sword and had almost prepared a Skill before he realized that the shadow moving out from behind a scraggly tree at the side of the path was friendly.
The dark elf raised his hands in a gesture of peace. ¡°Calm, friends,¡± he said in a low tone that only just carried to them.
Owin glanced at his System notification and nodded. He¡¯d been briefed on everyone in Tim¡¯s party, including Alvol as Oliren. Sheathing his blade again, he stepped up to the dark ranger. ¡°It¡¯s good to see you,¡± he greeted him. ¡°We feared your party was lost after seeing the men occupying the base.¡±
Oliren inclined his head. ¡°Lord Tim took about half of our party to Iliucin before they came. Commander Anuis decided there was no point in fighting for it and ordered the withdrawal,¡± he explained. ¡°We might have held them off for a while, but we were severely outnumbered and it was too risky. Instead we erased signs of our presence and withdrew as soon as we spotted them coming. I¡¯ve been keeping an eye on the entrance. Most of us will be out scouting, but I can lead you to our current camp.¡±
¡°Please do,¡± Owin nodded. ¡°I would have made the same decision in her shoes. Less than ten people fighting against this force would turn out badly even if we have higher levels.¡±
The dark elf only grunted in what seemed to be agreement, then motioned at them and turned to lead them off at an angle to their previous path.
¡°How many do they number?¡± Owin asked quietly. ¡°And have you found indications of where they¡¯re from?¡±
¡°Fifty men and eight golems in total, by our estimates, and unfortunately not,¡± Oliren replied. ¡°We should continue speaking at camp, Sir Owin, sound still carries out here.¡±
Owin nodded and fell back a bit, keeping quiet. He wondered if their camp would be much better. It probably wasn¡¯t intended for a group of their size.
They walked for about five minutes, until he guessed they were far enough from the entrance to not be noticed but still close enough to get there quickly in a hurry. There was a small copse of trees, looking a bit like an overgrown orchard, mostly olive trees he guessed, beside a small dirt trail that might have been made by game. As he passed the first few trees, he realized someone must have used some magic to shape the inner part, creating a more complete wall of greenery to hide the clearing in the center. Several people were sitting there, their packs carefully arranged to allow for a quick exit.
Anuis Eltarianal turned and stepped towards them as she entered. ¡°Sir Owin,¡± she greeted him, then dipped her head at the others behind him as well. ¡°It¡¯s good to see you.¡±
¡°Likewise, Commander,¡± he replied, sweeping his gaze across the clearing. There were only two other people here, both human, the rest clearly out on patrol or scouting.
¡°You should settle in, then we can talk,¡± she suggested.
Owin nodded, stifling a yawn. It was like seeing a campsite and standing still allowed the tiredness to catch up to him. He pushed it away, set down his things and then sat by an unlit fireplace with Anuis, Dustin and their remaining officers.
Unprompted, Anuis began to report what had happened. Apparently, Tim had left yesterday for Iliucin. The people they¡¯d seen had arrived five hours later, mid-afternoon the day before, and Anuis had withdrawn the rest of her party, as he¡¯d heard. They¡¯d been spying on them since then.
¡°Have you found any indications of where they¡¯re from?¡± Dustin asked.
The elf shook her head. ¡°Nothing conclusive, unfortunately. The obvious guess is Iliyan. We¡¯ve found nothing to confirm it, but also nothing that would question it. And their men¡¯s appearance matches what we might expect for people from there. Or so I¡¯ve been told, human ethnicities have never looked very different to me,¡± she added with a slight smile.
¡°They do,¡± Ed spoke up, shrugging at Owin¡¯s look. ¡°They definitely look like people from the southern lands, I mean; dark hair and slightly darker, more olive skin. We¡¯ve been here long enough I¡¯ve picked up some impressions. Plus, they¡¯re exclusively human.¡±
¡°So they¡¯re probably local, but it doesn¡¯t confirm which city or country they come from,¡± Owin said. ¡°We can assume Iliyan for now. The more important question is what they¡¯re doing.¡±
¡°So far, not much, from what we can tell,¡± Anuis said. ¡°It¡¯s possible that they¡¯ve just been very discreet.¡± She cocked her head. ¡°Will we get further reinforcements? We may be able to force them out with your strike force, but a proper century would be better.¡±
Owin rubbed his forehead. ¡°More reinforcements are coming, but they have to get across the mountains first, then get here. If that¡¯s where they should head. I¡¯d prefer not to start a major fight without Tim¡¯s approval; he¡¯s still officially in charge here.¡±
Ed nodded. ¡°He could have been back here today. But we don¡¯t know when they¡¯ll come back, yet, or with what news.¡±
¡°For now, you should sleep,¡± Anuis added. ¡°You¡¯ll be no good in a fight exhausted. Perhaps we¡¯ll get word back from him in the meantime.¡±
Owin nodded reluctantly, but his tiredness was getting hard to ignore. It took the last of his energy to make sure matters were sorted and his party properly settled.
He barely felt awake when he unrolled his bedroll and dropped into deep sleep almost as soon as his head hit his pillow.
Chapter 333: Good Relations
The city of Iliucin was officially ruled by a council of four high lords, named the lords of the high council on most occasions. They had a slightly strange tradition, in that there was an actual leader among those four, but their identity was not public knowledge. Officially, the council was supposed to speak with one voice. Apparently, they mostly voted on matters with said leader¡¯s vote counting double, but the records of how each lord voted were supposed to be secret, too. While women had on occasion been on the council, it was dominated by men, and currently the lords were all male as well.
Tim had found out as much in the first few hours of their stay in the city. They seemed quite eager to speak to the Imperial party, although their own ceremonies seemed to get in the way of that talking a little. Clearly, they¡¯d decided to pull out all the stops and receive them with proper pomp and circumstance, though. It was probably supposed to be a gesture. Considering that not every city on their trip had been willing to acknowledge Hivekind as proper emissaries, let alone give their leader the dignities of a prince, they could hardly complain.
Not that Tim was used to thinking of himself as a prince yet, but he figured he¡¯d better get used to it in a hurry. Even if Regina had only granted them the title in order to give him all possible diplomatic weight, all the help she could, it wasn¡¯t going to vanish after this mission was over. At the moment, it was only a detail, though, and he had more important things to focus on.
Being immediately welcomed by the guards, guided to the hall and then received by the high council was nice in diplomatic terms, but it had also made him miss some opportunities to accomplish the goals he was here for. They hadn¡¯t seen anything beyond the main street they were led down. Tim had wanted to gather general information on the city, hints about the conflict in the region, who might be responsible and how much support they could expect in the area.
He¡¯d also wanted to return quickly, but leaving abruptly would probably be taken as an insult by his hosts now.
For now, Tim tried his best to ferret out information from the city¡¯s nobles and officials while he attempted to send a few members of his party into the streets to learn more. He was fairly sure the city¡¯s leaders wanted some kind of alliance, but he also wasn¡¯t going to go into it blindly. He knew the clock was ticking, their opponents had already sent a scout into the underground base, but they needed reliable allies or none at all.
Thankfully, the banquet the council had decided to throw to honor him was a good opportunity to talk to people and gather information. While there was a lot of food, it was clearly meant as more of a general gathering, and a lot of people were speaking to each other, freely moving between groups or seats. It looked like the entire upper class of the city was here, although that probably couldn¡¯t be literally true.
He knew a lot of people would only be interested in him because of the novelty. That was also something he had some experience with. This time, Tim didn¡¯t have the patience to play it up too much. He tried for serious conversations, though without appearing brusque, to find out more information about the city and its notables. It quickly grew tedious as the hours stretched on.
¡°I do hope you are enjoying the banquet, my Prince,¡± Lord Nerani said, startling him slightly as he turned. ¡°I know they can be tiring.¡±
¡°Not at all, My Lord,¡± Tim replied with a smile and less than perfect sincerity. ¡°I am enjoying the opportunity to get to know the people of your fine city.¡±
¡°That is good. I cannot help but notice you seem disinclined to indulge in the drinks.¡±
Tim shrugged lightly. If he had to make a guess, Nerani would be who he¡¯d bet on as leader of the council. Although that was only based on his first impression, he¡¯d barely done more than be introduced to them. ¡°I am afraid alcohol is not good for my constitution, Lord Nerani, it is certainly nothing against what I am sure are very fine spirits you offer.¡±
¡°Goodness, that sounds terrible,¡± the man said with what he probably intended as a charming smile. Tim suspected it wasn¡¯t the track he usually took first. He had more frown than laugh lines, anyway. ¡°I am not sure I would survive that. We must find an alternative for you.¡±
Tim forced his smile to stay. This wasn¡¯t the time to talk about humans¡¯ habitual alcoholism (no matter how baffling and unhealthy it was). ¡°I make do,¡± he said.
¡°We do have some rather enjoyable ¡ medicinal herbs. If you would like to try a new experience.¡±
It wasn¡¯t the first time that had been offered to him, either. Tim preferred to keep his head clear. ¡°Perhaps some other time,¡± he said politely. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t want to muddle my head and inflict a poorer conversationalist on the fine people here.¡±
¡°Of course. You must think me terribly unsophisticated,¡± the lord sighed. He was still acting, but getting better. ¡°Let us talk business, then?¡±
Tim wasn¡¯t sure if he meant the weed or that he hadn¡¯t been very subtle about trying to get him drunk and-or high to get information from him. He didn¡¯t really care at the moment. ¡°Of course,¡± he echoed. ¡°You would like to build an alliance, but the Empire is a long distance away from here.¡±
Lord Nerani didn¡¯t look enthusiastic, for once. ¡°Not as far as some, farther than others,¡± he replied. ¡°We certainly would try for good relations. As for an actual alliance, well, perhaps we should learn a little more of each other before talking of binding arrangements, shouldn¡¯t we?¡±
Tim tilted his head. That didn¡¯t quite fit the vibe he¡¯d gotten so far. He supposed it might be cultural standards or that Nerani was one of the more opposed voices on their council. ¡°Reasonable,¡± he allowed, trying not to show his thoughts on his face. ¡°It would certainly be unwise to rush into it.¡±
"That it would,¡± Nerani agreed with a smile that looked just a little too smug for Tim¡¯s liking. ¡°We are the gates to the world, Prince Tim. All manner of goods passes through our gates and our sister cities¡¯. You may have the population of an empire, but I would caution you not to underestimate us.¡±Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on Royal Road.
Tim nodded calmly. He was reminded that Regina did want contacts with the southern lands for their access to the wider world across the Mediterranean. Sailing the sea was still dangerous, but not as much as the Atlantic, or crossing the Alps. At least, as it used to be.
Of course, this city wasn¡¯t on the coast. ¡°You must have quite a few of those sister cities.¡±
¡°True, we do,¡± he answered, his smile gaining a pleased edge. He listed a few names, with their important characteristics and epithets. The list at least contained useful information even if he was boasting.
¡°I notice you didn¡¯t mention Veragles,¡± Tim commented.
¡°Oh, Veragles,¡± the lord said. ¡°Of course. That is who everyone thinks of in the same breath as our city¡¯s name. Our friends there are certainly prolific, aren¡¯t they?
That sounded like there was a bit of bad blood between them; unless Nerani just wanted to give that impression. ¡°They are eager to build bridges with us,¡± Tim said lightly.
There it was, a bit of a flicker in the lord¡¯s eyes. Tim was sure he hadn¡¯t imagined it. Not just a ploy, then. At least not entirely. It made him reevaluate his impression of what was going on here. It had been easier to think of Iliucin and Veragles, the archmage and the adventurer he had sent, as one unit. But, of course, everyone had their own agenda. He shouldn¡¯t be surprised.
¡°I¡¯m sure they are,¡± Nerani said. ¡°Unlike more barbarous fellows, the lords of Veragles are eager to turn to diplomacy rather than the sword, to make friends of newcomers rather than harden enmities. At least at first. They are still strong allies to have.¡±
¡°I know,¡± Tim murmured. ¡°But as you said, true alliances take time, don¡¯t they?¡±
The lord smiled again. ¡°That they do. But I think that is my cue to leave, my Prince. Others wish to lay claim to some of my time as well.¡±
¡°Of course. We will speak again, My Lord.¡±
¡°Your Highness.¡± He gave a curt, polite bow, then walked off.
Tim stared after him for a moment, then turned. He grabbed a glass off a tray, barely glancing at its content. Alcohol, by the smell; not that they had much of anything else. Perhaps he should have looked harder, but it was perhaps better to have something to hold in his hand. He strolled toward the other side of the room, exchanging nods with some people he had already talked to.
He swept the room with his eyes, noting the position of specific people. Most of those in his party were spread out, braving the gathering. Ash had drawn quite a crowd of the curious, but was handling them well. Nucme attracted almost as many stares, he noted. The others were a bit more subtle, but of course, melting into the crowd wouldn¡¯t have been an option for Tim, anyway. None of them were in trouble, but he knew they were keeping an eye on him, and each other, as well.
For now, Tim made his way through the room and then out the front door. There was an inner courtyard, a garden of flowers, low hedges and the occasional particularly flowery tree. A few people walked here as well, clearly taking some fresh air. Tim put down his glass and gave himself a moment to crane his neck back and look up into the sky, breathing deeply and releasing some tension. Then he paid more attention to the local nobles in the garden. Some of them looked at him curiously, but there was no one who particularly stood out or felt like they deserved closer investigation.
Tim decided to head back inside after a short break for fresh air, but before he could move, several of the other people cried out. He turned, following their gaze, and then started in surprise as he saw a flash of light moving towards him.
A bird, he realized after a moment. Some kind of hawk, just a faintly translucent, luminous version of it. It cried once, surprisingly quiet, before coming to a stop hovering in the air in front of him. There was a piece of paper tied to one claw.
Cautiously, Tim reached out and untied it. He knew a construct like this must come from a Class Skill, belonging to someone with an uncommon Class and a high level. There were several people coming to mind, though ¡ª notably several soldiers featured in files he¡¯d read. People you would include if you sent reinforcements across the mountains. He glanced around, ignoring the gazes of the other people. More of them had come out to stare. He could have hoped this would be more discreet, but there was no changing it now; everyone would know he¡¯d gotten a message. It looked like the messenger had flown here, but he knew it must have materialized at some point close to him. Just as he unrolled the message, it disappeared.
Tim decided he might as well stay there, only looking up to nod at several of his party members who were now coming to join him. Projecting calm, he read the missive.
It took all of his self-control not to give any visible reaction. It appeared he¡¯d done just what he¡¯d wanted to avoid and effectively given the base over to their enemies by withdrawing half of their group for this trip. He was inclined to agree with Anuis¡¯ decision to avoid a confrontation, but this was still bad. At least the first wave of reinforcements had arrived.
Now the question is, what to do? He hadn¡¯t achieved what he¡¯d wanted to here yet, and rushing off now might ruin everything he had managed. But he couldn¡¯t leave them on their own either, he was needed there. Should they try to fight for the base?
¡°Tim?¡± Tirias asked carefully.
Tim glanced up. The elf champion had been out in the city. He looked concerned now, there was tension in the set of his shoulders. ¡°Important news,¡± Tim said. ¡°You found something too?¡±
Tirias nodded. ¡°Can we go somewhere more private, perhaps?¡±
Tim glanced at the others and waved them back. ¡°Go back inside, show your faces, we¡¯ll be right there.¡±
Then he followed Tirias to a quiet corner, around a bend in the path, a spot that was mostly covered by a tree and several bushes. No one was close enough to eavesdrop, and Tim scanned the area carefully, scenting the air and straining his ears to be sure. Then he turned to his companion, who still looked a bit agitated. ¡°What is it?¡±
¡°I took a good look around,¡± Tirias said. ¡°It struck me how calm the city was, especially around the outer parts. I went by several barracks of the city guard. They¡¯re too empty. None of them is unused, but they¡¯re not filled to capacity. This is the only regular military force the city has, Tim. If they¡¯re not here, they¡¯re out fighting somewhere.¡±
Tim nodded. ¡°That¡¯s good to know. But we did know they were preparing or already fighting other cities in the region, anyway.¡±
Tirias made a face. ¡°I know, but ¡ I managed to get a look at their military storage, too. They had warehouses close by the barracks. I know,¡± he added at Tim¡¯s surprised look, ¡°I¡¯m not the sneakiest, but I can manage. And it was full. Uniforms, armor, weapons, filled to bursting. Like they¡¯re recruiting new soldiers, preparing for an intense conflict.¡±
¡°That¡¯s weird,¡± Tim muttered. ¡°You¡¯d think there would be more recruits in the city in that case.¡±
¡°Yes,¡± the elf agreed, ¡°unless they¡¯re out somewhere fighting without their uniforms and equipment.¡±
It meant ¡ª a significant fraction of their fighting force might be operating under disguise, concealing their affiliation. Tim glanced at the letter again. The force that had occupied the base were only fifty people by their estimate. Still ¡
¡°I think we might be in deeper trouble than we thought, Tirias,¡± he muttered. ¡°We¡¯ll need to confirm this. But if my suspicions are right, we¡¯re probably in danger. And so are the others.¡±
He glanced at the building they¡¯d just exited again, filled with scheming nobles and envoys. Filled with a lot of pointless ceremony and engagements that would at the very least slow him down and distract him.
He might be jumping to conclusions, but a lot of things seemed suspicious, if he posited that they might be working against him, trying to take the base out from under his nose, and probably planning to blame their rivals.
Chapter 334: Crossings
Dan didn¡¯t know how fast the first team had managed to get through the mountains, but he suspected that, for this part at least, it would have been faster. His own group was much bigger, and thus couldn¡¯t manage it as quickly. With a group this size, you couldn¡¯t hope to sneak through the territory. Instead, you had to be prepared to constantly defend against monsters. It was almost like they were some kind of beacon for them.
Although it was funny when some of the monsters turned to fighting each other instead of the strike force. Not even close to the group, either, sometimes just getting close enough to each other while reacting to the new presence was enough to start a fight. Dan enjoyed watching it, when he could get a good look.
At least entertainment was one thing this trip didn¡¯t really lack, even if it was a big headache otherwise. Or maybe several smaller headaches. But he didn¡¯t really mind that part, he liked the chance to travel through the mountains, fight monsters, and then go help Tim out with some more fighting. Or politics, but that would be solely Tim¡¯s area and he could just stick to bashing some heads in where needed. Unfortunately, their Queen had also put him in charge of this group. Strike force Delta. Someone probably though they were being funny. (Seriously though, why delta? Gamma would make sense if you counted Tim¡¯s group and the first wave of reinforcements. Did they just want to bluff people into thinking there was another strike force ahead of them? That wouldn¡¯t work.)
Dan suspected Janis was involved. Regina would have definitely consulted her. Unfortunately, as had been pointed out to him several times and at length, he was a senior officer, with more seniority in the Hive than any other except Ben, and there weren¡¯t many people who would be trusted with this. Owin was already leading his own force. So he had to step up.
At least he knew many of the people under him. Instead of the hodgepodge of high-level people thrown together for Owin, this was largely just an actual force detached from the Imperial military command. Still high-level, of course, they couldn¡¯t send anyone less than that here, so there had been some shuffling around. He wasn¡¯t sure a company-sized strike force was the best, but he had to acknowledge they could punch far above their weight class. Especially with all the other gear Ben had sent with them. And there was still a flock of Winged Drones above. It kept shrinking due to monster attacks, and it usually hung back, keeping high above the clouds or to safer areas, to preserve it.
They¡¯d still made good time, despite the size of the group. The first part of the trip had been very easy. The area had already been cleared, they¡¯d started from a proper base, and there was an actual road winding into the mountains, and tunnels for some terrain that was less easy to traverse. They¡¯d still had to fight once they got to the end of that part, but considering they were able to start much deeper into the mountains anyway, due to the gnomes¡¯ help, it must have shaved days off their trip. Maybe even more.
It also helped that half a dozen of his new soldiers were actually gnomes, newly enlisted in the Imperial army, and half of them had previous experience with the deep mountains. They weren¡¯t the most high-leveled people, so they must have been chosen for that reason. Dan didn¡¯t mind, they had already given him a few good tips regarding the route and how to react to monster attacks. He¡¯d known the gnomes had been more involved in sending people into and occasionally even through the mountains, it was obvious since part of their territory was in the mountains anyway, but he hadn¡¯t realized how much of a difference it made.
Now they had made it through the worst parts already and were most of the way through the mountains. Considerably closer to the southern side than where they¡¯d started. The monsters had actually seemed to thin out a little, although he wasn¡¯t sure if it just seemed that way because their previous fights had made an impression. The kinds of monsters they fought had also shifted a little. Regardless, they were now entering areas where they might even encounter other people, or so the gnomes had warned him. It was still unlikely, but adventurers from the southern lands could get this far. Or, apparently, the dwarven communities ¡ª he¡¯d also been briefed on information Tim had collected about the southern lands, and they¡¯d been mentioned.
It was interesting that Galatea hadn¡¯t said much about them, though; maybe they¡¯d kept hidden from her, or she just didn¡¯t find them interesting or worth reporting on. Maybe she hadn¡¯t considered them part of the southern lands when Regina had asked for information on those. Dan didn¡¯t want to speculate.
Dan stepped onto a rock formation hanging a few meters over the path his company currently trod, although it was more like a small grassy patch that led up the slope they were currently climbing, and looked around. He adjusted his belt and the sword hanging from it nervously. It wasn¡¯t his normal weapon, but one recommended for the trip, considering its weight and the likelihood of having to fight one-handed. He was also currently wearing the Imperial military uniform with light armor, in the Hivekind version. Their normal colors were blue and black, with a darker blue for special forces. He wore a thick gambeson reinforced with metal strips instead of the normal jacket over the uniform tunic, along with a helmet and shin guards over his combat boots. It had the added advantage of helping keep warm in the mountains. At the moment, since they weren¡¯t that high up currently and were moving uphill, it felt like too much of a good thing and he was getting rather warm.
Most of his men (and women, although the human soldiers were mostly male, as well as all of the gnomes, obviously) were similarly equipped, to strike a balance between protection and being able to march through rough terrain. Leg and arm guards were surprisingly handy when they had to climb. And Max had made sure they all had good boots, which Dan really appreciated. He watched them march, noting the way they were holding their weapons. All becoming veterans of the mountains now, if they hadn¡¯t been before.
Their supplies were getting low. They¡¯d supplemented what they¡¯d brought with hunting, especially with all the monsters attacking anyway, but there wasn¡¯t much time to waste on it. The soldiers all carried dense, high-calorie provisions, but there was only so much they¡¯d brought to not get weighed down. He might have to slow down and allow for more hunting or foraging, which Dan hated. The drones would be fine, but he didn¡¯t think humans would have an easy time finding edible plants here, anyway. Though some of them had magic or Skills that should help.
¡°Commander? Do you think it¡¯s time for another break?¡±
Dan shook his thoughts off and turned to his second, who¡¯d paused a meter below him. ¡°Not yet, Geoff,¡± he said. ¡°Maybe once we¡¯re at the top. Can you go to the front, though, check in with our scouts and take point?¡±
¡°Of course, sir,¡± he nodded, turning to leave.
Dan looked after him for a moment. The rogue was a veteran Delver and had been part of Owin¡¯s party, probably for years before they met. As such, he was one of the most trusted Delvers. He was also newly a Captain in the Imperial army. In Dan¡¯s opinion, he could have led this company perfectly well, although he supposed he didn¡¯t know if he was any good at diplomacy. Maybe they hadn¡¯t wanted to put him in charge for the political aspects. At least Geoff was friendly and seemed pleased to be working with him.Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author.
A moment later, Dan hopped down from his pile of rocks, getting back onto the road. He managed to balance on the rockier part beside the main ¡®path¡¯, walking quickly to pass his soldiers. On the way, he smiled and exchanged a few words with them, offering encouragement. He¡¯d been trying to get to know his people, and so far it was going well.
By the time he finally passed the column, they were almost up the hillside. They were currently in an upper part of a valley leading between several mountain peaks, or maybe a plateau, since it was still pretty far up. From the maps he¡¯d seen, they should be able to follow it for some kilometers longer and then climb around the side of the southernmost mountain, going along another ridge. And then, they would be almost through, and would mostly have to descend to get to the open southern lands.
Dan was about to call for his soldiers to stop and take half an hour, when Geoff melted out of a crag between two rock formations in front, hurrying towards him. Dan paused and turned to him, frowning.
¡°Commander,¡± he panted, ¡°we found something. A kind of quarry, perhaps, or maybe a natural formation. But it looks like people have been here, we found signs of pickaxes.¡±
¡°Can you tell how recent?¡±
Geoff shrugged. ¡°Well, it hasn¡¯t eroded away, yet, and the scouts say they found what might have been tracks, but they¡¯re unsure if it¡¯s from monsters or people, or how old they are.¡±
Dan nodded. ¡°Alright, show me. Sergeant, your unit will accompany us,¡± he added to the closest party leader.
Geoff saluted and turned back to lead Dan and the others to the place they had found. The path was a bit rocky, literally and metaphorically, and he almost stumbled into a remaining ice patch once, but they all made it without injuries. The site was a bit higher up than their current resting place, behind a bluff and hidden from view from below, but as he approached, he saw it was still in a depression considering the surrounding rise in the terrain. There was a small brook, probably dried out for part of the year, a hundred meters farther, he heard the faint sound of trickling water.
Dan realized why Geoff had called it a quarry right away, it did seem to resemble one going by the layout and first impression. There was a hole in the ground, and boulders were scattered around the depression in the ground, some almost forming a circle around it. But something still seemed off about it. This looked like the same stone (granite, maybe?) the surrounding mountainsides were made of. If anything, he might¡¯ve expected some kind of caves here.
Dan carefully stepped forward, keeping his steps light. Something here set him on edge. He gestured at the others, and they took up guard positions. Then he approached the depression in the ground, frowning down into the dark.
A moment later, something shifted behind him and he heard a sound like stone grinding on stone. Dan whirled around, half-drawing his sword. He paused at what he saw. In the time he hadn¡¯t been looking, somehow several people had appeared, as if they¡¯d stepped out of the rocks. Which they might well have. They were dwarves, obviously ¡ª shorter than him and with rocky skin. They also wore armor and carried weapons.
¡°Be careful where you tread, travelers,¡± one of them said.
| Itemila-ne ¡ª Level 45 Stone Mage |
Dan hesitated for a moment, eyes darting around. Where were the more diplomatic members of his Hive when he needed them? ¡±We weren¡¯t trying to intrude on your space,¡± he finally said. ¡°Stand down, men. This doesn¡¯t need to come to a fight.¡±
They did, and the dwarves visibly relaxed a bit as well. A moment later, shadows played around the other rocks and more figures seemed to melt out of them. In the end, at least twenty of them surrounded him and his group. At least they weren¡¯t baring their weapons. In fact, their body language seemed peaceful, not aggressive.
¡°You are from the Central European Empire, I see,¡± the leader said again. According to the system, he wasn¡¯t the highest leveled fighter, but he clearly spoke for the group.
¡°That is true,¡± Dan agreed, belatedly inclining his head in a gesture of respect. ¡°We are moving through the mountains toward the southern lands.¡±
The dwarf nodded. ¡°Is your goal Veragles? Like the first party of yours that passed through?¡±
¡°You¡¯re well informed,¡± Dan said slowly.
The leader smiled, although it didn¡¯t look very pleasant. ¡°Just because we live here, far from others, doesn¡¯t mean news doesn¡¯t reach us, Hive drone. We make a point to keep informed of what goes on in the world. And the birth of a new empire so close to us is rather hard to miss, even if your empress has not granted us her attention.¡±
Dan exchanged a look with Geoff. ¡°I¡¯m sure that wasn¡¯t an intentional snub, sir,¡± the Delver spoke up. ¡°Your presence here is not well known. Now that we are here, talking to you, we will send word back and I am confident Her Imperial Majesty will be eager to send actual diplomats to start proper talks. Right, Lord Dan?¡±
Dan blinked and nodded. ¡°Very much so, Mother would love to hear from you,¡± he agreed.
The dwarven mage cocked his head slightly. ¡°And you cannot speak for the Empire? I was under the impression you were high-ranking officers ¡ª and one of you a senior son of the Empress, no less.¡±
Dan bit down on a grimace. He knew exactly what the others would say. ¡°I am,¡± he confirmed, ¡°and the Empire would honor my word, within reason. While we are somewhat pressed for time, I would like to speak further with you.¡±
¡°I can see your mission is time-sensitive,¡± the dwarf conceded. ¡°How about an invitation, then? We have some tunnels leading further south that should help you to your destination without having to climb the Grey Beak¡¯s Mountain. You can rest at our settlement tonight, and we can discuss common interests. We will then send you off with a guide.¡±
Dan tried not to look stunned. ¡°That is very gracious,¡± he managed. ¡°Yes, I mean, we would be honored to accept your invitation.¡±
Frantically, he tried to recall if they had anything they could leave as a gift for the dwarves. He was distracted enough to almost miss the dwarf gesturing and the grinding of rock deeper in the ¡®quarry¡¯, as a hole opened up, exposing the entrance of a tunnel. Dan blinked, then turned to Geoff to organize their move.
It took a bit to marshal everyone and get them to enter the cave in an organized fashion. The dwarves waited patiently, then went ahead of them. Dan put himself at the front of the group, walking quickly to catch up to them.
The tunnel was low enough he had to duck his head, but exactly rectangular and seamless. It turned and descended further underground. One of the dwarves was carrying a lantern, and with whispered orders, some of his own men lit their own.
¡°How long until we reach your settlement?¡± Dan asked.
¡°A few hours,¡± the leader, Itemila-ne, replied. ¡°We will guide you. There are many passages and dead ends, intruders who wander without help are prone to find themselves lost and stranded, prey for monsters.¡±
Charming. Dan caught his fingers drifting toward his sword and jerked them away. ¡°Sounds nice,¡± he replied lightly. ¡°You won¡¯t require us to be blindfolded?¡±
The dwarf gave him a sideways glance. ¡°I do not think that would stop Hivekind for long, would it?¡±
Dan nodded, conceding the point. ¡°The gnomes weren¡¯t able to tell us your settlements¡¯ locations,¡± he said instead.
The mage smiled faintly. ¡°Of course not. I suppose that they will learn of it now is an unavoidable side effect. I do hope you¡¯ll be careful with whom you share such information.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t take your trust lightly,¡± Dan replied.
¡°Good. Now please be quiet, we don¡¯t want to attract any earth wyrms.¡±
Dan nodded and fell back a bit, chewing on his lower lip.
Even he could tell the dwarves probably wanted something from him or they wouldn¡¯t be this hospitable. Maybe it was just because the empire was powerful and looking in this direction, and they¡¯d rather get off on the right foot. Maybe they wanted help against enemies in the southern lands. He sighed. So much for leaving all the politics to Tim, I guess.
At least it was still a nice adventure. It had only gotten more interesting. He was curious to see their settlement.
Chapter 335: Objectives and Plans
Anuis Eltarianal considered herself hard to surprise. She had not lived as long as some elves, but long enough to gain varied experiences. So, she did not consider it a surprise, not quite, when Sir Owin and his group of reinforcements appeared just in time, crossing the mountains and southern lands in a matter of days if not hours, but she certainly took note of it.
The Hive¡¯s winged drones still proved a formidable tactical advantage. She had not previously been sure that they would allow any substantial number of fighters across the mountains, but clearly they had. Not that Owin Castaway¡¯s group was particularly large, but he had more men than were left in her party.
Sorting out matters of command would have to wait until he awoke, of course. She presumed he would wish to be in charge, and most of those present would back him. That would be fine. Anuis might be considered an ally by the Hive Queen and Empress, but that was at least as much on the strength of a personal relationship as political ties. Besides, she knew Sir Owin, although a Delver, would be more than capable.
The Delvers had certainly surprised her in the last few years, anyway. At least it was a pleasant surprise.
They¡¯d sent their message and there was nothing immediately urgent to do. She expected the knight would take some hours to rest, and so slept for a few hours herself. She spent most of the remaining time trying to integrate the disparate remnants of Tim¡¯s expedition with his new troops. Most of them went to sleep right away as well, clearly tired from their taxing journey. Well, if anyone had intended to try a military action right away, it would clearly have been doomed to failure. Anuis contented herself with making sure their camp was secure and their scouts alert.
She sat on a stacked bedroll at the edge of the camp when Sir Owin finally awoke. He sat up with a groan, rubbing his eyes briefly, before looking squarely at her. ¡°What news?¡±
¡°No major movements from the hostile company,¡± she answered. ¡°Our scouts are still watching. We¡¯ve had no word from Lord Tim, either, although I¡¯d expect to hear from him soon, one way or another.¡±
Owin nodded. ¡°Hopefully,¡± he murmured, getting up. ¡°What are your plans, Commander?¡±
¡°I was mainly waiting for reinforcements,¡± she said, a bit sardonically. ¡°Further actions would depend on their strength, and orders. I was going to keep observing the newcomers, but remain ready to move further out if necessary.¡±
He cocked his head. ¡°I suppose you don¡¯t care for the base?¡±
¡°Because it¡¯s not for my people, you mean?¡± She frowned. ¡°I appreciate the trust Tim showed me by putting me in charge, and I intend to fulfill it by acting as he would wish. Of course you are right in that my role here and our people¡¯s alliance is, let¡¯s say, a little ambiguous for now, but Ariedel is still allied to the Starlit Hive. I realize how important this is to them and I¡¯m ready to support them.¡±
¡°Of course,¡± he dipped his head. ¡°I wasn¡¯t trying to question your honor, Commander Eltarianal, I apologize if I gave that impression.¡±
¡°Think nothing of it,¡± she reassured him. It wasn¡¯t a question of honor for her so much as duty, but she could admit that she hardly minded this duty. She liked Tim and this little adventure was a nice, exciting change of pace, on the whole. More importantly, she was aware that her presence and participation here was a tangible sign of the Elvish Free State¡¯s goodwill, for an alliance with the Empress. Negotiations between the Empire and Ariedel were still ongoing, but she was sure it would result in a very close alliance, if not an outright membership in the Empire. This meant she was required to perform well here.
"Now that you are awake, it is time to decide how to handle the situation, however,¡± she continued. ¡°Do you want to press the attack?¡±
Owin hesitated, furrowing his brows. ¡°We still don¡¯t know much about these people, correct? Attacking blindly doesn¡¯t seem smart. We should at least wait until we¡¯ve heard back from Tim, or know he isn¡¯t going to be able to send a message. In the meantime, what say you we focus on scouting and finding out what they are doing in there? Perhaps send in a few of my men skilled with infiltration?¡±
Anuis tried not to smile and nodded. ¡°That strikes me as wise,¡± she said. ¡°Who did you have in mind? What are their Skills? Would any of them be able to pretend to be a local?¡±
For the next few minutes, they discussed various options and hashed out several plans. Unfortunately, the answer to her last question was apparently ¡®probably not, if they are asked any questions¡¯. There were humans among their troops who could pass for southerners visually, but they would not know much of what their supposed comrades might ask them, and if the enemy had any reason to be suspicious, such a ruse would quickly fall apart.
Still, Owin decided to proceed with the idea of at least sending a few scouts and spies, and Anuis agreed. If they were discovered, it would be unfortunate, but they were also planning to move camp, and she would rather fight their enemies out in the open here instead of trying to retake the base directly. She might not be sure of their skills, but she was confident of those of her people and Owin¡¯s, and in a chaotic, spread-out fight they would have an advantage. They still had the mobility advantage, anyhow.
¡°Perhaps we should try to lure them out anyway, even if our scouting isn¡¯t discovered,¡± Dustin suggested. Anuis agreed with the sentiment.
They sent their best infiltrators to gather more information on their opponents, then returned to planning. While she remained focused on the task at hand, Anuis also took note of the other speakers and their mindset. Owin was obviously still adjusting to operating in a military capacity, although this mission in particular was hardly typical and probably more reminiscent of his days as a Delver commander. She had few qualms about him, despite everything. He had a good head on his shoulders. The others also lacked experience, but they had enough of it to be better than she¡¯d feared. Her own party members mostly kept quiet and let her talk, which Anuis counted as a blessing.
The Hive drones were, as always, the most disciplined. They didn¡¯t seem to mind that none of them was currently in the highest command position. Several of them had already been sent out as scouts, using their - compared to humans'' - enhanced senses of hearing, vision and smell. Anuis privately marked them all as high-value assets and knew she would need to try to keep all of them alive if a fight broke out. It was an annoying constraint on a tactical level and might strike others as unfair, but such was the way of things. She did not want to be responsible for Empress Regina losing any more children, on a personal or political level.Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website.
They quickly hashed out a few plans, including some contingencies, and accounted for ways of sending messages. Then it was time to move camp. She knew any other sites their scouts had found wouldn¡¯t be as good as this one, but her instincts warned against staying in one spot for too long and they¡¯d already spent some time here. And it really wasn¡¯t big enough for the whole force, anyway.
Instead, they crept through the shade of sparse trees to a position a little farther out from the base, so as to hide better. There were two connected clearings in a small forest, easily hidden from the outside, and offering a bit more room. Several of their soldiers with appropriate Abilities had already set to preparing it for the camp and drawing up the greenery around it to hide it better. Anuis could have contributed, but decided to preserve her strength and instead focused on managing the troops and planning. She would rather ensure they kept enough scouts in a proper pattern to facilitate easy communications between them.
Which was fortunate, when they finally received the report she had been waiting for.
¡°They appear to be looking for something,¡± one of the scouts, a human named Marcus, said. ¡°They have been moving through the base in patrol patterns, but I have the impression they are looking for more than intruders. There was heavier traffic in some interior areas you would expect to be less guarded.¡±
Anuis frowned. That was interesting. ¡°Any hint as to what?¡± Owin asked.
¡°No, Sir Owin. None of us found anything,¡± another scout replied.
¡°Did you manage to confirm their numbers?¡± Anuis asked.
¡°As we estimated,¡± Alvol said. ¡°Fifty-one humans, eight golems. A unit of fifty plus their commander, I would guess, and the golems as additional muscle.¡±
¡°Did you see the golem artificer we encountered among the group?¡± Anuis pressed.
¡°No, Commander. Not that I saw.¡± He glanced at the other scouts, who shook their heads.
¡°There was no one with the name you gave,¡± Lauris said.
Anuis nodded, then looked at Owin. He was frowning thoughtfully.
However, whatever he was about to say was interrupted by one of his soldiers rushing up to them. ¡°Sir, Commander,¡± he panted, ¡°the perimeter scouts sent word, there¡¯s a single traveler approaching our location. Apparently, it¡¯s a dark elf.¡±
That relaxed some of the tension she felt. ¡°Nucme,¡± she said, ¡°Tim must have sent him as a messenger.¡±
Owin glanced at her and nodded. ¡°Please pass the word to show him here, discreetly, provided it is him.¡±
The soldier ran off again and they settled down to wait. Anuis dismissed the other scouts to get some rest and then occupied her fingers with repairing the fletching of one of her arrows.
They didn¡¯t have to wait long until the familiar dark elf stepped into the clearing, looking exhausted. He immediately headed for her and Owin, clearly unsurprised to see the reinforcements. Anuis assumed Tim had sent him because he would attract notice in Iliucin or other cities in the south, but he would also have to rely on magic to move very fast.
She restrained her curiosity until he had set down and been handed a waterskin. Then she glanced at Owin, who was examining the dark elf with an assessing gaze. ¡°What news do you bring?¡± she asked.
Nucme set down the waterskin and straightened up, looking like he was considering saluting but thinking better of it. From the way his ears were laid slightly back, she could tell he was not only tired, but tense and probably concerned. ¡°We were received with honor and ceremony in Iliucin,¡± he reported. ¡°Thaumaturge Zephyr was already there, having come by magical means, and made initial contact while waiting for us. The high council immediately granted us an audience, and were quite respectful of Tim ¡ª who is, in fact, ¡®Prince Tim¡¯ now. Apparently the Empress named him and a few others princes and princesses of the Empire.¡±
Anuis couldn¡¯t help but raise an eyebrow. ¡°That would be Princes and Princesses Max, Tim, Mia and Tia, I assume?¡±
¡°I think so, yes,¡± Nucme confirmed. He and Owin both looked at her for a moment, and she caught a few of the others glances¡¯ as well.
Anuis declined to comment. Few seemed to remember that she was one of the first people who had ever met the Hive Queen (in this life) and her first drones; back when there were only the four of them. She knew they were in a category of their own in some ways, it seemed inevitable based on what they had experienced and seen together. But there were more relevant things to speak about.
¡°The city welcomed you, then. Did they seem eager for an alliance?¡±
Nucme shrugged slightly. ¡°It seemed like it at first, but they didn¡¯t want to commit, Prince Tim told me. And they may be putting on a show to mislead us. Tirias did some scouting, and found some concerning indications.¡± He briefly explained about empty barracks but full storehouses of uniforms and weapons.
¡°So, he thinks Iliucin is behind this?¡± Owin asked, clasping his hands behind his back.
Nucme nodded. ¡°It¡¯s at least a strong possibility, Sir Owin. And it seems likely there is more going on in this region as well. Have you found any indications that would support this theory?¡±
Owin looked at Anuis, who shook her head. ¡°Not quite,¡± she responded. ¡°It seems plausible, though. If we consider travel times for a group of soldiers this size, especially if they took a circuitous route, the length of time it took them to show up might indicate they came from Iliucin rather than Iliyan. That is purely speculative, however. Do you have any notion what they might be searching for here?¡±
¡°Searching?¡± the dark mage frowned. ¡°No, not that I know of, Commander.¡±
¡°I assume the prince has a plan?¡± Owin asked.
¡°He does,¡± Nucme smiled. ¡°I am not the only messenger he sent. For now, though, your part will be the most difficult, and he is asking another task of us, if you¡¯re able.¡±
¡°He has orders for us, then?¡±
¡°Yes. There are several priorities and objectives. We need a detailed description of their outfits and weapons and an assessment of whether we can replicate them convincingly. Scouting out their movement patterns would be good, too, but I assume you¡¯ve already done most of that? Most importantly, he told me to ask for an honest assessment; do you think you can fake an engagement with this group convincingly without risking death or capture?¡±
Owin blinked and glanced at Anuis, who frowned thoughtfully. She felt she was starting to get an idea of Tim¡¯s plan. ¡°We should be able to,¡± she replied after Owin remained silent for a moment. ¡°Is there a specific objective?¡±
¡°Primarily, if at all possible, we are to focus on capturing one of their golems, as intact as possible. Ideally, without letting on that this is our goal.¡±
¡°Secondary objectives?¡± she pressed.
¡°Taking a prisoner to question, finding proof of their actual affiliation, and finding any information on their larger operations in this area,¡± he replied.
¡°That¡¯s quite the list,¡± Owin mused. ¡°I can see why he wanted an evaluation first.¡± He glanced at the others, then nodded. ¡°We will do our best to fulfill his objectives.¡±
Anuis echoed the nod, agreeing with him. Trying to meet all these objectives would make the battle riskier than ¡®fake engagement¡¯ implied, but she was still confident in their ability to meet this challenge. And all of them were obviously valuable goals.
¡°Do we have a timeframe?¡± Dustin asked.
¡°He didn¡¯t set a specific time, but we need to be done by tomorrow night at the latest.¡±
That was fine; lingering here without engaging would only increase the risk of discovery, anyway. Not to mention their supply situation. ¡°My instinct is to choose a night attack shortly before dawn,¡± Anuis mused, ¡°but we may need to adjust based on other considerations.¡±
¡°No, I agree,¡± Owin replied. ¡°Let¡¯s talk through the information we have already and get down to the details.¡±
Anuis smiled. It had been quite a while since she¡¯d been part of an operation like this; false-flag attacks weren¡¯t much of an option when most of her time had been spent primarily fighting humans as an elven ranger. This would prove interesting, if not quite what she¡¯d have expected for their first proper battle in the southern lands.
She did enjoy a challenge.
Chapter 336: Prospective Allies
Dan found the tunnels the dwarves led them down a bit nostalgic. They definitely reminded him more of the Hive¡¯s work than the old, underground ruins originally built by the ¡®Ancient¡¯ civilization which they had found under the forest. They were still lit mostly by bioluminescent moss, and their steps echoed just faintly down the stone corridors.
He tried to keep a mental map of their surroundings and their route, but it was difficult. Still, he thought he managed to keep a general impression of where they were relative to the entrance. A few hours to get to the dwarves¡¯ settlement seemed to be right. It meant the tunnels were more extensive than he¡¯d have guessed.
Despite the warning, they didn¡¯t see any signs of earth wyrms for the first two hours or so. However, that luck didn¡¯t last. Dan didn¡¯t know if it followed some kind of order; while he¡¯d seen earth wyrms before, they were scarcer in the northern part of the mountains and he hadn¡¯t paid as much attention.
Now, he pressed himself against the tunnel, slowing his breathing on instinct, as something rumbled through the cavern ahead of them. Judging by their size and the layout, there was either a connecting tunnel or some kind of cave the monster was moving through. After a moment, he glanced at his troops, who were fortunately all silent. He held up a hand and gestured for them to back away a little bit. The group was big enough, walking single file or in twos down this tunnel, that it took some shuffling, but they pressed more closely together without making much noise. He was thankful he¡¯d at least been saddled with command of veterans.
The dwarves had obviously tensed up a bit, but were more relaxed. Their leader, Itemil, as he¡¯d offered at some point, looked at Dan, clearly considering, before he gestured ahead and turned to take a few steps. Dan hesitated for a moment, before he carefully pulled his blade-arms in, securing his armor and weapons, and lightly walked after him.
The earth wyrm was bigger than he¡¯d thought, looking at it from a little closer up. It almost looked like it had used this path many times before and worn a groove in the floor of the cavern, although it might also be a dry water bed. The beast looked more like a large snake than a worm, lacking any limbs but with reflective dark scales and green eyes gleaming in the darkness like a cat¡¯s. It didn¡¯t look like a beast entirely living underground. He also didn¡¯t see why the dwarves would intersect their corridors with its path.
The earth wyrm continued on its way, and they watched, silently. Dan tried to take in as much as he could given the dim light. Once he only saw the tip of its tail, he turned his attention to the corridor itself, and realized what should have been obvious. There was definitely a natural cavern here, but further on, and probably mirrored at some point on its other end, it narrowed to a smaller, rougher tunnel ¡ª a round one, just the right size to fit the earth wyrm with a little bit of wiggle room. Clearly, they were using it to dig tunnels.
¡°Risky but convenient,¡± he muttered.
Itemil smiled, a flash of teeth in the darkness. ¡°It¡¯s important to keep bolt holes. And to time trips for larger groups. Come on, let¡¯s continue.¡±
Dan simply nodded and turned back to see to the rest of the company. They muttered faintly as they traversed the cavern, and he paid particular attention to the rock of the cave walls, trying to pinpoint the spot at which natural formations merged into the monster¡¯s digging. It was a pretty effective demonstration of what the dwarves could do under the mountains, if that was the point.
He wondered about their ability to tame the earth wyrms, and whether other people could do it. Clearly the dwarves relied more on steering them, if anything, but it should be possibly for high enough leveled people with the right Classes to basically control them outright, shouldn¡¯t it? It could be very interesting for their ability to secure the route through the mountains, but he had a feeling the dwarves weren¡¯t going to offer help for nothing.
The rest of their trip was slightly tenser, with the reminder that monsters lurked here in the dark, but it passed without incident. They passed through a few more tunnels, going down one that wound a little like an enlarged staircase, and then into parts that were obviously better secured. They passed several points where the tunnel narrowed in obvious chokepoints and he saw arrow slits in the, presumably fake, walls. The tunnel led upwards again after dipping down, probably a precaution against flooding, same as the other caverns. Then it finally opened up a little more and they got to a bigger cave.
Here, it was easy to see the differences in the structure that led to the settlement. The dwarves hadn¡¯t built conventional houses; with the cavern ceiling above, they didn¡¯t need roofs, and they seemed to embrace a communal style where many functions took place in dedicated areas that weren¡¯t separated by walls. It was similar to the Hive in a lot of ways. Also, building walls here would be rough, he supposed. There were still smaller compartments separated out with wood and bricks, probably bedrooms. But Dan only spared the architecture a short glance before focusing on the people. It was immediately apparent that the cave complex they¡¯d entered could house a lot more people than there were. There was a lot of open space and his company could easily rest here without disturbing the dwarves.
They looked a lot like the group escorting his company, wearing similar clothing and engaged in a variety of tasks. The only one not at least writing something stood by a central obelisk that reached to the ceiling of the cave, wearing burnished armor, hands clasped behind his backs, looking steadily at him. It didn¡¯t surprise Dan when Itemil headed straight for him. He followed him after making sure that Geoff was catching up.
| Itirka-ne ¡ª Level 42 Paladin |
¡°Greetings,¡± Dan said, bowing his head a bit. ¡°Thank you for welcoming us here.¡±
The paladin nodded and extended a hand for a handshake. ¡°It is good to meet you, Lord Dan. Welcome to Atefia¡¯kela.¡±
Dan noted that his skin felt as rocky as it looked as he returned the handshake and tried to remember the name. He really hoped he wasn¡¯t messing up this meeting, he wasn¡¯t a diplomat. ¡°I appreciate it,¡± he replied, figuring that being as polite as possible was probably best, and gratitude and assurances would probably fit well. ¡°We didn¡¯t intend to trespass on your territory without invitation, as it appears we might have. Also, I¡¯m afraid I¡¯m unsure what to call you ¡ª Sir Itirka-ne?¡±
¡°Tirka is fine,¡± the dwarf replied with a small smile. ¡°It will generally be a safe bet to shorten a dwarf¡¯s name by leaving out the last syllable and the last or both bracketing vowels. Would you like something to drink?¡±
Dan accepted, remembering to introduce Geoff as well. They sat down at what was clearly a meeting area with rough chairs and he took a cup of water. At least it wasn¡¯t alcohol.The story has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.
¡°I assume you¡¯re the leader of this settlement?¡± he asked after a moment, to be sure.
Tirka smiled and shook his head. ¡°No. I¡¯m not even a resident here, most of the time.¡±
Dan raised an eyebrow and looked at Itemil (Temil?), who smiled faintly and nodded. ¡°Yes, I¡¯m the leader of our warriors here,¡± he said. ¡°But this affects more than just our settlement, so I¡¯ll let Tirka talk.¡±
Dan glanced at his company of soldiers, who were settling in, and mostly watching them with interest. Many of them would be able to overhear them talking. The same was probably true of the dwarves, too.
¡°I don¡¯t know much about your people,¡± he admitted, ¡°or your culture. So I apologize in advance if I give offense. But can you talk for all dwarves? Or, for that matter, do you want to?¡±
¡°That¡¯s complicated,¡± Tirka said. ¡°I¡¯m well-respected in almost all of the settlements. Many of our people live outside of them, in the human or occasionally elven lands. I still want to protect them as much as we can, regardless of any affiliations with specific villages.¡±
¡°From what?¡±
Now Tirka hesitated. He seemed to take a moment to consider, then decide to be blunt. ¡°I¡¯m sure you have some experience with hostility based on nothing more than your race. Humans can be very intolerant. No offense, Captain.¡±
Geoff inclined his head slightly. ¡°None taken, Tirka. My order has had to reevaluate quite a lot in the last few years. I know the southern chapters haven¡¯t followed suit.¡±
The dwarf leaned back a little, tilting his head slightly; conciliatory, Dan thought.
¡°And it will always be worse for those without a stable home or strong rulers to speak up for them,¡± Geoff continued.
Now Tirka actually looked surprised, for a moment, before he nodded. ¡°I suppose so,¡± he muttered. ¡°Well, we¡¯ve found some allies, but it¡¯s not a simple situation. And your brother, Lord Dan, seemed reasonable, and I think he would understand.¡±
¡°Just Dan, no need for the ¡®lord¡¯,¡± Dan said automatically. ¡°So you¡¯ve seen Tim?¡±
¡°Yes. I was traveling with an archmage from Veragles, Thande Lucian. We encountered his party and accompanied them to the city.¡±
Dan tried not to look surprised. He knew about that, at least. So, from what Tirka said, he could assume Lucian was one of their allies. It didn¡¯t seem to be enough for the dwarf, though. Or maybe they just wanted to evaluate the Empire as well.
¡°You¡¯re familiar with the mountains,¡± Geoff said. It sounded like a disconnect, but even Dan could see where this was going. They were going to talk about what each could offer the other, presumably.
¡°Very much so,¡± Itemil said. ¡°I know you have the gnomes on your side now, but they¡¯ve been largely restricted to the northern side. If you want to build a proper and well-trafficked route to the south, you will be going through our territory, or close enough as makes no difference. We could help your efforts ¡¡±
¡°Or, well, you can guess,¡± Tirka added.
Both of them looked very tense right now, almost staring straight at him, and it took Dan a moment to realize that they might be afraid of his reaction. He paused, his mind churning as he tried to work through the implications. The Empire could conquer them, he thought, considering. It wouldn¡¯t be easy given the terrain, but we¡¯ve got Hivekind and now the gnomes, it would only be an investment of time and some resources. But Mother won¡¯t want to. He hadn¡¯t paid much attention, but he did know she wanted to avoid being seen as conquering anyone in her way. Plus, she would probably object to the idea of an unprovoked attack on a peaceful neighbor for more reasons than just optics. If this develops as they think, they¡¯ll be in control of the pass, or at least an important part of it. The connection between the southern and northern lands. That¡¯s got to be worth a lot, right?
He¡¯d been silent for too long, and Geoff spoke up again. ¡°We always thought not much information passed through the mountains, but you seem to know a lot about the Empire.¡±
Itemil shrugged slightly. ¡°We¡¯ve tried to keep informed. News are still coming, even if they have to take the long way around.¡±
¡°Your offer is valuable,¡± Dan finally said. ¡°I can¡¯t give you a final answer, I¡¯m sure you understand, but I¡¯ll pass along any messages you might have and recommend a diplomatic team be sent to hammer out a deal that will benefit us all. I can reassure you that the Empress would much rather talk than fight, and your lives and territory will be respected. But I¡¯d like to know what you want from us, in more detail.¡±
The two dwarves exchanged a look, and a bit of the tension seemed to flow out of their posture. They didn¡¯t seem surprised, either, so that probably meant they¡¯d expected a response like this. Maybe he wasn¡¯t messing up this diplomacy thing too badly.
¡°If you want to establish safe travel through the mountains, you will need to secure the surrounding area,¡± Tirka said, clearly still speaking carefully. ¡°It will involve managing the monster populations and allow opportunities for expansion. Obviously, we¡¯re not stupid enough to expect to clear the mountains of monsters entirely, but we would like increased security. We may want to reclaim settlements our people were forced to abandon, and secure resources we cannot access yet.¡±
¡°That sounds reasonable,¡± Dan said. Maybe the Empire would want some resources in the mountains, too, but he only had a vague idea of what they might be, and it wasn¡¯t like he was promising anything.
¡°We would also like the Empress¡¯ political support, in the lands south of the mountains,¡± the dwarf continued. ¡°I know you are making allies and connections there. If we are to be ¡ allied, we expect the Empire¡¯s influence to be used to support and protect our people. It would be in your own interests as well.¡±
Dan felt like he might be missing something, but he¡¯d felt that way for most of this conversation and clearly, he¡¯d just have to deal with it. ¡°Of course,¡± he said. ¡°The Empire is against any form of racial discrimination. Or other discrimination. We will certainly push for equality and advocate for respecting the rights and concerns of minorities.¡± That was a boilerplate answer, but hopefully safe enough.
He had a bit more trouble trying to read their reactions to this answer, but at least they didn¡¯t seem too upset. No one was bringing out weapons, anyway.
¡°Are there other demands the Empire has?¡± Itemil asked.
¡°I¡¯m sure there will be some requests,¡± Dan said. Requests, not demands, sounded more polite, right? ¡°They will come up in negotiations. For now, I have to admit I am more concerned with my own mission.¡±
The two dwarves exchanged a glance. ¡°You need to move south quickly, I assume,¡± Itemil said.
Dan nodded. There was little point trying to conceal that fact at this point. ¡°We would also appreciate information,¡± he added. ¡°But yes, moving this company south quickly would be best. Toward the region around Iliucin and Iliyan, preferably.¡± That was where Tim was, so hopefully it wouldn¡¯t give too much away.
¡°I will guide you, tomorrow,¡± Itemil said. ¡°There is a good path, and I assume your soldiers will be sufficient protection.¡±
¡°Thank you.¡± Dan hesitated for a moment. ¡°Would you be willing to do the same for other Imperial soldiers coming after us?¡±
¡°We can¡¯t speak for every dwarf, at least not yet,¡± Tirka warned him. ¡°There may be issues with other settlements. But I think we could, in return for some assurances.¡±
Dan smiled. ¡°We will be happy to pay for passage. And we will respect your territory, and maintain its security.¡±
Geoff shifted slightly beside him, and the two dwarves exchanged a look again. It took a moment for Dan to realize how they might have interpreted his words. He¡¯d been thinking in terms of dealing with monsters, not threatening them with troop movements or the prospect of the Empire chewing on their borders.
¡°Of course,¡± Tirka said coolly. ¡°You will have our assistance.¡±
Dan smiled, trying to look conciliatory, although he knew better than to try and apologize or try to explain he hadn¡¯t meant it. Trying to walk back his words probably wouldn¡¯t help and only create more confusion. Especially because it was probably a reasonable diplomatic threat, as far as that went. ¡°I appreciate it,¡± he said sincerely. ¡°If there¡¯s anything I can do right now in return for your assistance, please don¡¯t hesitate to ask.¡±
They didn¡¯t reply directly and instead turned the conversation to the route and the company¡¯s overnight stay in their settlement. Dan tried not to second-guess himself the entire time, while he was talking with the dwarves and planning for the future.
When he finally managed to lay down for the night, he was exhausted.
At least it seemed he¡¯d made some progress.
Chapter 337: Skirmishes
Thaumaturge Derrek Zephyr wondered how many of the people he was ostensibly working with right now realized that he had actually been to the southern lands before.
He suspected it wasn¡¯t many, although Lady Galatea certainly knew. Perhaps the drones just hadn¡¯t seen fit to bring it up. And to be fair, it had been decades ago and he knew little that would be relevant right now. Certainly nothing in the way of general information that Galatea would not have told them anyhow. He wished the ignorance had been enough to spare him from having to go, but that would hardly matter.
Traveling here, he had been forced to leave his mount behind, which left him more worried than he¡¯d like to admit. He didn¡¯t want to lose this one too. He had steadfastly refused to name it to avoid attachment, but he couldn¡¯t help that his thoughts wanted to say ¡®Lisa¡¯ instead of ¡®the wyvern¡¯ and it took conscious effort not to. Of course, she was only part of the reason why he wasn¡¯t all too happy about this mission.
There was nothing for it, however. At least Queen Kiara was largely more reasonable than her late cousin. He¡¯d spent more than enough time as royal mage and effectively a glorified errand boy and punching bag. Sometimes, it had felt like he was single-handedly propping up King Nicholas¡¯ rule and he hardly received any thanks for it. The new queen at least respected his abilities and didn¡¯t waste him on tasks a knight would be better suited to.
He wasn¡¯t too thrilled about working for the Hive Queen Empress, on the other hand. Not after everything. Or, at least, he hadn¡¯t been. He did have to admit it was a much more intellectually stimulating environment she provided. He had great professional respect for Lady Galatea, and although he had little personally to do with the Empress, it was enough to recognize her as a gifted if still somewhat unpolished mage. While there were ¡ª somewhat understandable ¡ª trust issues, she seemed to coming around to respecting his skills, as well. Perhaps he should consider this mission a good sign in that regard.
For said mission, he was currently traveling again, although it didn¡¯t strain his magic as much. He was thankful to have gotten at least a little rest in Iliucin. It had meant leaving Tim, the young newly-named prince, largely on his own when dealing with the city¡¯s nobles, at least at first, but that couldn¡¯t be helped. He¡¯d been awake for most of the planning, at least, and Tim seemed to take their Hive Queen sending him here as a sufficient sign of trust. Unfortunately, since he didn¡¯t have his usual ride, this short trip was a lot more complicated. It would have been easy enough, considering its short distance, but he was also trying to avoid any notice. Leading more of their enemies straight to the base the first expedition had found would not help their goal here.
So, he had used a modified Haste Spell and then switched it to an invisibility Spell later. Keeping both up would have been uncertain and too risky. At least he had managed to get good descriptions and maps of the area, so he knew where to go. He wished he could have chosen a mount, even a horse would do, but he couldn¡¯t be bogged down by worrying about where to keep it. That meant he had to traipse through the wilderness alone, following uneasy and winding trails. It reminded him uncomfortably of his childhood, before he¡¯d been able to practice magic and leave outdoor work for the luxury of well-lit rooms and books. He tried not to dwell on the memories and instead focus on the issue at hand.
Fortunately or unfortunately, the sounds of battle soon served to anchor him in the present moment. He slowed down a little and made sure to keep his movements silent. It wouldn¡¯t do to attract attention. Unfortunately, he couldn¡¯t discern much from the sounds yet; just the occasional clash of metal or battle cry ¡ª it didn¡¯t seem particularly heated, but then there weren¡¯t so many men involved here, were they? He¡¯d known the plan called for an attack, and it seemed he¡¯d came too late to see them decide on the particulars.
He stepped forward quietly, sticking to the sparse tree cover as best he could. He had no weapons except for a knife in an inside pocket, but he didn¡¯t need any. Indeed, as he crossed behind a surprisingly thick tree trunk, he finally made out what was happening.
It was a skirmish ¡ª probably not the first or the only one. Four Imperials were fighting, or rather three Imperials, specifically a drone and two humans, and one dark elf, against half a dozen southerners in unmarked mail armor. Both sides were using Class Skills, as was evidenced by flashes of light and heat and sudden rapid movements. He only took a moment to assess the situation.
The next moment, a small barrage of Magic Missiles arced over their heads and dropped on top of the hostiles. Not every one of them died to it, but those who survived were quickly bested by the Imperial fighters.
He stepped forward, noting with approval that his allies didn¡¯t drop their guards and instead only waited tensely, still arrayed defensively. He walked closer, noting the shifts in their body language, before he finally dropped his illusion.
¡°Thaumaturge!¡± one of the men said, visibly relaxing. He didn¡¯t recognize him, but they very well might have seen each other at some point in the past. ¡°Your arrival was well-timed.¡±
¡°You fought well,¡± he praised. ¡°Is there more fighting going on?¡±
¡°Yes, Sir Zephyr,¡± the dark elf ranger answered. ¡°We¡¯ve been skirmishing with them throughout these fields for the last hour or so, after we managed to draw them out. I should guide you to the command group. If you please?¡±
¡°Please do,¡± he said, nodding at the others. The dark elf, Oliren, sheathed his weapon and turned without delay.
He hadn¡¯t been here before, but it wasn¡¯t hard to orient himself. Oliren was as stealthy as expected, and he kept pace easily. He had decent physical Stats, since he wasn¡¯t given the ease of simply staying in a mage tower all the time. At the moment, it was a good thing, and he had only started to breath hard by the time they finally reached their destination. Castaway and the others had clearly done well and spread the fighting over an significant area. He assumed they were apportioning their forces to ease the numerical disparity and instead gain the numbers advantage in individual skirmishes.
The Delver officer in question was standing with a few others in a grove that looked quickly grown together, not too far from where he put the entrance to the underground base. One of them was the elves¡¯ Three-Century Commander Eltarianal; he knew who must have come up with most of the details for this plan. They all looked up as he arrived.
¡°Zephyr,¡± Sir Owin said, reaching out a hand. ¡°The Empress really called in the big guns, didn¡¯t she?¡±This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it.
¡°I suppose so,¡± he replied, shaking his hand, then greeting the others.
¡°I¡¯m surprised Tim sent you. That must mean this is really the most important place to be right now. We could use your help in wrapping this up, as long as you can do it without showing off too much.¡±
He hoped Owin hadn¡¯t meant that the way it sounded. ¡°I can. What¡¯s the situation? Have you managed some progress on our goals?¡±
¡°We attacked just before dawn,¡± Anuis Eltarianal said. ¡°We¡¯ve been skirmishing for the hour since, and managed to draw out most of their forces. One prisoner who we presume to be a lower-ranking officer is under guard back at our camp. We¡¯ve tried to hide our identities, but by now they will have a good idea. No fatalities on our side yet. Unfortunately, they¡¯ve kept their golems relatively close to their base.¡±
¡°I see, that might be a problem,¡± he mused.
¡°We were just coordinating ¡ª If you can provide a distraction, I can lead a party to cut off and capture one of them.¡±
Owin glanced at him and nodded in agreement, so he straightened with a slight smile. ¡°I¡¯ll give you plenty of time.¡±
¡°We might also send a few people into the base in search of information or physical evidence,¡± another officer, a major he hadn¡¯t met before, said.
They quickly hammered out a few details of the plan, while he evaluated the group. It seemed they¡¯d done decently well so far. Hopefully, they wouldn¡¯t mess it up now.
It didn¡¯t take long for them to walk until they could see the entrance of the base, which answered a few questions he¡¯d had and raised a few more. Clearly, the enemy commander was nothing special, or he wouldn¡¯t have allowed himself to be drawn into skirmishes. But the tunnel was broad, the entrance much larger than a typical door, and it would not be entirely easy to fortify it. Since the Imperial side had higher levels and more specialized Class Skills ¡ª that felt like a safe assumption ¡ª he could see the logic in not just sitting tight and allowing themselves to be attacked without responding. Or perhaps there was more to it, he¡¯d had some experience, but he was hardly a military strategist.
Instead of wasting time, he started his attack right away. Something effective and showy but not too flashy was required, so he relied on a mix of Firebolts, wind magic, and the occasional bit of earth magic. Growing spikes of stone from behind an enemy fighter¡¯s head and seeing their surprise was almost satisfying.
The fight quickly gained momentum and grew rather more serious than the ¡®fake¡¯ skirmish the plan had originally called for. That didn¡¯t trouble him, they could adapt. He walked forward slowly, one hand raised and still firing off a barrage of spells. In the pauses, he layered shields on his allies. It would be embarrassing to lose one of his compatriots in a fight like this, if nothing else.
Predictably, they soon faced stiffer resistance. He didn¡¯t let it trouble him and kept walking forward. ¡®It¡¯s all about the image,¡¯ he remembered his old mentor telling him. ¡®Battles are won and lost when men believe they are won or lost.¡¯ He¡¯d found that to be good advice for the occasions he did have to participate in a larger fight. So, keeping a careful eye on his mana pool, he advanced, throwing out attack and shield spells, careful to avoid his truly powerful magic that would be bound to attract more attention.
More and more of the enemy soldiers turned on him, and he had to truly work at it not to slow down. But it was worth it, because he noticed the sounds of fighting from a little further away, as Eltarianal¡¯s party had started their own strike. It was a good moment for a distraction, so he unleashed another barrage of Firebolts, letting these ones be a little flashier, and then reached into the ground and poured his mana in. He didn¡¯t have a structured System Spell for this, but it was too useful to not have experimented with it. As his mana pool fled like ice in summer, the ground started to shake. At first, it was barely noticeable, and he staggered under a surprise Fireball from an enemy mage, his Shell almost visibly denting. Then the quake was strong enough to stagger men, disrupting their formation; and entirely keeping their attention on his side of the battle.
It didn¡¯t come without a price, of course. His mana pool was draining at an alarming rate, and if the enemy had any competent officers they would guess as much. He had to stop, instinctively setting into a more defensive stance as he focused on defensive magic. At the same time, more enemy soldiers joined the ranks against him.
He hesitated for a moment. If he pressed now, he could perhaps scatter them and capture the entrance to the base, and from there root them out of it. But no, that was foolish. He couldn¡¯t fight all of them himself, and his own allies were too scattered from their strategy to offer sufficient support right now. Instead, he grudgingly focused on the defensive, gesturing at the other soldiers to support him.
Luckily, they didn¡¯t need to keep it up for long. He glanced at Dustin, who was currently leading the unit supporting him, and jerked his chin backwards, holding up a hand behind his back and closing the fingers one by one. When his fist snapped close, he retreated, using the strength reinforcing his frame with his modified Mage Shell to get back quickly. The others melted into the terrain behind him.
Several of the enemy soldiers tried to pursue them, but whistles and cries from their officers quickly called them back. He noted the length of time it took them to assemble ¡ª not bad, but not as good as the Imperial military would now manage, he¡¯d wager ¡ª before they were out of sight.
¡°Well done,¡± he nodded at Dustin. Without waiting for a reply, he started jogging south.
Not being a complete amateur, they didn¡¯t meet up with the other group immediately. Instead, he covered their retreat with another strong gale, which thankfully took less mana and also helped hide some less obvious tracks, before he backtracked to their preset meeting point. It took ten minutes until he was finally able to confirm that their mission had been a success.
All of Eltarianal¡¯s party were carrying the golem they¡¯d managed to snatch, what he supposed was a specimen of moderate size. He greeted them and managed to contain his curiosity until they¡¯d safely returned to their current camp site and rangers sent out to make sure they were unobserved.
Then he paced up and down the captured golem, ignoring the curious looks of the gathered leaders. This was why he¡¯d been sent here, when Prince Tim could have just as easily used him in Iliucin. His magic would be a tremendous asset for a proper assault, but the others could have managed the ¡®fake¡¯ one just as easily.
The golem was bound in what looked like black vines and clearly deactivated, given it didn¡¯t attempt to struggle. The only visible damage was to its head, but it had barely scratched the outer plating.
¡°It stopped moving once we got about five minutes away from the base,¡± Commander Eltarianal said, anticipating his question.
He nodded, then crouched down to look at it more closely. The material was unfamiliar but, as expected, the same as the samples he¡¯d already seen. He searched for a hinge before finally finding a slight gap in the plating close to the armpit. Grabbing a blade, he managed to leverage it open, then carefully pried out the outer plates of the torso. As he¡¯d half-expected, there were designs on the backside, as well as in the inner parts.
¡°Can you tell us anything about this?¡± Owin finally asked.
He straightened up, dusting off his hands. ¡°It will require further study,¡± he answered. ¡°However, I am already confident this is not in any way a Hivekind creation, or a remnant of the Progenitors. The materials, perhaps, but not the construction. Too modern ¡ª for a given value of the word. I still need to evaluate the power source, but it would surprise me if there was any change.¡±
The others nodded. ¡°So, whatever they¡¯re looking to find here, they didn¡¯t put it into the golems, beyond the materials,¡± Eltarianal said slowly.
¡°As far as you can tell,¡± Owin added.
He shrugged, not offended at the implication. ¡°I will still be able to tell you more about the creator and where they studied once I analyze it further. Finding evidence to link it to Iliucin is not going to be a challenge. Also, we¡¯ll be able to use it ourselves with a bit of work,¡± he added.
Owin visibly relaxed a bit at that. The elven commander had more composure, but she did smile slightly. He nodded at them both before returning to his analysis.
Ancient or not, he didn¡¯t often get to study objects as novel as this, after all.
Chapter 338: Reception
Regina had a lot to do, what with ruling the Empire, pushing her reforms forward, restructuring the military, integrating the gnomes, training her students, intensifying her intelligence efforts in hostile countries ¡ª and yet, it felt like a part of her mind was always on what was happening in the south. Like she wasn¡¯t able to properly be at ease until she knew what was going on there.
Maybe she was too spoiled by the psychic link. The knowledge that some of her people were out of her range, fighting and possibly being hurt, while she had to wait in ignorance, was grating. Maybe she got a taste of how most people in this day and age lived now, but that didn¡¯t mean she liked it.
As a result of this, she had obviously spent some effort on the south. Max stayed for a while, and they were pushing progress on building their new road perhaps faster than was wise. After some deliberation, Regina shifted her ¡®court¡¯ to Forest¡¯s Haunt again for a while, since it was closer, and meant her psychic range extended farther into the mountains. This time, like before, Ira stayed in Cera to handle some of her affairs, but the psychic link meant she was hardly out of touch with the rest of the people she worked with. Kiara actually seemed a bit relieved to get her own palace back for a few weeks, which Regina tried not to feel guilty about. They would hopefully be able to move to the new capital soon, anyway. For now, this also meant she was currently closer to Nerlia and the Western Confederation, so she decided she might as well take advantage of it.
Of her new psychic students, June and a few others accompanied her, while a few of them stayed in Cera. Madris had agreed to provide some oversight for them. Regina took the opportunity for a few more training exercises in the new environment, and she felt they were coming along pretty well. Soon, she would be able to actually use them for some tasks. Perhaps even screening people. By now, that felt more like an annoying chore than anything else, even if she still didn¡¯t take her looks into people¡¯s heads lightly. But it was astounding what someone could get used to.
They¡¯d almost settled into a new routine when new developments captured her attention again. This time, it was a message passed from a soldier Dan had sent back ¡ª unfortunately with a good chunk of their Winged Drones, since they couldn¡¯t have guaranteed his safe arrival otherwise. Max immediately sent more men to help escort him back once he was in range, and the psychic link meant the message was passed on quickly, giving Regina enough time to consider it.
She hadn¡¯t spared much thought to the dwarvish settlements in the mountains before, which was clearly a mistake. Obviously they would be quite important if the Empire wanted to build a real trade route through the mountains. It seemed they were perhaps more present and confident than she¡¯d expected from what Galatea had said and what Tim had reported, but maybe that shouldn¡¯t be a surprise, either ¡ª they¡¯d survived in the mountains, after all. Clearly the dwarves had to have some high-level people, if nothing else.
Regina knew she had to send people to talk to them, as quickly as possible. Dan had done well enough, for being unprepared, and it wasn¡¯t like she fundamentally disagreed with his choices. He¡¯d laid out some of his reasoning in the letter he¡¯d sent along, and while he was wrong on some details, he¡¯d correctly guessed the main position she would take. Regardless of whether fighting the dwarves would be feasible or a good use of resources, it was obviously much better to talk to them and come to a peaceful agreement. For a variety of reasons.
Which didn¡¯t mean they had to give them everything they asked for freely. Regina knew she had the stronger position and she wasn¡¯t above using that in negotiations.
Fortunately, she actually had people she could send as proper diplomats, unlike for her first efforts at reaching out to other people. One of the departments they had been building up was a foreign office, and although it was still very much under construction and in flux, they had a few people who were basically career diplomats now. Mostly minor nobles with previous diplomatic experience. But she would take what she could get. Of course, she also needed to send at least one drone along, for communication if nothing else. For that, she picked Via. She would have chosen Ray, but he was busy with the elves, and Via was already right there at the new base. Plus, sending a healer as her envoy should hopefully help show them that she had peaceful intentions.
Regina let the diplomatic party take some of their fastest flying mounts to get to the base the Empire was currently using for their project in the mountains, from which they would go on with an escort. It was still risky, but she had also received some information that should make it easier for them to meet the dwarves at a safe spot. And if they didn¡¯t expect us to respond this quickly, they¡¯ll just have to deal with it, I guess.
Regina was still very conscious of the old Hivekind base Tim had found in the south, and any deals she cut with the residents of the mountains ¡ª or the dwarves living in the cities beyond, she wasn¡¯t sure how that would shake out ¡ª would only help them.
She had to wait until Galatea finally returned from another extended trip before she could ask another question she had been wondering, though.
¡°Why didn¡¯t you talk more about the dwarves?¡±
Her friend visibly paused. They were currently standing on a balcony in one of the newer wings the drones had built into the main base, after Regina¡¯s personal quarters had been moved. It was more accessible to the outside, while still being secure and providing convenient access to the nursery. The various hangers-on who¡¯d come from the court in Cera were housed close by, but one layer of security lower. Right now, it just meant they had some privacy to talk while having a good view of the developing city.
¡°To be honest, I just didn¡¯t consider it very relevant,¡± Galatea admitted. ¡°The impression I got in the southern lands is that their remaining villages are scattered and barely held. Remnants that don¡¯t really have a bearing on anything. I tried to find one a few times, mostly out of curiosity, but when I didn¡¯t get more than the occasional dwarvish fighter, I just left.¡± She shrugged lightly. ¡°In hindsight, I realize what I heard was biased and I shouldn¡¯t have assumed.¡±
Regina nodded. ¡°Were they hiding from you?¡±
¡°¡ Perhaps,¡± Galatea mused quietly. ¡°I should also have realized hiding their villages was not a simple prospect, but as you know, I do less well with underground structures.¡±
¡°Well, it¡¯s a moot point now. What else did you learn on your last trip?¡±
Galatea had already handed her another letter she picked up from Tim. Regina tried not to dwell on it too much after quickly devouring it. It seemed like the situation was getting a lot more complicated than she¡¯d thought, and she really didn¡¯t know what the best way to handle it would be. Clearly there were also a lot of details she was missing ¡ª there was only so much you could fit into a clearly hastily-written letter ¡ª so she didn¡¯t want to mess something up for him by suddenly sending new and contradictory orders. And Tim hadn¡¯t known the newest developments around the base himself when he¡¯d written it.
"Political alliances in the south are shifting,¡± Galatea said. She stood still, stiller than a human would normally be able to, seeing as she didn¡¯t need to breathe. But something about her still seemed reminiscent of shifting restlessly, maybe the movement of her eyes. ¡°I didn¡¯t pay too much attention to them in my previous travels, because I know they¡¯re ephemeral. But in the region around these cities, borders are being drawn. Alliances are being made. I don¡¯t think it¡¯s about a war, as such ¡ª it felt more like a political shift. Maybe they¡¯re developing zones of influence.¡± She lifted her shoulders slightly, indicating a shrug. ¡°You would know better than me.¡±Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.
¡°Hm.¡± Regina leaned against the balcony railing, crossing her arms. ¡°I need to get out of the habit of looking at these political situations as something fixed. Of course they¡¯re in flux. If you have an entire part of the continent dominated by city states, some larger states may arise out of them sooner or later. Do you think our own actions played any part in it?¡±
¡°Maybe. I can¡¯t tell you much, and like I said, this is more your area than mine.¡±
Regina inclined her head and glanced away, conceding the point. She was concerned by what she¡¯d heard. Taking on a city-state or two was possible, even if they had to send troops through the mountains. An entire coalition or some kind of nascent unified state? With the logistical and practical challenges involved, she suspected it just wasn¡¯t a possibility.
¡°Are you willing to travel south again and help Tim with his plan?¡± she asked.
Galatea watched her silently for a moment. ¡°You don¡¯t have anything else planned to try and help?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t think there¡¯s anything I can do,¡± Regina sighed. ¡°I can¡¯t travel south myself, that would leave the Empire vulnerable. We can send more troops, but I¡¯m not sure that¡¯s the best decision, and moving them over the mountains won¡¯t be easy. I need the dwarves for that, and I¡¯ve already impressed the importance of success on the envoys I¡¯ve sent.¡±
¡°So helping Tim¡¯s plan succeed is more important than keeping you up to date? Alright. I¡¯ll do what I can, Regina, but don¡¯t expect miracles. And don¡¯t forget I¡¯m doing this as a favor to a friend, not because I have to.¡±
¡°Of course, I¡¯ll owe you a huge favor when this is over,¡± Regina promised. ¡°Thank you.¡±
Galatea nodded and they fell silent, watching the city. Regina sighed and stretched out her psychic senses, feeling the life thrumming through the hive¡¯s base and through the minds of her drones.
She paused. There was something odd ¡ there. She honed in on it. A new, unfamiliar psychic signature, traveling quickly. From the other, simpler mind close by, clearly someone riding a tamed monster ¡ª and it had to be a high-level one, considering it was coming from the mountains. The sapient mind had good defenses, so there wasn¡¯t much more she could tell, at least not from here and not without alerting them that they had been discovered by her.
¡°Regina?¡±
¡°Give me a moment, Galatea,¡± she said absently.
She searched for the nearest gathering of drones, which were unsurprisingly at the base used to build the new mountain route, and alerted them to the traveler. It only took a minute to assemble a decent swarm of Winged Drones with a few sapient drones along for the ride. Then she sent them to meet the person she¡¯d found.
A better look showed it was a single figure in dark clothes riding some kind of giant eagle. They clearly noticed the drones¡¯ approach quickly and raised their hands before tugging their mount into a downward spiral to set down on the nearest flat area. The flying drones spread out a bit and circled overhead, cutting off any potential escape paths without getting too close. Gale approached with a wing of other drones, also keeping out of easy range but getting close enough to talk.
And to see the person¡¯s System description, which immediately caught Regina¡¯s attention. Ren Lanisiosa, Golem Artificer of unknown level. She did know who this was, or at least, Tim had seen them before.
¡°Who are you and what to do you want?¡± Gale called.
¡°I come with peaceful intentions!¡± the artificer called back. They lowered their hood, showing a pale, narrow face framed by chin-length dark hair. ¡°I would like to talk to the leaders of your Hive!¡±
At Regina¡¯s nudge, he came a bit closer. ¡°And what do you want from them? Why should they receive you?¡±
¡°Because I have some information they may want. I only wish to know more, not to harm your people. With respect, sir, anything else I will only discuss with someone privy to your secrets.¡±
Regina frowned to herself, hesitating for a moment. If she took control of Gale or otherwise fed him words, she could talk directly to this person. But if they didn¡¯t know she could do that yet, she¡¯d be showing some of her cards. Besides, she was curious enough to want to talk to them properly.
She communicated her intentions to Gale, who grimaced, but didn¡¯t try to protest. ¡°Come with us,¡± he ordered the artificer. ¡°One wrong move and we will shoot you out of the sky.¡±
¡°Of course. I will not resist.¡±
They took off, this time with the artificer¡¯s beast surrounded by hive drones. The sapient ones still kept their distance. Regina watched for a moment longer to make sure they made no sudden wrong moves, then returned her focus to her surroundings.
¡°We¡¯re getting a guest,¡± she told Galatea. ¡°I need to prepare some security measures.¡± Max wasn¡¯t with her right now, but she could already imagine what he would say.
It only took a bit of time to arrange things to her satisfaction, and then Regina waited. She made herself focus on her work and talked to other people in the psychic link instead of simply tracking their progress. At least the group still made good time, the flying drones were rested and the southerner¡¯s mount was clearly pretty high-level. She assumed they hadn¡¯t tamed it themselves, but that meant they had access to substantial resources.
Finally, the escort set down outside the base and several of the security team Max had left behind were there to take their guest into custody. Regina had decided it didn¡¯t matter if they saw the surface areas of the base ¡ª there was now enough traffic in the public portions of it that keeping information contained entirely would be unfeasible, anyway ¡ª so they went straight to their destination. Lanisiosa was given a bit of time to freshen up, then escorted to her. Regina had vetoed the expense of building a separate throne room for this base, but there were several rooms which could serve the purpose, and with a heavy, ornate chair on a slight dais as well as more decorations put up, you couldn¡¯t tell this had been meant as a common room for the hive originally, before they¡¯d restructured. Several people standing around importantly helped, too.
Ira had decided to add some formality to intimidate their visitor, so Regina was introduced with all her names and titles while Tia, the only one of her princes or princesses currently at the base, stood beside her throne and got an honorable mention as well.
Lanisiosa was clearly uncertain even if they tried not to show it ¡ª and Regina really needed to ask their gender at some point, but it wasn¡¯t high on the priority list right now ¡ª but they dropped to one knee after only a moment and bowed their head. ¡°I am Ren Lanisiosa of Iliyan, Master Artificer of the Shadowed Path of the guilds of Terahdokni. Thank you for allowing me an audience ¡ Empress.¡±
Regina raised an eyebrow slightly. As far as she knew, Terahdokni was very far to the south, and shouldn¡¯t have anything to do with what was happening. There was a slight question in the title too, as if they were wondering if ¡®Hive Queen¡¯ would be better.
¡°You seem quite far from home, Master Artificer,¡± she said. ¡°You claim to have information for us and to want some in return. Speak.¡±
They raised their head hesitantly, meeting her gaze. ¡°I speak of affairs of the Hivekind,¡± they said hesitantly. ¡°I have been investigating what remains of an old Hive. I did not know there were any left alive today, or I would have come to you sooner.¡±
¡°You are clearly behind on news, Master Lanisiosa,¡± Regina drawled. She glanced around the room, but didn¡¯t dismiss anyone. There were only hive drones or those she trusted to keep their secrets here. And it was obvious what they were speaking of now, so she might as well bring it up. ¡°You must be quite brave to come here, either way. You were seen somewhere you should not be, perhaps meddling with what you should not have.¡±
The artificer pulled a face. ¡°I had no intentions of disrespecting your race or memory, Your Majesty. I am not your enemy.¡±
¡°And yet, your tools are being used by those in conflict with my people,¡± Regina said in a low tone.
They bowed their head without answering for a moment. ¡°The people I am working with are perhaps not as wise as I would wish,¡± they finally said.
¡°A poor justification,¡± she scoffed, playing it up a bit. ¡°Is your promise of information equally poor? I tire of your equivocation.¡±
The artificer licked their lips and straightened up, meeting her gaze squarely again.
¡°I know what they are seeking in the old base, and what you may find there, Your Majesty. I know where what remains of the Hivekind¡¯s knowledge is hidden. It should be yours to hold, so I will gladly tell you what I know. I only ask for some slight measure of your knowledge in return.¡±
Regina leaned back in her throne, resisting the urge to grin. ¡°Now, Master Artificer,¡± she said, ¡°I believe we may have a productive conversation.¡±
Spreading her own knowledge was what she was doing already, she¡¯d simply censor what they got. But she felt her rising excitement mirrored in the others in the room at what they might learn now. And even if it was overstated, she should still be able to use the golem artificer against their allies in the south to secure control of the base.
Chapter 339: Company
The dwarves had been as good as their word, and Dan managed to shave some time off his estimate of how long it would take them to leave the mountains. Their tunnels led almost directly south and managed to avoid having to climb higher elevations, which obviously meant they could cover a lot more ground. They didn¡¯t directly lead to the cities in the southern lands, but by the time his company set foot outside again coming out of a tunnel for the last time, they were far enough in the foothills that it didn¡¯t matter too much.
He was driving them hard, he knew that. Dan himself had barely managed to get enough sleep since they started. But all of his soldiers had reasonable Con stats, and they could manage forced marches for a week or two. From the mountains, it was only a few days until they neared their actual destination.
They avoided Veragles for now, since he¡¯d decided that it would unnecessarily slow them down to be entangled there. Besides, he¡¯d learned that the political situation was dicey, and without updated information, he wasn¡¯t sure if he wouldn¡¯t make some huge blunder by talking to people he shouldn¡¯t or giving them information he shouldn¡¯t. Who all did know about the base, anyway? No, better to avoid all that for now until he could catch up with Tim or at least get updated on his orders. Luckily, that was not too hard to manage.
Instead, they¡¯d headed on a more or less direct course for the disputed lands around and between Iliyan and Iliucin, thanks to the dwarves¡¯ help. Their provisions were getting low, but there was enough forage and game to sustain them for a bit, and while water was getting scarcer, they didn¡¯t have to worry about it yet. If nothing else, they had mages who could Conjure water, though he¡¯d prefer they save their mana for other things. Still, it meant they¡¯d made decent progress so far.
Right now, Dan was leading his company through open, hilly countryside a few kilometers away from another minor city, noting the way the landscape was visibly getting more arid as they progressed. His hand was curled around the letter a Winged Drone ¡ª one of those sent with Owin¡¯s first wave of reinforcements, he would have known that anyway ¡ª had delivered.
It must have been a risk to send it, and he made sure the drone kept to the ground instead of the air for now. He assumed it had been strongly ordered to destroy the letter before letting it fall into anyone else¡¯s hands. To help secure it against someone intercepting the letter, it was also written in code.
Simply using another language would probably have been best, he mused. Unfortunately, whatever process decided which parts of Regina¡¯s knowledge her drones inherited clearly didn¡¯t value linguistic skills and didn¡¯t seem to think more than one was necessary, so none of them actually spoke anything but Global. It would have been nice to know the other languages she did. He thought he vaguely recognized some things, on the rare occasion he¡¯d heard them, but it wouldn¡¯t be enough for writing letters. Instead, Tim had written his message in binary, with zeros and ones, like what you¡¯d find in a computer ¡ª using bytes for letters. Even if people figured out the idea, others shouldn¡¯t know which base was used and how many zeros made one byte. He had also used a simple replacement cipher, so once Dan had transliterated the letters, he had to go over it again and replace them so the most frequently used letter equated to ¡®e¡¯. Because of all that, the message was necessarily short and to the point, but he hoped it still provided the information he¡¯d need.
The general gist of it was easy enough to understand, anyway. It was the details that Dan was getting hung up on. He really hoped the others knew what they were doing. Then again, it should be exciting even if it all blew up in their faces.
¡°Commander!¡± one of the scouts interrupted his thoughts.
Dan blinked, mentally chiding himself for not paying enough attention, as he¡¯d barely noticed the man melting out of the high grass at the side of the road. ¡°Yes? Something to report?¡±
¡°There¡¯s an altercation about a kilometer ahead, sir! We didn¡¯t get close enough to make out any details, but there were two groups of about platoon size.¡±
Dan blinked again, glanced at the letter again, then raised a hand to order a halt to their march. ¡°First squad, with me,¡± he ordered. ¡°You as well, soldier. Lead us there, quietly and discreetly. Geoff, hold position here and pay attention to the scouts. Second squad, be ready to reinforce us on my signal.¡±
The soldiers quickly did as instructed. Dan only lingered long enough to be sure his orders were fulfilled, before he headed off the road with the soldiers in the named squad ¡ª some of their strongest and also decent at stealth.
Despite not having many trees, the terrain was surprisingly difficult and easy to hide in, given the craggy earth, differences in elevation, and persistent shrubs and bushes. He focused more on their approach, which was at least pretty easy in terms of avoiding notice.
Of course, by the time they finally approached the location and joined up with the second scout, the fight in question was already over. It didn¡¯t surprise Dan; at this level, such affairs were usually quick and dirty.
¡°The battle concluded, Lord Dan, and the losers have withdrawn,¡± the scout reported. ¡°Several bodies remain. The winners have taken their own dead.¡±
¡°Alright, let¡¯s go. Did you get close enough to see them? Describe the winners.¡±
It was as he suspected, judging by the soldier¡¯s report. And when they finally reached the clearing where the fight had happened, it was confirmed as well. The weapons and equipment that must have come from this group were plain and unmarked. The scout had seen no identifying features of any kind, beyond a generic set of light mail armor and a sword, spear and shield combo.
The other side, on the other hand ¡ª the ones whose bodies still littered the cracked ground, half a dozen laying where they must have fallen ¡ª were obvious. Their equipment was actually a bit more diverse, which didn¡¯t necessarily mean they were worse. After all, soldiers with good Classes and Skills used weapons that suited those instead of generic crap. But more importantly, they were in fact in uniform ¡ª even if Dan wouldn¡¯t consider the vaguely dyed trousers and helmets much of a uniform ¡ª and there was at least one trampled flag he could see at a glance, of the kind you might attach to a spear shaft. The insignia on it, a spear behind a snarling feline monster¡¯s head, was mirrored on some of the soldiers¡¯ equipment. Dan had been briefed for this mission and immediately recognized it even without context clues.This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon.
The city-state of Veragles.
Dan hesitated for a moment, resisting the urge to take out the letter again. ¡°Leave it,¡± he finally ordered. ¡°If and when we get a chance, we will let their people know, but since some of them got away, I am sure Veragles will be informed anyway. We need to report to Tim.¡±
It took a bit more time, scouting the area and making sure there were no hidden surprises. The victorious soldiers had already departed, and Dan didn¡¯t go after them. He wasn¡¯t even sure what he¡¯d want to find.
Instead, he took his squad back to the main column and got his company to move on, this time in a tighter formation and on higher alert.
¡°Do you think this was genuine?¡± Geoff muttered, after he had quickly briefed him on what he had found.
Dan shot him a sharp look, then turned to the lead scout again as he came up beside them. ¡°We found traces of the attackers withdrawing in a south-eastern direction, sir,¡± he retorted.
Dan nodded. ¡°Keep an eye on them until they pass our outer scouting perimeter,¡± he ordered. ¡°Don¡¯t get drawn into following them too far.¡±
He scout saluted and sped up to get ahead of the company. Dan turned to his second, who had wisely shut up and was contemplating his sword instead.
¡°There will be more skirmishes, Commander,¡± he finally spoke up again after a while of silence. ¡°Won¡¯t there?¡±
¡°Perhaps,¡± Dan replied. ¡°We¡¯ll be watchful. Don¡¯t forget our primary goal, here.¡±
Geoff gave him a sideways look, then glanced around them. ¡°I think the prince¡¯s secondary goal is to sow chaos and mistrust, isn¡¯t it?¡± he muttered.
¡°I¡¯d say so,¡± Dan smiled. ¡°And if he should tell us to fight someone, we will. For now, we need to catch up with the other reinforcements that were sent.¡±
He could tell that doing so pushed his soldiers to their limits. They¡¯d been traveling hard for a while now, and the prospect of potential combat at the end of the trip didn¡¯t help. But Dan persisted. It wasn¡¯t like he wasn¡¯t getting tired, but as commander, he had to think of the larger picture here, unfortunately. They were needed, and his men were soldiers, they could deal.
At least they had gotten some more information on the layout of the area, and a few landmarks to navigate. Dan had made some plans in the evening, but he was having to update them in his head as they marched. That was another aspect of command he had previously underestimated. Although maybe that was also because he was also cut off from the psychic link and any other officers or analysts.
He tried not to think about that. It had only been a few days, but he was already starting to feel the absence. He¡¯d been prepared for it, of course. It would probably be worse if he wasn¡¯t. But he hadn¡¯t really done this before. His respect for Tim, and the others, was steadily rising.
They walked on for about an hour or so, judging by the movement of the sun that was lowering towards the horizon, when a flying drone found them. If they¡¯d been in range for the psychic link, it would not have taken nearly as long and they¡¯d have been able to easily communicate and send Swarm Drones between groups. As it was, he wondered if it had been ordered to scout. Dan called it down, watching with a bit of relief as it descended.
¡°I¡¯ll make sure no one saw that,¡± Geoff grumbled, walking off to talk to the scouts.
Dan gave him a distracted nod, then cautiously approached the drone and started scratching its chin. Luckily, even in the absence of the psychic link, Swarm Drones were still Swarm Drones ¡ª loyal to the Hive and obedient to a fault. Recognizing him as a drone, it relaxed and butted its head against him slightly. Dan smiled faintly, then stepped back to be sure he hadn¡¯t missed anything, but there was no letter for him this time.
That was fine. He knew giving the Winged Drone detailed orders would be impossible ¡ª anything much more complicated than ¡®fly there¡¯ would backfire ¡ª but he could work with it. Instead, he left to quickly get paper and pen, and scrawled a few words onto it. Then he tied it to the drone¡¯s neck and stepped back again.
¡°Fly,¡± he told it, ¡°to the biggest group of other drones around here. Let them take the message.¡±
For a moment, he wondered if that had been too complicated, as the drone cocked its head and looked at him, before it crouched and jumped into the air, beating its wings. He watched it rise and skew to the side to drift off southeast.
¡°Let¡¯s go,¡± he told the others, then kept walking in the same direction. His company kept up with him.
Despite his fears (or hopes?), they didn¡¯t run into any other fights in the next few hours. Dan was considering calling it a day and making camp, so he could look for the other Imperial forces in the daylight, but it might be better to meet under the cover of night.
He wanted to meet up with them quickly, but also be ready to fight. Enemies might have taken the base, but with his reinforcements, they would have enough soldiers to take it back and hold it. He assumed that was still the biggest priority.
¡°Commander!¡± someone interrupted his thoughts. It took him a moment to place him as one of their mages. ¡°There¡¯s someone coming.¡±
Dan frowned and raised a hand to halt the company. They were trampling down a dirt path right now, spread out a little further than he¡¯d have liked. He glanced at the grove of trees to their right. Nothing. By the time he was looking left again, the air was shimmering slightly and then the light expanded to reveal a familiar figure.
¡°Galatea?¡±
She took a step closer, patting herself down ¡ª clearly an affected action, it wasn¡¯t like she had a physical body at any time ¡ª and nodded. ¡°Dan. Good to see you again. I¡¯m glad I caught you.¡±
Dan glanced at his company. ¡°Take five minutes.¡± Then he stepped off the path to join Galatea. ¡°Did you see Tim?¡±
She smiled a little. ¡°Not quite yet, but he¡¯s next on my list. I spoke to others; things have gotten a little complicated around here, it seems.¡±
¡°Then he¡¯s still in Iliucin?¡±
¡°Not for much longer, I¡¯d guess.¡±
Dan straightened up a little. ¡°How can we help?¡±
Galatea looked more serious as well. ¡°I¡¯ll guide you to the others. They¡¯ll need your soldiers.¡±
He frowned a little, noting her choice of words. ¡°Are you going to participate in the fighting?¡±
¡°What?¡± She grimaced. ¡°Not really my scene. Besides, it¡¯s not like you¡¯ll need me. You¡¯re perfectly capable of handling a fight, I¡¯ll be doing other things with my time. Such as talking to people.¡±
Dan tried not to deflate. ¡°Fair enough, I guess.¡± It would have been nice to see Galatea in action. But he could understand that pushing her on it wasn¡¯t the best move. ¡°Thank you for helping anyway.¡±
¡°Anything for my friends,¡± she grinned, but he could tell there was something heavier behind the words. ¡°Now come on, I¡¯ll catch you up while we walk.¡±
Dan nodded and fell into step beside her, trusting Geoff to look after the soldiers. Regardless of why Galatea did what she did, she was their connection back to the Hive, to their Queen, and he found he really wanted that connection. He could only guess how Tim would feel; maybe it was a good thing Galatea didn¡¯t want to be more involved.
Chapter 340: Pieces in Place
There were a few perks to being an honored guest in the city of Iliucin, regardless of the suspicions Tim had regarding their actual motives and actions. If he could swallow his discomfort and tension and pretend to go along blithely, simply concerned about forgoing a new alliance with the locals, he could take advantage of it. At the moment, he was enjoying access to their library.
There were actually several libraries in the city, he understood, but the one he was in right now was the biggest and directly sponsored by the high council of Iliucin. Which didn¡¯t mean it was open to every citizen of the city, but at least they had some volumes designed for showing off.
While he didn¡¯t have much time to read, he¡¯d decided not to waste the opportunity. In particular, it provided him with a bit of privacy. And the ability to look some things up. Besides, checking out what sort of knowledge they had access to was a worthwhile goal on its own, anyway.
If there was one thing the Hive and the Empire still lacked, it was a large collection of books. They had some, of course, and the Hive was producing new books with information you couldn¡¯t find anywhere else in this day and age, but they simply hadn¡¯t been around long enough to accumulate a collection of considerable size.
Right now, he was reading up on some more specific information, though. At least he was, until some shuffling and the thump of the door interrupted him.
¡°Tim?¡± Tirias asked, leaning in. ¡°They¡¯re ready now.¡±
Tim nodded. He closed his book, making sure it was level and that there was no indication which page he¡¯d been on more out of habit than because he really thought anyone would care to check, then carefully placed it back on its place in the bookshelf. Then he straightened his jacket and went to join the elf.
They didn¡¯t speak much as they walked through the building, conscious of the fact that others might be listening in. The library was its own structure, but not far from the main palace of the city that served as seat of its high council and also housed guests, at least for the time being. In fact, the simplest way to their destination was entering a side wing of that complex and then traversing the corridors. In the short time they¡¯d been here, Tim had made the effort of learning his surroundings and was confident he could navigate it reasonably well, at least in broad strokes. He still didn¡¯t know where everything was, and the itch to track all of their guards and fighters made the situation even more tense.
He¡¯d been wondering whether they would even allow his party to leave. How could he not? It would be a direct insult to the Empire ¡ª it wasn¡¯t like his people didn¡¯t know where he was, so there was no hiding it ¡ª but they might think themselves safe enough anyway. If their goal was control of the base, taking Tim hostage would provide them a lot of leverage.
In the end, if they really tried, there might not be much he could do about it. All he could do was try to make it harder for them and offer incentives not to.
They finally reached the other side of the building. Tim went by the rooms they¡¯d been in to check that everything was packed and ready, checking in with a few other members of his party. With Zephyr now gone, it felt like his people were dwindling more and more, and he felt uncomfortably exposed. It was about time to get out of this city. He made sure his clothes were left behind ¡ª all gifts from the lords to ensure he had ¡®appropriate attire¡¯ during his stay, but taking it along would just slow them down. Instead, Tim quickly made his way past this wing and toward the outside.
Unfortunately, his gathered party members weren¡¯t alone. He didn¡¯t allow his steps to slow, but walked right up to the group standing by the back entrance of the hall, Tirias in step and slightly behind him. There were a suspicious amount of armed soldiers present, although he supposed they were ostensibly an honor guard, and, honestly, they didn¡¯t look that well equipped for an actual fight.
¡°Lord Nerani,¡± he said, inclining his head slightly. ¡°It is an honor for you to see us off personally.¡±
¡°Yes, quite,¡± the human man responded, his lips pursed. ¡°Prince Tim, we really would be delighted for you to extend your stay. Surely you¡¯re not needed back so soon? We haven¡¯t even discussed an alliance properly.¡±
Tim shook his head lightly. ¡°I¡¯m afraid we do have to leave, My Lord. I have not spoken to the rest of my forces in too long as it is.¡±
He put slight emphasis on the ¡®rest of my forces¡¯, and watched as Nerani¡¯s eyes narrowed slightly. One of the officers of the guard behind him shifted, tensing slightly. No one else acted.
¡°Besides, Zephyr is going to be grumpy if he doesn¡¯t get to share his travels with Prince Tim soon,¡± Tirias said jokingly.
¡°That too,¡± he agreed with a grateful smile. ¡°And there¡¯s the rest of the Empress¡¯ envoy to worry about. We really do need to resume our journey.¡±
Nerani sighed theatrically. ¡°You will not stay, even if I insist?¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid insistence is futile, my friend, I¡¯m bound and determined,¡± Tim replied, trying to sound friendly without coming off as too humorous.
¡°I see. Then I will bid you farewell, Your Highness.¡±
They exchanged a few more words, polite farewells this time. None of them reacted to Tim calling him ¡®friend¡¯, even if it was clearly a rhetorical gesture. The fact that Nerani couldn¡¯t object and maintain his facade had to irritate him. At least Tim hoped so.
Finally, the goodbyes drew to a close and they turned and walked out. Tim felt a prickling on his neck the entire time and had to resist the impulse to turn and look back a dozen times, but nothing actually happened. Well, that was tenser than it should have been. He breathed a little easier once they had turned a few corners and moved well past the palace deeper into the city, still sticking to the main roads.
Tim¡¯s tension dissipated enough for him to pay more attention to the city and their walk. Their party still drew attention, but not as much as they had at first; clearly, word of their presence had spread and at least a few people had gotten used to it. It probably helped that the city did house quite a few different races, from what he could see. At least no one accosted them.You could be reading stolen content. Head to Royal Road for the genuine story.
Once they passed into the outer reaches of the city, it wasn¡¯t long until they got to the gate. Tim glanced up at it. They¡¯d decided to take the less traveled eastern gate, which meant they¡¯d had to turn south later, but it was worth it considering how few people were using it currently.
¡°Prince Tim!¡± A man in the formal armor of the city¡¯s military greeted him, walking up to them with a broad smile. Another captain stood by the gate, watching them both, then shrugged and turned back to his men, who straightened up at whatever he said to them.
¡°Captain Blaird,¡± Tim returned with a smile. ¡°A pleasure to see you again.¡±
¡°All mine, Imperial Highness. Come, I¡¯ll escort you out of the city, if you please?¡±
He acquiesced easily and maneuvered so the captain escorted him out of the city through the gate while the other guards stood something resembling honor guard but kept his party in between them. Once they were on the other side, and out of easy hearing range, the man slowed, and Tim matched his pace.
¡°I see your task in the city was accomplished,¡± Blaird said. It might have helped if he didn¡¯t give Tim a significant look, enough to translate the sentence to what he really wanted to say.
Tim reached into his jacket and drew out a prepared bag, pressing it into the man¡¯s hands while angled so the rest of the guards didn¡¯t have a clear view. ¡°Thank you for your consideration.¡±
¡°I am always at your service, My Prince,¡± he smiled and saluted before turning, the bag having vanished with astounding speed.
At least he wasn¡¯t stupid enough to check it out here. Tim maintained his smile and walked off with his party, unhurried and casual. The gold and minor gemstones in the bag had cost his mages a bit of mana to Conjure, but he couldn¡¯t afford to rely on a small bribe. At least he was sure the captain wouldn¡¯t betray their dealings; he¡¯d be incriminating himself for a serious crime (probably treason) if he did.
"What was that about?¡± Ash muttered quietly.
Tim only shrugged, not bothering to answer the question. He was sure the others could manage to draw their own conclusions, and honestly the captain¡¯s behavior was the least of his worries right now. Instead, he had to consider how to proceed.
By now, the others should be gathering around the hidden base, prepared for a push. He was confident they could take it with low casualties. Their reinforcements aside, Zephyr was a powerful enough mage to be a significant factor, and he should have recovered from his travels by now. The soldiers sent as their reinforcements were also some of the best the Empire had to offer. No, they could take the base ¡ª and then hold it. Not indefinitely, perhaps, but long enough.
At the same time, Iliucin should start to get problems with the other cities soon, if they didn¡¯t already. Their conflict with Iliyan had already been smoldering, but Tim was sure he¡¯d fanned it. It shouldn¡¯t be too hard to at least talk to that city, and hopefully come to some kind of agreement, if necessary. The real question mark was Veragles. Tim was also confident there was enough existing tension between the two ostensible allies which he could leverage, but he still wasn¡¯t entirely sure whether Veragles, or a subfaction in the city, had known or been involved in what Iliucin was doing.
If they did, it would be more complicated; although they might still pretend they didn¡¯t and wash their hands of it, if he applied enough pressure. He had already sown suspicion between them, he was confident of that. Getting Veragles to drop their investment should be feasible. Especially if they thought they got something from Tim in turn. If they didn¡¯t know, of course, it was also something he could exploit, and at least make sure they wouldn¡¯t support his enemies in the future.
At this point, the pieces were mostly in place, but he¡¯d have to decide how to approach it; perhaps visit the city again personally, or otherwise handle some communication ¡
"Tim?¡± Tirias¡¯ voice pulled him from his thoughts. ¡°Are we going in the right direction?¡±
Tim blinked and looked around. They¡¯d made their way out of the city and went south-east, as expected. His messages had also included a rendezvous point where they could be picked up, but he hadn¡¯t described it in detail to the rest of his party. He thought back to the maps he¡¯d seen, then nodded. ¡°Just over there,¡± he said.
The area around here was kind of weird, to him. It wasn¡¯t mountainous or even hilly, really, but it was marked by crags and sudden differences in elevation. It was also carpeted in a mix of rough grasses, brushland and small copses of trees. That made it hard to navigate in general, but having the city as a reference point along with the roads, as well as his innate sense of direction, helped him find the right spot. It was just behind an abandoned village that had probably been sacked and then given up during the fighting this part of the south saw so often. His group steered clear of it, but in a small dip a few hundred meters further, they found what they¡¯d been looking for. Specifically, a group of Winged Drones.
Two of them were sapient drones, and they greeted him and the others excitedly. Tim took a minute to catch up, noticing that he was relaxing a bit while talking to other drones he had not expected. He hadn¡¯t spoken much with these two before, but that didn¡¯t matter. One of them offered to give him a ride, even though Wing wasn¡¯t really a flying mount, but they didn¡¯t have many of those. Most of the rest of his party would have to make do with regular flying drones as well. For a short flight, it should be fine.
Tim let them navigate, since they knew the way better than he did. He did take the opportunity to assess the landscape from above, noticing the positions of landmarks, and trying to spot the base. It was surprisingly easy, after a while, because there were still golems guarding the outside.
¡°Everything worked out fine so far,¡± Wing reported as they flew. ¡°Zephyr said he can take any other golems they capture and make them operational for us. We¡¯re also ready to assault the base, if you decide to do it.¡±
¡°Thank you, brother,¡± Tim murmured, absently patting his shoulder. ¡°Take me to the other commanders, please?¡±
It didn¡¯t take long. They set down far enough away that their arrival wouldn¡¯t be immediately obvious, then hiked the last few meters. Tim paused as he approached their current camp, his steps slowing down a bit. In part, it was because it looked rather exposed; maybe they¡¯d run out of good hiding spots. This one was little more than a dip in the ground flanked by some scraggly bushes.
More importantly, there was an uninvited guest waiting for them. At least, he better well hoped they hadn¡¯t invited him. Judging by the confrontational stances of his people, it didn¡¯t seem like it.
Everyone turned when he and his companions arrived, and Tim narrowed his eyes, marching up to their visitor. He recognized him, of course. He¡¯d spent enough time being his guest in Veragles.
¡°Archmage Lucian,¡± he greeted him tightly. ¡°How did you find us?¡±
Lucian finally shifted his gaze from the others ¡ª mostly Zephyr, it looked like they¡¯d had a lengthy staring match, actually ¡ª to face him fully and smiled. ¡°Prince Tim, my friend. You didn¡¯t think I keep track of my allies ¡ª or my people?¡± His eyes cut to Tony, who straightened up a little in the mids of Tim¡¯s group, clearly defensive. ¡°From there, it wasn¡¯t too hard to find this location.¡±
Tim suppressed a sigh. This wasn¡¯t how he¡¯d wanted to do this. He¡¯d love to ask Tony a few pointed questions, but unfortunately, now wasn¡¯t the time. ¡°I assume there¡¯s a reason you visited us personally,¡± he said instead, drily, refusing to be pushed.
¡°Certainly, we have much to discuss.¡±
Tim looked past him at the gathered officers of the various groups who¡¯d come together for this mission, greeting them with a nod and a smile, and watching their reactions. They all seemed pleased to see him, even under the circumstances. Hopefully not because dealing with Lucian was now his problem.
¡°We do indeed,¡± he agreed. Deliberately, he set his pack down and then lounged on one of the overturned tree stumps they¡¯d clearly been using for seats before, staring the human down.
At least he¡¯d be able to answer some of his other questions now.
Chapter 341: Unilateral
Owin had started to consider that he should have probably put a little more thought into the chain of command and the question of who was actually in charge here.
Well, the ultimate commander was, of course, Tim, even if he still hadn¡¯t been a prince of the Empire (although he would still be Champion), but that didn¡¯t resolve everything when he was away and in only sporadic communication. For their forces gathered here, the situation was a bit more complex. In the time after they had fought and succeeded in at least most of their objectives, that was a little clearer to Owin.
Anuis seemed eager not to have a fight about the question of command, which he supposed he appreciated, although perhaps having it out once and for all might have been good. He¡¯d started to have doubts about it, Owin had to admit privately, and not just because he was relying heavily on her, anyway. In something resembling Delver operations, he was confident in his expertise and leadership, but when it came to military actions, he knew she had the advantage of him. And he¡¯d been reminded she also had at least several centuries of experience on him, either way. In a straight-up fight, Owin wouldn¡¯t worry about his own fitness to lead, but the implications and plans of whether to assault an enemy force to secure a tactical position in hostile territory were a bit different.
And that had just been their new status before unexpected variables showed up. In particular, the Veraglian archmage who had apparently tracked them here and come to say hello, showing no concern at all about being surrounded by armed soldiers with every reason to be wary of uninvited guests.
Either way, it would have helped to have a clear leader who everyone respected when it came to dealing with Lucian. Owin tried not to take it personally, but he was truthfully a bit offended that the man spent more time looking at Zephyr than at him. He also almost entirely ignored Anuis, though Owin wasn¡¯t sure why ¡ª sexism, racism, or simply considering her an unimportant subordinate? He supposed either bigotry or a more specific failure of imagination or observation would just constitute a blindspot she¡¯d want to exploit.
(It felt odd to think about it with such judgment, but he had been working to overcome his own bigotry, for years now. Perhaps he could consider it a small accomplishment.)
Finally getting this minor conflict settled was only one of the reasons he was glad to see Tim suddenly show up, but it was certainly a good thing.
The boy ¡ª he probably didn¡¯t count as one anymore, but Owin remembered when he hadn¡¯t looked fully grown and it wasn¡¯t that long ago ¡ª had clearly learned a thing or two in the last few years, too. He sat on his improvised seat with all the poise of a prince, effortlessly commanding the attention of everyone around him. It was like he acted with such assurance that, of course, he would be in charge and the Imperials would follow and obey him, that he simply made it happen. The soldiers and even the other officers just seemed to fall into place behind him like, well, like Swarm Drones in the Hive, he supposed. Metaphorically at least.
The only one immune to the effect was Zephyr, who looked almost bored ¡ª Owin suspected it was a habitual reaction when he was involved in anything resembling royal politics ¡ª and, of course, Lucian, who simply smiled politely but with a distinct edge of smug satisfaction. Clearly, he thought showing up here to surprise them was a grand victory.
¡°Well?¡± Tim asked after a short silence, raising an eyebrow at Lucian. ¡°You said we had things to discuss. I take it you sought me out to ask a question?¡±
The archmage smiled. ¡°Quite, young prince. I would like to discuss your travels so far. In particular to this rather ¡ peculiar destination.¡±
¡°Now that we are on the subject,¡± Tim hummed, ¡°you still not did give a sufficient answer as to how you located my people. I think that should be the first point of discussion, as it were.¡±
Lucian didn¡¯t answer right away, just looking at him, before he inclined his head slightly. ¡°Tony had a tracker,¡± he said. ¡°I noticed it spent a while here, ostensibly in the middle of nowhere. It was the obvious destination.¡±
¡°And you didn¡¯t want to visit Iliucin,¡± Tim mused.
The Archmage of the Present waved a hand idly. ¡°That would have been a lot of fuss and bother. Better to spare everyone the headache, wouldn¡¯t you say?¡±
¡°How modest,¡± Iliam muttered under his breath, but Owin still heard it.
¡°And then you decided to visit us here, even in the middle of nowhere,¡± Tim continued. ¡°Why now?¡±
¡°Oh, I think you know that, Your Imperial Highness.¡±
¡°There have been rising tensions in the area,¡± Tim acknowledged.
¡°That is one way to put it.¡± Lucian sighed, then finally sat down on another tree stump opposite Tim. ¡°Shall we stop beating around the bush?¡±
¡°Fine. Then, do you know what there is here?¡±
¡°I have some idea.¡± The archmage glanced at the rest of the gathered people, before he focused on Tim again. ¡°It must have sentimental value for your people, certainly, although this level of conflict over it is perhaps a tad surprising.¡±
¡°Well, I don¡¯t quite know why the current occupants are here or what they might be looking for, either,¡± Tim conceded.
Owin cleared his throat softly and gave Tim what he hoped was a discreet look. They did, in fact, know a few important things now. They simply hadn¡¯t had the opportunity to inform him yet. Putting it in a letter to Iliucin would have been foolish.
¡°Regardless,¡± Tim continued smoothly, ¡°the question that suggests itself to me is why you might be interested. You or the city of Veragles, as a whole.¡±
¡°We have our own interests in this area,¡± Lucian said, shrugging a little. ¡°Apart from that, I assure you our only interest is that of our allies.¡±
Owin frowned. Lucian had clearly found out at least something of what the location meant. The easiest answer as to how was that he¡¯d spoken to the people occupying it, or rather the people behind them. Iliucin and Veragles were allies, after all. Tim seemed to think that the greater city might not be involved, or so it appeared, but he wasn¡¯t sure about that.
¡°But you still hurried here?¡± Tim pointed out. ¡°Did you just want to avoid a conflict between us and your allies in Iliucin?¡±
Zephyr stiffened slightly, but Owin was paying more attention to Lucian, who raised an eyebrow. Maybe it was his imagination, but he looked a bit more tense now, too. ¡°That would imply that the people you might be fighting are our allies in Iliucin.¡±The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident.
Tim leaned back, studied nonchalance draped about him. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t know, Thande. They¡¯re a group of men from the southlands with conspicuously coordinated equipment but no banners, emblems or signs of any affiliation. Rather like other groups that have been roaming around this area, aren¡¯t they?¡±
¡°So they are,¡± Lucian mused, leaning back on his own seat and frowning finally. ¡°I see.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t tell me you have no idea who they are, please.¡±
The archmage paused. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t insult you by pretending we have no eyes in the area,¡± he finally said. ¡°Of course I have heard reports of these groups, as you call them.¡±
¡°I¡¯m almost certain they¡¯re from Iliucin,¡± Tim said. His tone was sincere, almost open. Owin wondered if he¡¯d become a better actor or was just trying to weaponize the truth. ¡°And not just from there, but based out of the city, working on the orders or at least in accordance with the city government. The signs are all there.¡±
¡°So you don¡¯t have proof?¡±
¡°Perhaps not, but do you need proof?¡± Tim leaned forward again slightly, fixing Lucian with his gaze. ¡°Will you only accept what I tell you and act on it if I can deliver evidence up to your standards? Because that would raise some questions in my mind, you see. Regarding just how much you do know about what your allies are up to, and who might be involved.¡±
The archmage straightened up. ¡°Do not treat me like a criminal being investigated, Tim,¡± he said, voice hard. ¡°I am not under suspicion here.¡±
Tim leaned back fractionally. ¡°Perhaps not, but then, aren¡¯t you?¡± he mused. ¡°They are your allies, more than we are. Why shouldn¡¯t I be suspicious? Do you have any assurances that you knew nothing of this?¡±
¡°Will you only believe me if I give you hard evidence as assurance?¡± Lucian asked, turning his question back on him, eyes narrowed. ¡°Whatever that may even look like. Do take care not to burn your bridges.¡±
¡°That is the last thing I want,¡± Tim told him, smiling faintly, ¡°although I am not as isolated down here as you may seem to believe.¡± His eyes flicked to the others present, finally, sweeping across the people standing around and watching the conversation like a particularly tense game of cards.
Owin cleared his throat, deciding he might as well take this opportunity to step in, and perhaps he could defuse the tension a little. He didn¡¯t think Tim really wanted to fight with their visitor. ¡°Regardless of alliances, we do have enough strength gathered here to take our objective, if that is His Imperial Highness¡¯ wish,¡± he said. ¡°It would be valuable to have assurance that we will not have to worry about further hostility.¡±
¡°Clearly, your alliance with Iliucin is not something to take lightly or to throw away without cause,¡± Anuis added. ¡°But the game has, as they say, developed. The good lords of Iliucin may appreciate some counsel from their friends.¡± Or they could use it, even if they don¡¯t appreciate it, he thought. ¡°It would be in everyone¡¯s interest to deescalate, and make sure there was no ¡ unnecessary conflict. Clearly Veragles would not wish to be dragged into something like that, would it? Beyond what your plans here already entail. We don¡¯t judge.¡±
¡°Precisely,¡± Tim agreed. ¡°Our interest is merely in this site, and accordingly, securing the area. I am willing to let the matter rest at that.¡±
Owin was pretty sure he knew what they were saying; that Tim was willing to ignore or forget it even if Veragles ¡ª or Lucian ¡ª had been involved with Iliucin¡¯s plot, as long as they stopped now. It was a very ¡ political move.
Clearly Lucian knew it as well. He nodded, grimacing faintly. ¡°I resent your implications, as I truly did not know of this, My Prince,¡± he said. ¡°But I take your point.¡±
"Of course,¡± Tim replied, a little more softly. ¡°Then you will ¡ impress on your allies the folly of their course of action?¡±
¡°Indeed. I will make sure the Prince is aware, but I do not doubt he will have me talk to the high lords of Iliucin. They should be reminded that such unilateral actions in defiance of their friends¡¯ wishes are not a wise course of action.¡±
Tim nodded, and Owin saw some of the tension draining out of everyone. He still wasn¡¯t sure whether he believed the man, or whether Tim believed him, actually, but their prince had clearly decided to settle for this for now.
The conversation continued after this, but it was more subdued, more relaxed. Owin still paid attention, but he was occasionally lost by references to people or places he didn¡¯t recognize; clearly, some that Tim had seen when traveling and during his stay at the city. The others relaxed as well and the loose circle formed around them broke up, with a few men stepping away and others settling down where convenient. Owin stayed standing beside Anuis, watching their troops as well as the conversing leaders.
The conversation stretched on, and Tim started dropping hints that Lucian should leave. Owin suspected the southlander only stayed after that in order to annoy him, or perhaps to prove a point that he couldn¡¯t be ordered around like a soldier. However, he did leave before Tim had to get more forceful.
Standing up, the archmage offered a stiff half-bow. ¡°I will proceed as we have discussed, Prince Tim. Please accept my well wishes for your success here. And please take care of yourself, it would grieve me to hear you were injured.¡±
Tim bowed his head in return. ¡°Thank you, Thande. I will certainly take care, and I hope you will as well. Don¡¯t underestimate these people, they certainly haven¡¯t started all this without some resolve to see it through to the end. Safe travels.¡±
There were a few more words, before Lucian turned and walked off. After a few steps, his form almost seemed to blur as he sped off down the path. Some kind of modified Haste Spell, perhaps? Owin didn¡¯t suppose that he would travel the entire way to Veragles like that, but if he had other means of transportation, he clearly didn¡¯t want them to see.
Tim sighed, rolling his shoulder. He looked tired suddenly, and Owin felt a brief pang at the thought of adding to his burdens and keeping him from sleep. Unfortunately, they did have important things to discuss.
¡°I notice you didn¡¯t quite agree when I said I didn¡¯t know what they had,¡± Tim said, turning to him. ¡°Did we find anything out in the meantime?¡±
¡°Yes. Well, sort of. Galatea showed up with Dan, she had important news for us.¡±
¡°From back home, if you can believe it,¡± Dan added, taking a step closer. He¡¯d been very quiet, which Owin suspected was purely due to not wanting to get roped into further diplomacy. ¡°She went off again to go to you, but she was hesitant about visiting Iliucin. Maybe you missed each other.¡±
¡°Alright,¡± Tim agreed, then cast a glance around. He beckoned them closer, and Owin stepped up along with Dan and Anuis, leading them to a slightly more secluded spot on the outside of the camp.
¡°Now, do we have word from Mother?¡± Tim asked. There was a faint note in his voice Owin hesitated to label. Maybe because the closest word he could think of was ¡®longing¡¯.
¡°Yes. You won¡¯t believe what happened, Tim. Apparently, this golem artificer showed up, traveling over the mountains. She granted him audience and he offered information on what they were doing here.¡±
¡°And?¡± Tim leaned forward slightly.
Dan hesitated for a moment, glancing at the two of them. Owin decided to stay silent; this was clearly closer to Hive business than something for him to speak about, and Anuis followed his example.
¡°It definitely is an old Hivekind base. He told us a few details, which we can verify once we have control of it again. But the most important thing is that there might be a missing section, or something like that. Apparently the artificer suspects it is underneath the regular base, completely separated with no connection or airflow. There is some kind of material or magic inside that prevents mana from flowing through it. At least that¡¯s what he thinks, there were traces in other things found in the base. They¡¯ve all been cut out and carried off by now, though.¡±
Tim blew out a long breath. ¡°I see.¡± He glanced at them, clearly hesitant. ¡°I¡¯m not sure what this all means, to be honest,¡± he said. ¡°It sounds like it could be quite important, though. Do we know anything else about what¡¯s there?¡±
¡°Not that I know of,¡± Owin finally spoke up. ¡°We will have to look for ourselves.¡± Personally, he was quite excited at the prospect.
Tim nodded. ¡°I guess.¡±
¡°We are in position to do it,¡± Anuis cut in. ¡°Our troops are ready, we have gathered all reinforcements we are going to get on short notice. My advice is to strike quickly, before they are further entrenched.¡±
Tim stayed silent for a second, then nodded again. ¡°Alright,¡± he said softly. ¡°Soon, we¡¯ll fight for a remaining piece of our heritage.¡±
¡°In the Empire¡¯s name,¡± Owin agreed.
¡°In the name of the Hive,¡± Dan added with playful severity. ¡°For the Hive Queen.¡±
Tim repeated his words, more softly, and more seriously.
Chapter 342: Push
Keeping a sizeable group of people staying in essentially the middle of nowhere in a land that tended to be arid fed and provisioned was not a simple undertaking. While it wasn¡¯t winter, so they didn¡¯t have to worry too much about the temperature, the area seemed to have been through a bit of a drought, so even water was a concern. And there just wasn¡¯t much growing around here, compared to what it could be. The Empire had accumulated a sizeable force right now. Tim¡¯s original party was manageable enough, but they also had Owin¡¯s reinforcements, Dan¡¯s reinforcements, and some remaining flying drones to worry about. Because of that, they really couldn¡¯t afford to delay.
Dan didn¡¯t want to care about that kind of thing. It wasn¡¯t what he wanted to focus on, or be responsible for, or have to worry about. He still did, worry about it at least, he just didn¡¯t like that fact. But he was one of the commanders of their little expeditionary force, so he kind of had to deal with it.
It helped that some of their number were Hivekind, who could find enough food here. It meant dedicating a bit of their time to scavenging and harvesting, perhaps, but even the grass, shrubbery and trees were good enough eating. Unfortunately, the majority of their people were humans. Each group had brought some provisions, but they were running out.
It was suggesting another possible motivation regarding why Tim had talked to that mage from Veragles like he had, something Dan hadn¡¯t thought about before. Maybe he wanted to barter for supplies.
Either way, the situation raised another question, one Dan had, in fact, thought about, and he wasn¡¯t the only one. Where did their enemies get their supplies? Obviously they had to have brought some along, too. But those wouldn¡¯t keep forever. They were effectively shut off in the base right now. Well, he supposed they could be sending messengers through the tunnels on the other side, although they had been trying to watch those. They definitely would have noticed a supply delivery, and it wouldn¡¯t exactly be inconspicuous or very safe to cart it from their city, anyway.
They must be waiting for new supplies which would come along with reinforcements. That was the consensus Dan and the others had come to. And that, of course, gave them almost more time pressure than their own dwindling supplies.
Right now, they had the forces to take the base. With their enemies reinforced, it might not be as easy.
For the moment, however, they did have the advantage, and he was confident. Tim had conferred with the commanders and set a time for their attack; pretty soon, given all of these considerations. Another night attack close to dawn might be expected, given it was when they¡¯d previously attacked, so instead, they would be attacking in the evening, around sunset, after a hopefully long and exhausting ¡ª or tiresome and boring, he wasn¡¯t picky ¡ª day for the defenders.
They had Tim¡¯s party, veteran fighters from Owin¡¯s and his company, and Zephyr. The question was more whether they could manage to keep any of the enemy forces from getting away than beating them in the first place. Something they¡¯d taken into consideration in the planning.
¡°Are you ready?¡± Tim asked him.
Dan turned his head toward him and smiled. Neither of them moved from where they were crouched behind a conveniently placed boulder. They didn¡¯t need to. ¡°I am. Are you?¡±
¡°More than ready,¡± he replied with a tight smile. ¡°It¡¯s about time we find what¡¯s left there.¡±
Dan nodded and scooted back a bit. ¡°Then we¡¯ll move on your signal.¡±
He skittered back, still crouched down, and followed a slight dip in the terrain to the side. It didn¡¯t take long until he reached the vanguard of his company. Slotting in between Geoff and another soldier, he tapped them on the shoulder, then focused on the entrance to the base, which he could just make out. His men would be the first wave of the attack, but they weren¡¯t fighting alone.
After just a few minutes, enough for Tim to coordinate with the others, a faint tremor ran through the earth under his hand, barely perceptible. Dan glanced back at the others, then raised his hand. ¡°Go!¡± he murmured just loud enough for them to hear.
They moved. Dan kept in the front row, but made sure not to fall out of step with the others. He drew his blade, preparing himself. They were attacking silently, something that felt weird, but he didn¡¯t dwell on the thought.
Their enemies spotted them, but it was too late. Speeding up once it was clear, Dan ducked under an arrow, then charged and slammed into the first human, piercing his leg with his sword. The man stumbled back, falling, and his right blade-arm followed, finding his armpit, exploiting a gap in the armor. The man gasped, but Dan stepped over him.
The sounds of combat enveloped him, and he had to take a moment to get the lay of the land. They were fighting fiercely, but his attack had managed to surprise the southlanders just enough. More of them were joining, closing ranks, but his company had already managed to win some ground.
He slowed, yelling at them to keep formation, then turned to face the group of enemies that had formed a knot in front of him, bristling with shields and weapons. Dan twirled his sword, examining their expressions for an instant. ¡°For the Empire!¡±
The next moment, the mages launched their attack. Fireballs, Magic Missiles, and more exotic Spells rained down on the enemy. A flickering shield rose over them, catching the next few attacks, before it was overwhelmed.
Dan didn¡¯t hesitate. He launched himself at the enemy, taking advantage of the magical attack which was now petering off, his comrades beside him. He slammed into a shield, pushing with all his strength, twisting to get a blade-arm or his sword into a gap. Someone pushed behind him. Then something gave and he stepped forward, his blade seeking the throat of another enemy. Someone got him in the side, cracking his shell, and burning pain stabbed through him. Nothing vital, he assessed in the back of his mind, as he sidestepped and faced his next enemy. Then Geoff slammed an axe into the human¡¯s skull and Dan found himself briefly without opponents.
¡°They¡¯re retreating already,¡± Geoff said. ¡°They¡¯ll hold the line further back, have a better defensive position prepared.¡±Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon.
Dan nodded. He could already see that. A few of them were still fighting, those further back had already turned to run. ¡°Regroup!¡± he bellowed, turning to his men. ¡°Wounded to the back, defensive formation at the front!¡±
¡°You¡¯re wounded, too,¡± Geoff pointed out.
Before Dan could respond, and assure him he was fine, a healer had already stepped up to them and was catching his hand, using the physical contact to more easily work the healing magic. He grimaced as he felt his side knit back together, the hard material of the shell pinching as it slid into place and fused.
¡°Interesting anatomy you¡¯ve got there,¡± Zephyr commented. ¡°I see I neglected a few other important discussions I could have had with the Empress.¡±
Dan gave him a dirty look, but left it at that. ¡°Here already?¡±
¡°Everything is proceeding as planned,¡± Zephyr answered, unruffled. ¡°His Imperial Highness sent me to reinforce you for the push into the base through the main entrance.¡± He glanced around, clearly noting they were ready to proceed with said attack.
¡°Fine. Please focus on keeping us protected, I don¡¯t think we want to risk too large magical attacks down there.¡±
¡°Understood. I¡¯ll make sure you all get out of this in one piece.¡±
Dan nodded and turned to talk to his officers, who were guiding the troops into place. They switched out the front line to make sure those who would bear the brunt of the attack were rested and fully healed, and interspersed mages in the following rows. The relatively confined quarters meant he couldn¡¯t bring all of their numbers to bear, but it was still better to have them available.
Then Dan took his place in the front row. He preferred to lead from the front. ¡°Company, advance!¡± he called. ¡°Hold steady. Keep tight ranks. Let¡¯s show these bastards what we¡¯re made of. For the Empress!¡±
They repeated similar calls, and advanced. Dan trusted his men to have his back, to keep in step with him, and marched down the entrance at a fast pace.
It took longer than he¡¯d thought until they met resistance. Clearly, the enemy had decided to set up at the exit of the tunnel into what Tim had called the vehicle bay. It made sense tactically, since it would give them more room, but it also meant he only had to overcome one chokepoint before they were in.
Magic swelled around them, letting him almost feel it like a static charge in the air around them. Dan hefted the shield he¡¯d picked up somewhere and his sword, then sped up. His vision went white for a moment and he felt heat on his face, but the magical protection held against the Firebolt. He focused on keeping his feet, keeping going. Then he covered the last few meters and charged with his men at his side.
The initial crash knocked the air out of his lungs. He had to take a moment before he could remember to push with all his strength, relying on those behind him to give him momentum. The human men forming a small shield wall in front of him staggered back just a little. Dan pressed on. Someone thrust a spear over his shoulder, and he shifted his weight around his shield slightly to catch a blade that would have gotten his side. Then the enemy in front of him fell away and Dan moved into the breach, stabbing out with his blade-arms.
Something slammed into him and he barely kept his feet. He stumbled, crashing into one of his men. A moment later, the human fell away and he almost bounced off the rocky wall of the cavern. Not far enough, he thought dazedly. We¡¯re not far enough.
Someone grabbed him and he almost stabbed them, only his blade-arm was twisted at an unnatural angle, and then he realized it was Zephyr, who was pulling him upright.
Some kind of magical attack had scattered his men, but they were already reforming. Some bodies laid on the ground, but he couldn¡¯t focus on that now ¡ª a quick look showed he still had enough men.
¡°To me!¡± he shouted, raising his sword. ¡°Push them back.¡±
¡°For the Empress,¡± Zephyr muttered, just a bit of irony in his tone. He snapped his fingers and a few torches the enemy had placed around the cavern exploded, sending tongues of fire at southlander soldiers.
Others repeated the battle cry, and they pushed forward again. Dan lost himself to the rhythm of combat. The push and pull, stabbing and blocking and thrusting his blades into vulnerable spots. He liked to rely on passive Skills instead of active ones, so he rarely activated any Abilities. Others did, and the flashes and sudden jerks of increased movement shaped the battlefield¡¯s rhythm, but Dan was an experienced dancer of such halls. He worked his way forward, barely seeing past the enemy in front of him and yet intimately aware of the flow of battle.
Suddenly, he found himself at the opposite end of the cavern, and facing someone he hadn¡¯t expected. He blinked, wiping a hand across his eyes to soothe the stinging of blood spattered across his face. ¡°Ash?¡±
¡°We did it, Dan!¡± His little brother grinned. ¡°We¡¯ve taken both entrances, and Owin¡¯s men are securing the corridors as we speak.¡±
Dan looked around for Zephyr, then grinned as well and slumped a bit in relief. Now that he was looking, he saw more of the second and third teams. Zephyr had helped open another path before he joined him, which Anuis and her people must have taken, and Tim and Owin had taken the other entrance from the tunnels.
¡°There were more of the golems on the other side, I assume?¡± he asked.
Ash nodded. ¡°That¡¯s why you had to deal with most of the men. Where are their commanders?¡±
Dan wiped his sword on a convenient piece of cloth armor. ¡°Let¡¯s see about them.¡±
Fortunately, he didn¡¯t have to look for very long. One of the wounded his people were taking into custody had been identified as the enemy second-in-command. The commander himself was unfortunately dead, fallen to a stray ice spear while trying to defend the bay. That must have been around when their resistance crumbled. Dan was glad they had good scouting reports to work with, and just hoped there was no critical top-secret intel only the commander had known. That seemed unlikely, though.
After all, they still hadn¡¯t found what the real prize here was, as far as he could tell. And now it was the Imperials¡¯ turn.
¡°Good work,¡± Tim told him when they finally found each other in one of the corridors leading to a larger room in the lower part of the base, what must have been a central section at one point. It seemed to have been converted into their headquarters for now.
¡°Our people are still sweeping the base,¡± Owin said without having to be asked, ¡°but I think we got all of them. We just have to be careful of traps now.¡±
Dan smiled. ¡°Good. And did any escape?¡±
They both turned to look at Tim and Anuis, who shook their heads. ¡°Not that we can tell,¡± Tim said. ¡°We¡¯re still collecting reports from the scouts and counting the bodies. It doesn¡¯t help that a few are a little too mangled to be sure of an exact count.¡± He threw a look at Zephyr, who had showed up behind Dan at some point.
The mage shifted his weight and grimaced a little. ¡°I remember how many there were, if that¡¯s a problem.¡±
Tim waved a hand dismissively. ¡°It¡¯s not a problem, we¡¯re just still regrouping after the battle. But this is a victory to be proud of, my friends. We accomplished what we wanted to.¡±
¡°Now we just have to see if it¡¯s worth it,¡± Dan added.
Zephyr cocked his head. ¡°Well, I get the impression your information was not completely off, at least. I wouldn¡¯t have noticed it if I hadn¡¯t known there was something to look for, but the ambient mana in the lower reaches is just the slightest bit off. It will need more investigation, but I am certain we can find it.¡±
Dan nodded, as did Tim. None of them were mages, and Zephyr was definitely the most powerful and skilled one here, so they¡¯d have to take him on his word. At least until Galatea showed up.
He¡¯d given up wondering where she was off to. She¡¯d said she was going to talk to Tim, but Galatea, Dan was starting to learn, might not be the best at sticking to a plan, even her own. She¡¯d turn up sooner or later. Maybe even with word from their Hive Queen.
Until then, he would focus on securing the base and leaving the magic stuff to others to worry about. They might still get enemy reinforcements sent this way, after all, and someone had to make sure those were defeated just as crushingly as their compatriots. And, unfortunately, their enemies¡¯ dead weren¡¯t the only ones they had to care for.
Chapter 343: Restrictions
Tim had seen quite a few battles in his life; probably not as many as Owin and only a fraction of those Anuis had seen, but enough to appreciate them, and this one was one of the more successful ones.
Not that success had really been in question. He had the advantage in numbers and in levels. He even knew the base they were fighting in (and over), the others had gathered useful scouting reports, and they had information on the golems their enemies were using. No, the real success was in managing to keep casualties down and stray enemy soldiers from fleeing. Now they could get to the more difficult parts.
At least, once the aftermath of the battle was sorted out. Despite his declaration, Tim had sent Zephyr to assist with the wounded before trying anything else. He knew the mage was probably low on mana, even if he didn¡¯t want to show it. So were the rest of them. They still needed to handle triage and help the injured as much as possible before wasting mana on further investigations, first.
In the end, Tim had lost six soldiers and might still lose two more as fighting assets. Several would probably take longer to recover and be only fit for light duty for a while. A few things would be beyond the healers they had here in the field. Tim was confident Regina would be able to heal anything short of actual brain death, but they couldn¡¯t exactly transfer the wounded to the capital right now, anyway.
The casualties were much worse for the losing side, of course. The enemy fighters had lost about a third of their number. Pragmatically, that made it much easier to guard the remaining prisoners, especially since many of them were at least lightly injured. Tim had a feeling that wasn¡¯t the most important consequence, though. Still, he was actually more interested in the golems.
They unfortunately didn¡¯t have any of self-destruct or neutralization mechanism, at least not one that could be used at range. Tim and his men had had to get up close and personal. At least the information Galatea had conveyed from their artificer had been helpful. Right now, it meant that three of them were completely destroyed, three were neutralized and only lightly damaged, and one was more heavily damaged but probably salvageable. That meant four golems they could use in the future. The one the others had captured previously was of course already in use.
Right now, Tim was pacing down in the vehicle bay. It had quickly been chosen as the location of their improvised infirmary and in the process of becoming more than that, given it was the largest available space and close, but not too close, to the outside. Not to mention a hotspot of the fight. No one wanted to carry stretchers down staircases too often, he supposed. Breathing in heavily, the smelled the scents of battle; blood, metal and more pungent odors. They would take a while to dissipate. He could also almost smell the despondent fear of their captives. Tim swept his eyes over them, looking for weaknesses and hidden points of concern, weapons or attempts at resistance. So far, he wasn¡¯t very impressed.
Ash glanced up, then stood to join him. ¡°Looking for anything in particular?¡± he asked cautiously.
Tim shrugged. ¡°I¡¯d like a report, but it can wait,¡± he said. ¡°Who is their commander again?¡±
The other drone pointed out one of them men who looked only barely injured, although his clothing was scuffed, bloody and torn in places. He was middle-aged, dark-haired, pretty unremarkable overall. The System gave his Class as Adept of the Blade, what sounded like a pretty generic Warrior Class, and level at thirty-six.
Tim nodded at two of the soldiers who¡¯d been lingering nearby. Following the unspoken command, they approached the enemy officer and pulled him to his feet before unsubtly chivying him over to Tim.
¡°Commander Halen,¡± Tim greeted him. ¡°Or do you have a specific rank?¡±
The human just stared at him for a long moment, before he spit on the rocky ground. Ash shifted, but it didn¡¯t come close to Tim, so he decided not to take it as an insult. ¡°Lieutenant,¡± he answered stiffly. ¡°What about you, monsterblood?¡±
This time, Ash wasn¡¯t the only one who moved. One of the soldiers, who Tim didn¡¯t know although he noted his loyalty, looked like he barely held back from decking the man.
¡°That would be Prince monsterblood,¡± Tim replied calmly but with a slight smirk he made sure made it into his voice. ¡°The likes of you may address me formally.¡±
Ash muffled a snort, and a bit of the tension in the gathered soldiers seemed to relax. The southlander officer just stared at him, before he visibly gritted his teeth and bowed his head. ¡°Understood,¡± he grated. ¡°What is it you want with me, honored prince?¡± The emphasis on the last two words was probably not meant to be mocking, Tim decided.
¡°First, I would confirm that you are the highest-ranking of these prisoners and thus in command?¡±
The man frowned. ¡°I am, yes,¡± he confirmed, shooting a wary glance at the Imperial soldiers.
¡°Good. Then, let me first assure you that you will be treated with all due courtesy and respect,¡± Tim said evenly. ¡°Our standards of prisoner treatment will be adhered to. If you have questions, see my officers. In short, it means your needs will be seen to, you will not starve unless we do, and you will not be mistreated. Interrogations are not precluded. Understood?¡±
Now the prisoner was definitely staring at him in surprise. A few of his own soldiers also seemed surprised, Tim noted.
¡°Understood ¡ my Prince,¡± the lieutenant nodded, with noticeably more respect in his voice. He still seemed dubious, but that was fair enough.
¡°Now, what was your mission?¡±
Like clockwork, he stiffened again. ¡°To take and hold this base,¡± he said after a moment.
Tim resisted the urge to give an outward sign of what he felt. That answer was expected, and nothing anyone couldn¡¯t have guessed. ¡°That was all?¡± he prompted.
The man met his eyes. ¡°That¡¯s all.¡±
Tim suppressed a sigh. He almost wished he could just torture the prisoner to get answers, regulations or not ¡ª he was pretty sure no one would stop him if he gave that order ¡ª but that wouldn¡¯t even be a practical solution. No, they¡¯d just have to try with repeated interrogations, he supposed. More detailed ones, so they could catch other details, like proof that he was from Iliucin. Separate interrogations of other captives, too.The narrative has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the infringement.
Tim tried a few more questions, getting bland and unsurprising answers, before he let it be for now. There were probably soldiers under his current command with more training or at least experience in interrogation.
He stepped away, keeping an ear peeled for Halen¡¯s reactions, but the enemy officer was quiet. He settled down again on the spot assigned to him, turning to look at his men, and didn¡¯t say anything. Tim shook his head and moved on. There were other concerns to focus on, after all.
He called another quick meeting with Owin, Anuis and Dan, as well as their seconds, to decide their guard rotation and positioning. Anuis had already prepared a suggestion, which he signed off on with only minor tweaks. It helped that they¡¯d seen this base before. Tim now had more men at his command than their opponents had previously had, but it was still too big to effectively position guards everywhere. Instead, they had to focus on the entrances, scouts on the outside, and a few select spots inside the base. Plus, many of their soldiers were still tired from their trip here, so they should have a watch rotation that allowed them plenty of rest. Tim wasn¡¯t sure when the next chance for proper rest would be, after all.
¡°Any other news?¡± he asked. ¡°Enemy movements?¡±
Dan shook his head. ¡°Our scouts don¡¯t have anything to report,¡± he said. ¡°There is no more movement in the tunnels than expected, as far as we can tell. No reaction from Iliyan, so far. And Iliucin probably hasn¡¯t gotten word yet, anyway.¡±
Tim nodded. The golem artificer these people had worked with apparently claimed to be from Iliyan, although he also claimed to be rogue and working with them on his own terms, probably along with a few other people. That didn¡¯t necessarily mean the government of the city was completely blind to what was going on here, though.
Well, especially after the message he¡¯d sent them, they¡¯d better not be.
Tim was still waiting for a real response to that, though, and it looked like the city-state would take its time. That was fine. More time for them to get entrenched here and work on more pertinent goals.
To see about those, he went looking for their mages, including Zephyr. The Thaumaturge had helped heal the wounded, but he was now sitting at the rough camp they¡¯d made with their supplies, on an overturned crate with legs stretched out. He didn¡¯t look injured, but was clearly tired ¡ª low on mana, presumably.
¡°My Prince,¡± he greeted Tim as he approached, half-bowing from his seat instead of getting up.
Tim nodded and leaned against a pile of scrap metal beside him. ¡°Thaumaturge. Have you had a chance to look around the base for a possible way down yet? It¡¯s fine if not,¡± he added, ¡°I¡¯d just like to get an initial impression.¡±
The man shrugged slightly. ¡°I can make the rounds later, but honestly, I don¡¯t think the precise position matters. There is clearly no entrance present. You need to get down by other means.¡±
Tim nodded. If there had been an easily findable entrance, their opponents would have found it already. ¡°Then how do we get to it?¡± he asked. ¡°I don¡¯t suppose teleportation is an option?¡±
Zephyr grimaced. ¡°I suppose it¡¯s possible, but even if we had a specialist, there might be concerns about attempting to teleport into this presumptive area. Given what little we know of it, it might be bad for one¡¯s health, or at least risk getting one stuck there unable to teleport back out.¡±
Tim pinched the bridge of his nose. That makes sense, unfortunately. ¡°I see,¡± he said. ¡°Well, we¡¯ll have to keep looking, and considering options.¡±
He tried to exercise his patience as he waited, after that. It took a few more meetings with various people. Ash and a few of the more engineering-inclined soldiers, including some Hive drones, started to draw up tentative plans for digging into the ground to try and get to the hidden chamber they were now pretty sure was there.
¡°We¡¯d probably be the best suited for it,¡± Ash told Tim after a few of the others went off to gather tools. ¡°I mean, with the Ground Excavation Ability the Workers have, it¡¯s the best way to dig a small tunnel without disrupting the structure or disturbing whatever is down there. It¡¯s just a shame we don¡¯t actually have any here.¡±
Tim sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose again. He was trying to stave off a headache, but suspected he might just be picking up a bad habit. ¡°I see,¡± he said. ¡°We knew where they were going, when we called for reinforcements. Are you seriously telling me they didn¡¯t think to bring anyone who might be useful in an old underground structure like this?¡±
¡°Well,¡± Ash grimaced, ¡°we did, but not any Workers? I mean, they did have to go over the mountains, bringing civilians along would be iffy.¡±
¡°I get it.¡± Tim paced up and down a few steps, running a hand through his hair.
¡°It might not be the perfect answer, anyway,¡± he finally muttered. ¡°Considering, we still don¡¯t know if the System ¡¡±
¡°Why not?¡±
Tim glanced up at him. ¡°If it really does totally impede mana flows, that might be an issue,¡± he said. ¡°I¡¯m not an expert, but this place wasn¡¯t detectible to any of our mages, who would usually get something like that in the ambient mana, which means it has to be completely shielded and redirecting all mana or something, to hide that there¡¯s even a ¡ void, or whatever, in there. Or maybe an actual lack of mana just doesn¡¯t twinge in their mana senses, I¡¯m not sure how it works.¡± If it was like sound instead of light, then not getting anything would just mean there was nothing there, and it wouldn¡¯t led people to suspect there was a sound-absorbing material ¡ª it was just a random underground spot in the middle of earth and rock, after all. Tim shook his head. ¡°Either way, our Class Skills rely on the System and the System seems to work on ambient mana. I guess? There are definitely issues with, like, twisted mana, just ask Galatea.¡±
There was a swish from behind him, and a voice before he¡¯d turned fully around. ¡°Ask me what?¡±
¡°Galatea!¡± He relaxed the tension in his spine and smiled at her. ¡°Where have you been? Dan said you would have looked for me, but I haven¡¯t seen you.¡±
¡°I decided to change my plans,¡± she said, smiling faintly. ¡°As I can see, I was right to think you had everything under control. Although more of your people really should have caught me walking in.¡± She nodded at Anuis and Nucme, who had been hovering near the doorway.
¡°I¡¯ll make sure to tell them,¡± Tim said a bit drily. Not that he wasn¡¯t going to have a word with the soldiers. ¡°Though I somehow doubt you just walked in.¡±
Galatea shrugged elegantly. ¡°I went on a more extended trip, a little further afield,¡± she said instead, answering his question. ¡°It occurred to me there was one person I knew, an old acquaintance, who might be able to answer a few questions. Someone with a chance to maybe know a little about these things. Well, besides the obvious.¡± She gave him a meaningful look.
¡°The obvious?¡± Ash asked.
It took him a second. ¡°Leian,¡± Tim muttered, keeping his voice quiet enough no one would overhear.
Galatea didn¡¯t confirm it verbally, but that was confirmation enough.
¡°Who is it, then?¡± Tim asked.
¡°An elf from a settlement further to the south than those you¡¯re familiar with,¡± Galatea said. ¡°Beyond that, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s my place to tell you. I also haven¡¯t told her much, about the situation, or where this place is located. It ¡ª well, I decided not to do that unilaterally.¡±
Galatea didn¡¯t want to betray Regina again by giving too much information to someone with ulterior motives, he realized.
¡°How nice,¡± he said drily. ¡°Let¡¯s go sit down and you can tell me what you think we should know. Unless there¡¯s other important news to go over first?¡±
Galatea turned to go, then paused and smiled. ¡°Before I forget, it did look like Iliyan was sending a team to talk to you. You should perhaps prepare your diplomacy hat again, Tim.¡±
He clenched his fingers together behind his back and smiled tightly. ¡°Wonderful. I¡¯ll get right on that. Let me just check if we packed a welcome mat to roll out. Never mind the signs of combat everywhere.¡±
At least it was better than just waiting around, he supposed.
Chapter 344: Diplomatic Offers
The envoy from Iliyan was, in fact, more of an envoy than a strike force or military detachment sent to capture the base. They clearly went to some effort to make this clear.
Almost everyone in the group had a relatively low Level, with many of them clearly having Classes that were not focused on combat. The few who did have higher levels and more martial Classes tended toward Paladin, or others that implicitly assured some righteousness. Against other people, it might have been a very interesting diplomatic ploy.
Galatea was pretty sure that aspect would be lost on her current companions. Drones like Tim didn¡¯t exactly have the same cultural conditioning as local humans, and Owin and most of the lower-ranking officers were Delvers, with a slightly more complicated relationship with it.
Tim had complained about the location of the base supposedly being secret but leaking everywhere, but Galatea tried not to let it bother her. He was probably entitled to a bit of whining. Still, he probably also knew that the secret was pretty much out already. Lucian had tracked its location with his adventurer, Iliucin obviously knew about it and it would have been unrealistic to hope that Iliyan hadn¡¯t noticed the battle, even if they¡¯d missed the previous occupation.
No, secrecy was not a defense that was going to hold much longer, even if it wasn¡¯t already completely frayed at the edges.
Still, that didn¡¯t mean one had to reveal all their cards, or so Tim said, so he met the Iliyans inside the base but almost directly by the entrance, stopping them from getting a better view or, hopefully, from gauging the size of the place. The soldiers had managed to drag some tables and chairs together and there were some refreshments available, even if the quality could probably be improved. Sitting down and talking over food was still a much more relaxed and amenable atmosphere. Galatea would have suggested doing it this way if Tim hadn¡¯t decided on it himself.
To their credit, the diplomats from the city-state didn¡¯t act like this was unusual and hid any discomfort they might have felt pretty well. They started with some small talk, exchanging pleasantries with Tim and the others who chimed in occasionally. Galatea listened, but didn¡¯t pay particular attention to the words. There might be interesting nuggets of information buried in them, but she didn¡¯t much care about their babbling or the minor details, and, frankly, it wasn¡¯t her job.
Not that she had any job at all, but the principle still held.
She was also a little distracted trying to sense the empty space below the base, and what it did to mana. It wasn¡¯t easy, but now that she knew what to look for, she wondered how more mages couldn¡¯t have noticed it. Perhaps her own senses were a little different, but there was certainly something of a void. It also seemed vaguely familiar, not necessarily in the sense of a familiar sensation, but that she felt she was missing a reference to something she knew. It wasn¡¯t ¡®twisted¡¯ mana like she was intimately familiar with, though. That much she could say with certainty. Unless it hid behind a wall of this more obscure phenomenon. Either way, she felt very reluctant to actually venture down there and get too close to it.
She still might go down, while exercising healthy caution and taking care not to draw closer than necessary, but if they did end up trying to rely on teleportation, she wouldn¡¯t volunteer. An area, material or artifact that could completely disrupt and cancel out the flow of mana sounded particularly dangerous to a mana-form like her. If she was to test her immortality, she¡¯d prefer not to do it in quite this stupid a way.
Galatea tuned back in to the conversation enough to make sure Tim didn¡¯t say anything stupid regarding this little discovery. Fortunately, he didn¡¯t. He was smarter than that. He managed to steer the conversation away from the base or its contents pretty well, only satisfying their curiosity with some surface-level observations, metaphorically and literally. He managed to get the fact across that there was little to be found here, everything of value long since taken or destroyed, without quite coming out and saying it.
Luckily, that seemed to be enough for Iliyan¡¯s agents. They seemed a little more interested in the political situation than the historical site of cultural value to the new people, anyway.
¡°Of course, I understand, however justified the war, conducting military operations requires a lot of resources,¡± Tim was saying understandingly. ¡°The logistical burden is great. My people are fortunate in both requiring less care in some ways and having means of meeting such requirements.¡±
Galatea frowned slightly. Was he ¡ trying to bribe the city-state? Well, I guess it might work, she supposed.
¡°That it does,¡± the lead diplomat said. He looked rather unimpressive, more of a scholar or bureaucrat rather than a warrior, but a warrior might have been a worse envoy for them in a negotiation like this. ¡°We cannot simply give up out of fear that expenses will be too high, unfortunately. Our enemies will not, and having our fields and villages burned is unlikely to make the financial situation better. I am sure you understand that as well, given your empire¡¯s recent war.¡±
¡°True,¡± Tim agreed, leaning back a little and projecting confidence. ¡°It was quite a drain, although the gnomes have paid some reparations after their unprovoked attack, and the empire is doing quite well in peacetime.¡±
¡°It is, My Prince?¡±
¡°Oh, yes. Not to brag, but the Central European Empire is quite large. A large population means a large tax base, as I¡¯m sure I don¡¯t need to explain to you. Recent reforms have shown considerable success. And while we are currently restructuring our military, having a standing professional army does have some advantages as well. The Empire¡¯s coffers are full enough to spend some coin on projects of more spiritual or cultural importance rather than purely pragmatic.¡±
The southlanders were quiet for a moment, exchanging quick looks and clearly parsing what Tim had said.
¡°That is impressive,¡± the Iliyan said. ¡°I believe I see why you are here, Prince Tim. We would, of course, not dream of interfering with such important cultural projects for the Hivekind. Unfortunately, the current aggression makes it hard to guarantee the safety of even our own people, let alone esteemed visitors, it pains me to say.¡± He paused, then clearly decided to push the conversation forward a bit. ¡°Our forces and resources must be allocated pragmatically, securing our safety and interests, which includes not leaving potential routes to the city open.¡±The narrative has been illicitly obtained; should you discover it on Amazon, report the violation.
¡°Of course,¡± Tim agreed, nodding graciously. ¡°I am sure we can come to an agreement regarding a contribution ¡ª as a token of the Empress¡¯ favor and to help ensure that our reclaiming of this part of our heritage goes smoothly without being molested by enemies. If you are open to it, a more comprehensive treaty is certainly possible as well, to cement a working relationship between our people, perhaps even an alliance, and give us all some peace of mind regarding potential hostilities.¡±
Galatea stared at him for a moment, but Tim looked entirely innocent and seriously diplomatic, not like he¡¯d just offered a bribe and then an alliance treaty to a city that was, at best, an enemy of an enemy. She hoped he knew what he was doing ¡ª but then, he probably had some specifics and defined goals in mind, and it wouldn¡¯t be much of a real alliance. Or one between equals.
¡°I see,¡± the diplomat said, not breaking stride. ¡°That is a very gracious offer, Your Imperial Highness. We would be more than pleased to accept.¡±
They kept talking some more, going into a bit more detail, but Galatea let her attention drift as it was clear they¡¯d come to an agreement. She doubted the Iliyans actually bought the line that this was purely about spiritual or cultural importance, but it didn¡¯t look like they would risk fighting the Empire about it, so that was all that really mattered.
Instead, Galatea returned most of her attention to the analysis of the ambient magic. She tried to examine the space below them and what the other mages in the base were doing. A few discreet applications of several spells to manipulate sound waves also let her listen in on discussions further away; the contained nature of the tunnels helped in that regard. Zephyr was apparently methodically examining ever meter of the lowest levels, while others were still more focused on healing the injured, doing other tasks, or simply resting.
It took a while until the negotiation was finished, and both sides signed a draft agreement they¡¯d come up with. Galatea had read over it, but didn¡¯t see any cause to comment. As she¡¯d told Regina, the political aspects were not really her area of interest and Tim seemed to be doing well enough. He had managed to come to an agreement with the city, with the possibility of further cooperation in the future. That was what they¡¯d wanted. She doubted Regina would be upset about paying a fee to the city government so they¡¯d let them operate in their backyard. Especially not when she could just Conjure the gold and diamonds she could use to pay them easily enough. A minor detail Tim had neglected to mention.
Eventually, the envoys left, and Galatea stayed with Tim as he lingered after seeing them off, watching the group disappear through the tunnel. ¡°So, what do you think?¡± he finally asked, turning to face her.
Galatea shrugged, crossing her arms. ¡°Normally, when people talk about bribery in terms of diplomacy, it¡¯s a bit less literal. But if it works, it works. I think you can be pretty sure they¡¯re not going to attack, at least.¡±
Tim nodded. ¡°Yeah, I think so too. It would be pretty stupid of them, anyway. They got what they wanted either way.¡±
¡°Beyond gold to finance their war?¡±
¡°Well, that too, now, but I meant that it¡¯s in their best interest to let the Iliucins and us fight over this base. At least it will cost Iliucin soldiers they can¡¯t send against them.¡±
¡°True,¡± Galatea conceded. She tapped her fingers against her sleeves, adding a slight ringing noise, and the sound waves traveled through the tunnels. ¡°I don¡¯t think Regina is going to be very happy that you basically ignited a war between all these cities just for cover to help your goal here, though.¡±
This visibly made Tim pause. His posture wilted slightly, and his head dipped before he raised it to look at her, eyes slightly wide. ¡°You really think that¡¯s ¡?¡± he trailed off.
¡°Sorry, I should have put that better.¡± Galatea smiled reassuringly. ¡°And even if Regina might be angry, she knows you¡¯re doing the best you can and she won¡¯t blame you for hard decisions in a difficult position. Besides, we all know they are fighting or would have been fighting anyway.¡±
Perhaps not as hard or as long than if Tim hadn¡¯t come here and kicked all of this loose, though. Arranged a deliberate increase in tensions and ¡®incidents¡¯, offered to pad the war chest of one contender. Then again, who knew? The base was still here and people had been searching for the same thing they wanted.
¡°Should I have done it differently?¡± Tim wondered, running a hand over his head in a gesture that reminded her of Regina.
¡°I don¡¯t know what else you could have done,¡± she said honestly. ¡°Besides, it¡¯s too late to change course now. Maybe these city-states will work things out without an actual war. We still need to wait and see what Lucian does with Iliucin. For now, we should focus on the issue in front of us. The political situation seems to be sorted, for now.¡±
¡°Right.¡± Tim straightened up, putting a bit more emphasis into his steps. ¡°This woman you thought could help us, you still haven¡¯t told me much about her. Do you want us to wait until we can talk to her to continue?¡±
¡°I think we might as well start digging. Besides, it¡¯s really something I want to get Regina to weigh in on. I was going to check in with her anyway.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t seem very enthused,¡± Tim noted, taking a corner into another room and slowing down. They were pretty alone right now.
Galatea sighed, another affectation that was becoming a habit. ¡°I don¡¯t know. She¡¯s the second choice, anyway. Who I really wish I could talk to about this is Leian.¡±
¡°But she¡¯s still unavailable?¡±
¡°It seems so.¡± Galatea waved a hand airily, dismissing the matter. It was bad enough talking about it with Regina, she didn¡¯t need Tim to start acting concerned about whether she was missing a friend, too.
In reality, Galatea wasn¡¯t ¡ª or well, she was only a little bit worried. Mostly because she didn¡¯t know where Leian was. She had a suspicion ¡ but is that even possible? Either way, there was nothing she could do about it until the goddess in question answered some attempts to reach her. She didn¡¯t think that would take too long. Leian would know better than to go incommunicado for very long, she knew the situation was a bit delicate at the moment. And unlike Regina, Galatea wouldn¡¯t worry about the other gods doing something nefarious; she doubted they could truly, actually stop Leian. Not forcibly.
¡°I¡¯m going to guess this mystery woman has something to do with it, then,¡± Tim said drily.
Galatea hesitated for a moment, then acknowledged that there was nothing for it, she might as well say this much. ¡°Yes. Her priestess or something like that, I don¡¯t know all the details.¡±
¡°I didn¡¯t think she had an actual cult and temples.¡±
¡°Maybe not, but it would be stupid to assume she has no agents in the world, wouldn¡¯t it?¡±
Tim conceded the point with a nod. He was probably thinking that Regina would want to talk to this priestess for her attempts to talk to Leian. The thought had occurred to her, too.
¡°Regardless, I¡¯m going to let the others start digging downward,¡± Tim said. ¡°You¡¯re welcome to watch and advise. I promise we¡¯ll be careful. Maybe you can even bring a Worker with you when you come back?¡±
Galatea gave him a look, but nodded slightly. ¡°I¡¯ll see what I can do.¡±
¡°Good. And I¡¯ll write a letter. Maybe a few letters this time,¡± he muttered.
Galatea smiled and briefly touched his shoulder, even if he wouldn¡¯t be able to feel it much. ¡°You do that,¡± she said. ¡°I can drop letters for your siblings off.¡±
In all honesty, she was a bit impressed that Tim hadn¡¯t cracked but had lasted this long without asking if she could bring him back for a visit, or anything like that. The temptation had to be big. But his Hive Queen had sent him here and hadn¡¯t recalled him yet, so he¡¯d continue to do his duty to the Hive and fulfill his mission.
Loyalty, Galatea mused, is a strong force. Innate and encoded or not.
Chapter 345: Drills and Digging
The drill spun once around itself with a screeching cry like a few monsters he¡¯d heard, then clanked against the rocky walls of the cavern. Ash swore softly in a low tone, something he must have picked up from one of the human soldiers, and jumped down to right it. Tim resisted the urge to go after him and pull him back out. This was fine. They wouldn¡¯t turn it right now.
The drill was a cobbled-together thing, barely more than some metal bent roughly into the right shape and propelled more by the arm strength of some people with high Str stats combined with the help of a few Spells or Skills than its engineering. It would have worked perfectly fine against normal earth and dirt, Tim was sure, but the rock of the cave the base had been built into gave it some problems.
Still, at least they¡¯d already made some progress.
¡°How long is this going to take?¡± he asked, sighing.
Anuis, beside him, shrugged calmly. ¡°As long as it takes,¡± she said. ¡°We have no immediate cause for worry regarding the timing, our position is secure for the immediate future.¡±
No one does patience like an elf, I guess, Tim mused, but didn¡¯t say anything about that. He wouldn¡¯t like being reduced to his racial characteristics either.
Which, at the moment, didn¡¯t even feel very relevant. He really wanted to feel the psychic embrace of his Hive again, to use poetic phrasing, but it didn¡¯t seem to be happening in the next few days. Presumably, the sooner they made some progress with this particular discovery, the sooner he could actually go home. Of course, he¡¯d rather not rush things and mess something up because of it.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, Sir,¡± Geoff called from the other side of the contraption. ¡°We¡¯re getting the hang of this. The next few meters should go much more smoothly.¡±
As if to give the lie to his words, the drill clanked again when they started turning it, but then they seemed to manage to stabilize it. Some of the mages added a bit of pressure, which he couldn¡¯t feel, but was obvious in the way the shape bent, and it resumed its work with the same racket it had made before. Tim was glad he¡¯d been careful enough to get some ear protection. The humans went without for the most part, but Anuis and the other drones all used some, too.
The Delver turned out to be right, and it did proceed much more smoothly from there. Tim resisted the urge to pace and instead just watched. A few more people had Skills useful for this kind of endeavor, and they combined them with the mechanical work of the drill to dig a straight ¡ª but more importantly, thin ¡ª little tunnel right down into the earth. It might have been something like a ventilation shaft if there had been another level of the base below. Or rather, a regular one; he supposed there was another level, which they were trying to reach.
They were trying to be careful. The drill was secured with several ropes, no one got any closer than its tip minus quite a bit of safety distance factored in, and Zephyr was pacing around and supposedly focusing on the ambient mana.
Tim eventually gave in and resumed pacing, though he kept his steps short and slow. There were other things he could do, tasks he could see to. The base was still being reclaimed, in more than the technical sense, and they had to prepare for the possibility of further attacks. But instead, he stayed here, watching their progress. It was the most important task anyway. Depending on what they found, they might even decide to give this place up entirely. Not a thought he liked, after everything it had taken to seize it. But if Regina decided it was not worth the trouble and potential conflict to hold on to a place this far south, he¡¯d follow her wishes.
This site was simply too far removed from the Empire proper; they would never be able to completely secure it, not entirely. If their arrangement with a nearby city or cities fell through, it would be vulnerable again. When Tim wasn¡¯t focused on other concerns, that worry occupied his mind.
Finally, the sound the drill made changed slightly and his thoughts were interrupted. He stopped pacing, turning to face the hole in the ground. The others had started digging a shallower trench around it, to more easily guide the drill and get access to the new shaft. They would probably have to start adding another layer of it soon, or deepening it much further on its own.
¡°There¡¯s a change in the composition of the ground,¡± Ash noted. ¡°I¡¯m not a geologist, but I don¡¯t think it¡¯s entirely typical of the area.¡±
¡°What can you tell?¡± he asked.
Ash shrugged. ¡°Some harder rock, it looks like. Granite, if I had to guess. It might be artificially induced, maybe with magic. Or maybe they just used what was already here.¡±
¡°We definitely haven¡¯t reached it yet, though,¡± Nucme added. ¡°They built deep.¡±
¡°That¡¯s fine,¡± Zephyr said. ¡°Just keep on it.¡±
Tim agreed, but didn¡¯t say anything, and let them continue. Instead, he leaned over and squinted at the paper the older mage was scribbling things on. It was a little hard to make sense of. He clearly wasn¡¯t making an effort with his handwriting, and probably using a private shorthand. ¡°Charting the ambient mana?¡± Tim hazarded a guess.
Zephyr looked up and actually graced him with a brief smile. ¡°A little, yes,¡± he said. ¡°I have also been working on a few theories, and brushing up on my earth magic. Practical experience does help at getting past issues, sometimes.¡±
Tim nodded slowly. ¡°And you could, say, help us get closer to this underground space?¡±
¡°I thought we agreed to avoid using magic for this endeavor,¡± he frowned.
We could¡¯ve at least used your earth magic for the first few meters, right? Tim thought, but he didn¡¯t say that. He should have suggested it earlier if he wanted to. ¡°Right,¡± he said instead, suppressing a sigh and turning around.
¡°I think there was another change,¡± Ash said after a while of silent waiting. This time, even Tim could tell it was different; the sound of the drill had definitely changed. ¡°There¡¯s metal in the way,¡± he added.
¡°A sheet around the actual chamber, most likely,¡± Zephyr said. ¡°Check there is no undue mana or signs of enchantment, and be very careful drilling through it.¡±
¡°Will do,¡± Ash muttered, focusing on it again.
Luckily, Nucme was able to confirm there was slightly less than the normal amount of ambient mana, and no runes or anything else, so they pulled the drill out to sharpen the tip and add more weight before lowering it again to start trying to drill through the metal. Tim winced at the screeching sounds. At least it seemed to work.The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation.
Suddenly, there was another shriek, somewhat different from the tortured noise of their implement trying to dig through the metal. Tim flinched and staggered a step back on instinct, raising his blade-arms defensively. There was a crash accompanied by a flash of light, and he blinked against it. It took a moment to realize what was happening.
The drill had been propelled out of the hole, whose edges were suddenly looking more ragged. It must have crashed against the ceiling or wall and was now lying in a heap beside the new tunnel, as a smoking, damaged mess.
¡°Is everyone alright?¡± Tim asked, squinting against the dust and the bright spots in his eyes. He took off his earplugs for now.
¡°I think I broke my arm,¡± Ash muttered after a moment, staggering away from the hole.
¡°Let me see,¡± Zephyr said brusquely, stepping forward and grabbing his shoulder. Ash hissed softly but didn¡¯t react otherwise, patiently waiting as the Thaumaturge used his magic.
¡°Okay, is anyone else hurt?¡± Tim asked, glancing at the others. They shook their heads. He saw a few scratches, they probably had bumps and bruises, but it looked like no one suffered serious injuries. He was willing to let it lie at that.
¡°I take it we encountered some defenses,¡± Anuis said, her calm presence reassuring some of their restless tension.
¡°You could say that,¡± Zephyr said. He let go of Ash and stepped up to the newly-dug shaft, peering down it critically. His body language was still defensive and wary.
¡°How far down is that now?¡± Anuis asked.
¡°Ten meters at a guess,¡± Ash responded, patting down his clothes and then joining them. ¡°I think the actual chamber below is still at least a meter further down.¡±
¡°That seems likely,¡± Zephyr agreed. ¡°The magical defenses are clearly not directly in contact with it, or with what we are expecting to find here; they wouldn¡¯t be able to sustain themselves otherwise.¡±
¡°How did they do it?¡± Tim wondered. ¡°Without any of you sensing them?¡±
Zephyr scowled, and only responded after a short pause. ¡°There must be enchantments inside the metal casing. It was built in several layers, most likely. The outer and lower layers would isolate it from the environment, also helping it to stay active ¡ª or at least able to be activated ¡ª for this long. The middle layer, or layers, carried the mana that caused the reaction.¡±
¡°I would guess it¡¯s a more passive measure,¡± Nucme added. ¡°Something that would not need to be directed or controlled by any external component, simply automatically active when the shell was breached.¡±
¡°Like some chemical substances that react violently when exposed to air or pressure changes,¡± Tim mused quietly. ¡°Interesting.¡±
¡°Yes, that¡¯s a good comparison,¡± Zephyr agreed with a brief smile. ¡°However, even if it was still enough to react, I doubt there is still as much mana contained within as when it was first made. Some of it must have dissipated over the centuries, it is impossible to completely isolate enchantments from the mana flow of the outside world.¡±
Tim crossed his arms, examining it for a moment. ¡°So, we could probably force our way through if we expended all that mana? It sounds like a risky course of action, Zephyr. How much would it even take?¡±
¡°Impossible to know for sure, although I can do some estimates,¡± he responded, unperturbed.
¡°Do we have other options?¡± Anuis asked.
There was a minute of silence, as they clearly all thought hard. Tim started pacing again, trying to come up with a plan of action. Unfortunately, if magic ¡ª at least direct magic ¡ª was out, he really didn¡¯t see any way but to brute-force it. Or, of course, they could rely on that contact Galatea had mentioned.
¡°Continue with this, but be careful,¡± Tim decided. ¡°I assume it will take a while. I may look into what Galatea suggested.¡±
It would probably be useful if and when they broke through and found whatever there was to find down there, too, anyway.
¡°We¡¯ll need to build new drills,¡± Ash finally decided.
¡°You do that,¡± he said. ¡°I¡¯ll look for Dan. And write a letter.¡±
He¡¯d initially planned to wait until he heard back from Galatea, from their Hive Queen. But it shouldn¡¯t hurt to make initial contact, and he didn¡¯t need to pursue it if he didn¡¯t want to. But he also needed someone he could trust to take care of it.
¡°You want to saddle me with yet another diplomatic mission?¡± Dan asked, crossing his blade-arms stiffly behind his body and tilting his head.
¡°I¡¯m not sure I would call this a diplomatic mission,¡± Tim prevaricated, glancing up briefly and then deliberately gluing his eyes to the pen and paper in his hands.
¡°You¡¯re sending me to talk to someone instead of fighting, that counts in my book,¡± Dan pointed out. ¡°You could have just sent me to check on your golems.¡±
Tim hummed. They were in a side room of the base, but there was no door, so he kept his voice low. He was using a stone shelf built into the wall as a desk, but it wasn¡¯t very comfortable. ¡°You can check on them on the way back, if you like,¡± he offered distractedly.
Dan snorted. ¡°I¡¯d need to know the details of where you sent them first,¡± he muttered.
¡°The first golem has probably been picked up by Iliyan by now,¡± Tim said, pausing and looking up. ¡°That was always the plan, anyway. We just needed to send it around to cause chaos and distrust, give the impression that a certain group was attacking. The others are still held in reserve, I just put them into different locations for security. It¡¯s not really important now that we actually have their creator available.¡±
Dan uncrossed his arms and visibly slumped a bit as he stepped forward. ¡°I¡¯ll do this, of course,¡± he said. ¡°But please keep in mind it¡¯s under protest and assign me to a nice, clean fighting mission next time, okay?¡±
¡°No promises, brother,¡± Tim grinned. He checked his letter one last time, then rolled it up. Pity I don¡¯t have a signet ring or something. Then again, might be best if it¡¯s not super official. Instead, he just closed it with some twine and then handed it to Dan.
¡°Take one of Owin¡¯s men and either Tirias or Alvol,¡± he instructed him. ¡°On the way back, make sure the campsite we first used is clear. Direct her to the closest village if she agrees to come ¡ª that should be the one twenty kilometers east of here.¡±
¡°I know,¡± Dan grumbled, but took the letter and nodded. ¡°We¡¯ll be back soon. Try not to blow up the base in the meantime, O glorious prince.¡±
Tim tried to swat at him, but Dan dodged nimbly, before he walked off, now grinning. Tim shook his head, cleaned up his writing utensils, and then meandered back to the lowest level. There was probably a lot of waiting in his future.
He stood quietly for a while, before he gave in and took another tour of the base, to check on his soldiers. As a result, he missed the next explosion. By the time he came back, they¡¯d already almost finished the next drill, although this one was rather different. At least some of the men had learned how to put their applicable Class Skills to good use.
Finally, after several hours he¡¯d deliberately refused to count, Zephyr jerked upright from where he might have been sleeping standing up and took a step forward. ¡°We¡¯re through,¡± he said. ¡°It¡¯s ¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s right,¡± Ash said. He pulled on a rope they¡¯d put up with a rough wooden scaffold, and the others started heaving the current drill out of the hole.
¡°At least there seem to be no more defenses,¡± Nucme added, smiling.
¡°What is it?¡± Tim asked, peering curiously at the tunnel even if he knew he wouldn¡¯t see anything.
Zephyr was silent for a moment. ¡°Well, I think it is apparent the important thing was not whatever might have been hidden here,¡± he said. ¡°This truly is a void in the ambient mana. I can sense it a little better now, but I would not like to come too close. Few of us should. Whatever this chamber is made of is like nothing I have ever seen or heard of. It¡¯s not simply stopping all ambient mana from touching it; it¡¯s almost like it is actively expelling it. Devouring it, even.¡±
Tim pulled a face. That sounds delightful. ¡°We will need to investigate,¡± he said after a moment.
¡°Well, I suggest you do not send a mage down there.¡± Zephyr looked like he wanted to add something, then hesitated.
¡°And perhaps not a demihuman,¡± Anuis murmured.
Owin shifted audibly. He¡¯d shown up a while ago but said little. ¡°Perhaps a human as close to a ¡®baseline¡¯ as possible?¡± he suggested quietly.
¡°Yes, that would be advisable,¡± Zephyr agreed.
Tim nodded, understanding what they meant. He knew Earth used to have little mana, while Haven, the original home world of the other races except the Hivekind, did. It wouldn¡¯t be outside the realm of possibility that they had evolved ¡ª if there was even such a thing as natural evolution at play ¡ª with a dependence on ambient mana, or something like that. It should be less of a risk for a human, then.
That probably meant Hivekind shouldn¡¯t go down first thing, too. It was a bit of a shame, he was curious to see it. Still, he supposed it was still a good opportunity.
Chapter 346: Expectations
¡°Please excuse the guards,¡± Regina said, waving two of said guards off with a stern look. ¡°They¡¯re new to this and a bit over-enthusiastic.¡±
One of the human men ducked his head and shuffled back slightly like a scolded puppy, while the other stood rigidly at military attention. Regina managed not to roll her eyes as she walked past them, prompting the first one to hold open the door and then close it behind her and her friend. You wouldn¡¯t think they¡¯re decorated combat veterans, she thought. On the upside, these details are probably easier to teach.
¡°Your entourage does keep growing every time I see it,¡± Galatea mused.
Regina snorted. ¡°That¡¯s what you notice about my entourage? The size?¡±
¡°Well, the uniforms are snazzy too,¡± Galatea said airily, but betrayed her tone with a slight smile.
¡°It¡¯s the first time I will be traveling outside of the city since the new royal guard was formed,¡± Regina explained. ¡°I think they decided to take it as some kind of challenge.¡±
¡°So, Max finally got what he wanted.¡± Galatea stepped up beside her as they reached the open courtyard where a group of Winged Drone Mounts were waiting.
¡°I suppose,¡± Regina conceded. She glanced at them again, a mix of humans and drones somehow eagerly guarding them despite being professional about it, in new dark-blue uniform jackets with a six-pointed star on the shoulder. ¡°He did have a few good points. An elite unit like this has a few advantages. It gives the regular soldiers something to aspire to. It should help ensure their loyalty ¡ª although obviously, anyone assigned to guard a member of the Imperial family will undergo background and loyalty checks regardless. But they¡¯re not just bodyguards, they are supposed to be elite combat forces too.¡±
¡°I see the logic,¡± Galatea nodded. ¡°If you just take veterans off the battlefield and have them sit around on guard duty where nothing usually happens, they¡¯d stagnate.¡±
¡°Exactly. So they¡¯ll rotate active postings and royal guard duty, ensuring they get to keep their skills sharp, and get Experience and levels. The soldiers we¡¯ve currently sent to Tim will probably all end up in the Star Guard, too.¡±
Galatea started hovering slightly, waiting until Regina mounted her current ride. ¡°The name is a bit on the nose, though.¡±
Regina pulled herself into the saddle, checking around herself to make sure everything was fine. She chewed on her lower lip, then offered Galatea a sheepish shrug. ¡°It¡¯s actually just a lame pun,¡± she admitted. ¡°I could have called it the Imperial Guard or something equally bland, but that seemed boring. So, you know, the name is because they guard the Empire¡¯s VIPs, and in the old world, VIPs were ¡®stars¡¯. Plus I guess they¡¯re the stars of the Imperial military.¡±
¡°Perhaps next time, you should let Janis choose a name,¡± Galatea advised. ¡°She doesn¡¯t have the atrocious naming sense of the family.¡±
¡°Oh, screw you,¡± Regina laughed. ¡°Alright, let¡¯s go!¡±
Her mount rose into the air, accompanied by those of her escort detail for today. Galatea was still flying on her own power, not bothering to pretend that she had physical mass or was inconvenienced by it. It still felt a little weird that Max wasn¡¯t among the group, but as the new commander of the Imperial elite royal guard regiment ¡ª unit size subject to change ¡ª he had too much to do organizing it to go haring off on her trip. And she had reminded him she didn¡¯t need him to keep playing personal bodyguard. It wasn¡¯t like they were going anywhere dangerous.
"You wanted this trip, though I¡¯m not happy to accompany you,¡± Galatea noted. She kept up easily and was probably using magic to project her voice, not that she didn¡¯t do that usually, but it was as clearly audible as if they were just sitting together.
¡°I thought that, with everything you told me, it couldn¡¯t hurt to try contacting Leian again,¡± Regina shrugged. ¡°And we can check on the progress of the temple anyway.¡±
¡°Makes sense. And you jumped at the chance to get out of the palace for a bit.¡±
¡°Maybe.¡±
¡°I guess the new guard force made you stir-crazy? Max isn¡¯t even sticking around you as much anymore. Although I doubt he likes that. A bigger guard force would be worth that for him, though.¡±
Regina chuckled. ¡°I think Max hasn¡¯t thought it through. He hasn¡¯t yet realized he¡¯ll get a guard detail, too.¡±
Galatea echoed her chuckle for a few seconds. ¡°That¡¯s the price of being a prince. I imagine he¡¯ll put up with it, though.¡± Then she turned more serious, turning her head to watch Regina. ¡°I wonder, though ¡¡±
¡°Yes?¡±
She didn¡¯t speak right away, and they watched the city passing below them, followed by the countryside. ¡°You¡¯re restructuring the military and raising a new elite force. Some people could see it as a sign in terms of policy, reading your intentions.¡±
¡°Oh, God, no.¡± Regina groaned slightly, letting herself fall back against the back of her mount a little more. ¡°I¡¯m not planning to conquer anyone else, Galatea. I know it must seem like the Empire has an expansionist agenda, but there are no invasion plans, I assure you.¡±
¡°I know,¡± she said soberly.
I could if I wanted to, Regina thought. It wasn¡¯t a new realization. She was still pretty sure that was what made Galatea a little uneasy about the situation. And honestly ¡ she appreciated it. Janis would question her decisions, June might as well, but ultimately, they would trust her to know what she was doing and would follow her lead if she decided to follow an expansionist strategy.
¡°Are you worried it will come to war against the Western Confederation, or the Esemen? Or both?¡± Galatea asked.
Regina sighed, turning to face her more fully on her mount, and ignoring the river sparkling below them in the sunshine. ¡°Do you think it will?¡± she asked after a moment.
Galatea remained silent for a second. ¡°I¡¯m afraid it might,¡± she finally said.
¡°Me too,¡± Regina admitted. ¡°I don¡¯t know if preparing for it will just make it inevitable. It could be a self-fulfilling prophecy, letting our fears and anxieties guide our decision-making until we slide into a war. But can I afford not to expect the worst? I have a responsibility to defend the Empire¡¯s citizens.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not an easy situation. But I know you¡¯re doing the best you can.¡±
¡°Thanks.¡± Regina exhaled, glancing down to the watch the passing countryside.
They didn¡¯t speak much more after that. Instead, she spent her time dipping in and out of the psychic link, catching up with other drones and checking on the state of affairs of her country. There was a lot of work that she could just as easily do while traveling on the back of a flying drone than behind a desk in her office. The psychic link was useful like that. She¡¯d have a pile of documents waiting for her signature when she returned, but that was nothing new, either.This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work.
In the meantime, Regina managed to take a few minutes to enjoy the trip. She was almost constantly busy these days. It went so far that at this point, her occasional trips to the hospital to help instruct the healers and deal with the most severe cases felt like a pleasant break from the burden of ruling. Not that she disliked healing people before, but still. At least June was taking over some of the burden of teaching the newer psychic students, but Regina also didn¡¯t want to neglect her apprentice¡¯s, or her own, magic education.
Her own magic felt like it had been stagnating for a while, but she was aware that it probably just seemed that way. Regina had come a long way in just a few years. If she now had to work at a pace that was closer to a normal mage¡¯s, that was fine. Besides, it had always been easier when there had been some kind of external impetus to prompt it.
Perhaps a new material or location that repelled mana could be one such thing. Regina glanced at Galatea, considering. She¡¯d already told her about what had most recently happened in the south, but it might be better to have a few more details. ¡°Can you go over what happened and what you sensed there again?¡±
Galatea turned her head, her expression patient. ¡°Sure. Perhaps I should start at the beginning, if we have time now ¡¡±
Regina metaphorically settled in and listened to the story. Galatea added reports from the others and speculation on what had happened when she wasn¡¯t there. It was more comprehensive and felt like Regina got more out of it than just a few letters and abridged reports. Of course, she still didn¡¯t know what the others had found when they started digging for it. There was always a time-lag in communicating with the expedition, even if she was lucky that Galatea was willing to pass messages in the first place.
¡°We¡¯re almost there,¡± she finally concluded, and Regina ripped her attention from her and instead looked at the ground below them.
They were currently flying over some low mountains again, and she recognized the area immediately. Arriving like this gave her a slightly different perspective than when she just looked in on it from a drone¡¯s eyes normally, and she took a second to appreciate the view. The construction site was still very obviously a work in progress, but progress had been made.
The island in the lake had been slightly enlarged, which she knew had been much easier than she¡¯d first feared. There were a few members of her hive with Skills that could just as easily add dirt and stone to something than subtract it, and they¡¯d managed to get it done pretty quickly. The walkway to the shore was still a preliminary scaffold, but sturdy enough to transport materials.
More importantly, the building itself was taking shape. So far, the roof was still only a suggestion made by a few big wooden beams, but most of the walls were standing, with high arched windows, still gaping emptily, breaking them up. The white stone shone in the sun, even without being perfectly clad in the final layers of its raiment. Someone had already put up a big chunk of granite, roughly hewn, in place as an altar. Regina liked the aesthetic of it.
¡°It¡¯s going well,¡± Galatea noted as they approached and Regina and her guards¡¯ mounts started to bank and descend. ¡°You spent a lot of money on a vanity project.¡±
Regina pulled a face, but didn¡¯t immediately protest. I guess that is what this is, she acknowledged, the Empire¡¯s ruler¡¯s personal vanity project. Not that most people would protest, but they wouldn¡¯t see it as bringing a lot of material benefit. A temple for an almost-forgotten goddess. ¡°I¡¯d say it¡¯s more a project by the hive than the Empire,¡± she said instead. ¡°Many of the workers and most of the materials were sourced by it.¡±
The wind rushed past her face as their mounts came in for a sharp landing and set down on the island. Regina jumped down, offering nods to her guards, before she turned to the temple. She only got a few meters before they were greeted by Ina.
¡°Mother!¡± She smiled, falling into step with the group. ¡°Do you want a more detailed report on our progress?¡±
¡°No thanks, Ina, your updates were fine. I just want to take a look around and maybe try and see if we can get any response.¡±
Ina nodded and started pointing out details as she led them around the building. It didn¡¯t take long, even with piles of construction materials on the island and groups of other people dodging out of the way, or stopping to stare. Regina listened with one ear, but mostly just took in the atmosphere and look of the building.
Finally, they stopped inside the main temple building, in the nave or whatever it would be called, looking towards the altar. Regina craned her head back and soaked in the feel of the ambient mana for a moment. ¡°Seems nice, but I¡¯m not sure if it¡¯s enough. It¡¯s a shame we can¡¯t get your acquaintance here, at least right now.¡±
¡°I¡¯m not sure why that¡¯s your priority, but perhaps we could arrange something if you really want to,¡± Galatea commented quietly.
¡°To consecrate the temple? Isn¡¯t that what you do with houses of worship?¡±
¡°Oh, right.¡± Galatea paused, looking around with a visible frown. ¡°Well, I¡¯m not sure if it makes much of a difference or not. And I¡¯m also not sure if you need a sacrifice.¡±
¡°We¡¯re prepared, as you ordered, My Queen,¡± Ina spoke up.
Regina turned to her and smiled. ¡°You found a good monster?¡±
¡°A mana-beast with the highest level the hunters could find,¡± she confirmed. ¡°We also had a few mages Conjure some precious stones, cooked some food, and a few of us tried our hand with some poetry.¡±
¡°I¡¯m not sure all that¡¯s necessary,¡± Galatea said, clearly stifling a laugh. ¡°You can leave any inert materials out, unless they contain mana it¡¯s unlikely to matter. Food might be worth a try and I suppose reciting some hymns wouldn¡¯t hurt.¡±
Regina nodded, then delved into the psychic link to arrange things.
They had everything prepared in a remarkably short time. Ina sent the other workers away from the walls for now, and dragged in the Mana Beast, which someone had thoughtfully tranquilized. Regina supposed Galatea felt a bit bad about killing it as a sacrifice, judging by her look, although as much as she tried, she was unable to muster up much of the same emotion. It reminded her a little of Arcanis, but she pushed that thought away quickly. Her tamed mana beast was safe and happy in the outskirts of the Great Forest, being used to secure their base there.
Instead, Regina dragged it before the altar and waited for Ina to set up some buckets and simple wooden slates to drain its blood. She glanced at the others, mostly Galatea, who raised an eyebrow. Then she lit a brazier standing beside the altar and started throwing in the food items the drones had prepared ¡ª mostly hard cakes and the like, what seemed like traditional offerings.
Regina turned to the monster, hesitated for a moment as she realized she¡¯d forgot to bring a knife, then resigned herself to using her claws. Extending her index finger, she carefully drew it across the beast¡¯s throat, deeply enough to kill quickly, then set it upright to drain the blood, and knelt down before the altar. She bowed her head, licking her lips.
¡°Leianaleine?¡± she began. ¡°Or, I suppose, Leian.¡±
¡°Leian Blue-White of Agialsis,¡± Galatea cut in.
Regina blinked, cleared her throat. That must be her original name, then? ¡°Right. O Leianaleine, also known as Leian Blue-White of Agialsis ¡ the Last Aishan, She Who Remains ¡ former goddess of transportation on Haven. I invoke you, I beseech you to turn your attention to me. Please grant me your ear, and your presence. There are matters on which I would seek your guidance.¡±
She finished and snapped her mouth shut. Everyone was quiet, and they listened to the silence for moments that seemed to stretch out. Regina clenched her fists.
¡°I feel your religious devotional needs a little work, Regina, but I applaud the effort.¡±
Her head jerked around, to where a figure had appeared behind them, now walking up to the altar with casual grace. She looked almost as she had the last time she¡¯d seen her, but it was hard to pin down the difference.
¡°Leian.¡± Regina scrambled upright, feeling less willing to be on her knees before a goddess now that she was actually here.
¡°I assume you didn¡¯t go to this effort for the sake of worship,¡± Leian noted, leaning against her altar.
¡°No,¡± Regina admitted, straightening up further and folding her arms. ¡°Are we able to speak freely here? There are a few things I¡¯d like to discuss with you. Particularly a find Tim¡¯s group has made in the south.¡±
¡°The other gods might still listen, but it would take some effort and I¡¯m likely to sense it in my own temple. Now, what is it that they found? I have been ¡ out of touch until just about now.¡± The goddess tilted her head, looking contemplative, and Regina wondered if she was checking something via the System or something like that.
¡°An old Hivekind base,¡± Regina answered. ¡°At least, we¡¯re pretty sure. It¡¯s in the south, close to Iliyan and Iliucin. And there¡¯s clearly something special to it, although we found no remaining technology of note, but ¡¡±
¡°I see,¡± Leian murmured, frowning consideringly. Her eyes seemed to gaze into the distance, until suddenly they fixed on Regina. ¡°That¡¯s not possible.¡±
¡°What?¡±
¡°Describe what your people found there,¡± she commanded. ¡°Underground.¡±
Regina blinked and looked at Galatea. ¡°I wish I could, but we don¡¯t have much information yet. Just hints that it¡¯s something refusing mana flows.¡±
Leian stared hard at both of them for a moment longer, and Regina suddenly wondered if all this had been such a smart idea.
¡°Then we will simply have to go and look at it,¡± Leian finally said.
Regina exchanged another look with Galatea. ¡°Okay? What do you ¡¡±
She trailed off, feeling a sudden buildup of mana. It was clearly some kind of spell, but like nothing she had ever felt before ¡ although, it did remind her of her first trip to the Mirrored Halls with Leian.
Then Regina¡¯s thoughts scattered and she instinctively tried to grab and hold on to the stone in front of her as the world dissolved. Her surroundings turned into strings of light and with a lurch in her stomach, she was suddenly elsewhere.
Chapter 347: Material Secrets
Regina had never teleported before, and the experience was profoundly disorienting. It didn¡¯t even come from the teleportation itself, which on its own would probably only be mildly disorienting ¡ª suddenly being somewhere else, the sounds and smells and ambient mana very different. But she was a Hive Queen, intricately linked to her hive via its psychic link, and Leian took her out of her normal range, beyond where she could reach almost all of her hive.
Once the world around her resolved into real sights and sounds again, Regina staggered to her knees, heaving and barely keeping from throwing up. Her heart felt like it had suddenly been pulled halfway out of her chest and frozen, except it wasn¡¯t really her heart and there was actually an empty space in her head instead except that wasn¡¯t it either and now there were a few bright lights around her radiating confusion and alarm and however far she reached found nothing but the normal background of minds.
It took a moment for her brain to resolve the sounds swelling around her into audible words.
¡°Mother?!¡± That was Tim. ¡°What ¡ª How did you ¡ª Are you alright?¡±
¡°Is that ¡¡±
¡°Regina? Just take a deep breath,¡± Galatea said soothingly.
¡°I¡¯m okay,¡± Regina coughed out, climbing to her feet and blinking once against the change in ambient lighting. She ignored the emptiness in her head and focused on her surroundings, taking them in at a glance.
They hadn¡¯t appeared directly in whatever place Leian was so concerned about, but stood in a corridor hewn out of stone and partly clad in metal. Tim and a few other familiar faces stared at her and Galatea. Ina and the others had clearly been left behind, along with everything else in the temple.
Leian had apparently taken a few steps, but paused now, and she was looking at Regina with what seemed to be concern.
¡°You could have warned us,¡± Regina said through gritted teeth. ¡°Or, you know, asked. This is going to be hell to deal with, me suddenly disappearing.¡±
Leian tilted her head slightly, not quite lowering it. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, I will put you back before they panic too much. I apologize for the disruption ¡ but I felt this was necessary.¡±
By this point, the immediate shock of their arrival seemed to have passed and the others realized there was a goddess standing right there. None of them seemed quite sure how to react, although the anxiety was evident to her.
Regina glanced at Tim and those standing right beside him, currently Owin and Anuis. ¡°Clear the corridor,¡± she told them. ¡°No one but hive drones and you two should remain here.¡±
Having a clear order to follow seemed to snap them out of the uncertainty, and they turned to snap at the soldiers starting to crowd in to see what happened. Regina felt the profound relief swelling up in Tim, which he suppressed as he focused on the immediate situation. She couldn¡¯t resist reaching out a little and brushing against his mind, sending him a wave of love and assurance. His answer was still slightly frantic, but more restrained.
¡°What have you found already?¡± Galatea asked, sending a tentative glance at Leian.
¡°I went down to see a large cave with some sort of crystalline material on the walls, but it was otherwise largely empty,¡± Owin reported. ¡°Tim had me return after a brief visit to be checked out.¡±
Leian¡¯s expression visibly darkened. ¡°I will see for myself,¡± she said, ¡°come if you like.¡±
The next moment, the shaft the others had dug expanded as if by itself and grew a small winding staircase cut into the sides, and Leian disappeared, but her presence immediately reappeared further down. Regina glanced at Galatea before she hurried to the staircase and started climbing down. Whatever this was, she had the feeling leaving Leian alone was not the best move.
Regina had felt the difference since they¡¯d arrived, but naturally, it had been overshadowed by the shock of losing the connection to her hive. Now that she was focused on it, she picked up a few more details, and a part of her really didn¡¯t like the idea of getting closer. She pushed past that, knowing it was irrational, but an interesting data point nonetheless. She¡¯d never sensed an area without mana since she¡¯d first become aware of it, possibly as far back as she could remember, and it was interesting to feel it now. Or not feel it, as the case may be. But she focused on Leian¡¯s presence instead and hurried. Galatea followed her, a bit more slowly, while the others hesitated.
Down at the end of the new staircase, the cut out ledges vanished into rock and she dropped the last two meters or so. They¡¯d apparently opened into something of an antechamber rather than the real chamber itself ¡ª the really important part of the structure seemed to only be an inner section of the hollow that had been dug out here, but the rest of it was still covered by the phenomenon. As she took a few steps forward, she realized that the crystalline material Owin had mentioned lined the walls of this inner chamber, although ¡®room¡¯ or ¡®hall¡¯ would be a more appropriate descriptor given the size.
And crystalline wasn¡¯t a wrong word, either, but it felt insufficient for the material she saw. It was a gray verging on silver but almost transparent, without truly letting any light through. Its structure looked like nothing she¡¯d seen before. Parts of it were smooth, others pockmarked or fluted and corrugated in geometric patterns she couldn¡¯t make sense of, although there might be some logic behind it. They caused the light in the room, coming from a hovering ball Leian had clearly put up, to behave oddly, throwing shadows and clear spaces that felt disjointed and making the edges of the room look unsteady. Beyond the walls, there were two low counters of shelves made of some black, unreflective material.
A low sound brought Regina¡¯s attention back to Leian, who¡¯d come to stand closer to the middle of the room, seemingly unconcerned with the local mana or lack thereof. Regina took a hesitant step forward, then paused, the hair on the back of her neck prickling. She couldn¡¯t see the goddess¡¯ face from here, but her posture screamed coiled tension.
¡°Those traitorous liars!¡± Leian whirled around.Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings.
Regina¡¯s feet took a step back before she even realized it. The fury on Leian¡¯s face felt like it almost reached out and could burn her if she made a wrong move. She¡¯d never seen her like that. It was like the other woman was seeing through her, not registering her presence, and still glaring at her with the weight of all her sins stripped bare.
¡°Leian?¡± Galatea called softly. She¡¯d stopped outside the room proper, hovering a few centimeters above the ground under the shaft they¡¯d come through. Regina could sense her discomfort with the location, a visceral urge to turn away, and realized she simply refused to come any closer.
¡°They assured us they didn¡¯t have it! Said they would never steal our secrets! I was there, Galatea, I was part of the delegation we sent ¡ One of the Aishans¡¯ lowest points, the Hivekind pretended to be sympathetic but regretfully, they couldn¡¯t help.¡± She followed up by spitting a word in another language which Regina didn¡¯t need the translation to know was a curse.
She swallowed and edged a little further away. For the first time, even with this reminder of Leian¡¯s presumably mortal origins, she really got what it meant to see a deity, and fear their wrath.
¡°Are you sure they were lying?¡± Galatea asked in a reasonable tone, raising a hand slowly in a reassuring gesture. ¡°Presumably you only dealt with one Hive, or a few? They might not have even been connected to those who ultimately sent people here. And this was years before, they might have gathered or found this knowledge in the intervening time.¡±
Leian¡¯s eyes had shifted to Galatea, and she took a deep breath she presumably didn¡¯t actually need. ¡°You are right, my friend,¡± she finally acknowledged. ¡°I cannot know for sure what truly happened or who might have lied. Not right now.¡±
Regina carefully edged a little closer, resisting the urge to cross her arms or affect a defensive posture. In the back of her mind, she was very aware that this could be an issue, to put it mildly. She¡¯d relied on Leian¡¯s goodwill so far, she had to admit that. Whether because of her previous experiences, out of guilt over the death of the Hivekind or the Cataclysm, or a sense of kinship with Regina, Leian had helped her. If her feelings toward the Hivekind soured and she considered Regina guilty by association, she didn¡¯t know what she¡¯d do.
Luckily, it seemed Leian was a bit more reasonable than that.
¡°I take it this is about this material? The knowledge of how to make it?¡± she guessed, speaking softly.
Leian¡¯s eyes flickered to her and she nodded curtly after a moment. ¡°Yes. The knowledge of how to make it, indeed. It was a closely guarded secret of my people. The requirements are not simple, but it¡¯s the knowledge that was the truly important factor.¡± She paused for a moment. ¡°We lost the ability to make it, as our civilization fell to ruins.¡±
Regina didn¡¯t ask if Leian knew this secret. She knew better than that.
¡°What is it?¡± Galatea asked.
The goddess turned to eye the crystal walls again, stepping up to brush her hand against one. She seemed entirely unaffected by the anti-mana effect that permeated the space. The casual unconcern was a bit scary.
¡°It went by several names. The High Aishan one, translated into your language, would be ¡®Flame of Ruins¡¯. Overly poetic, but not entirely inappropriate. Some of our most powerful weapons were forged of it. It used to be a crucial ingredient in forging gates between worlds, though not irreplaceable. It can also destroy them. Or almost anything else, if properly applied. A proper weapon made of it could kill essentially any entity in this world, in theory.¡±
Regina swallowed. It did sound impressive, and presumably explained why it was this deeply hidden and why people wanted it. Still, if it was everything Leian said, this reaction almost seemed too subdued. ¡°Our enemies could use it to make weapons that would kill anyone?¡±
Leian huffed dismissively. ¡°In theory. In practice, no one from this world ¡ª or Haven ¡ª is anywhere remotely close to being able to properly work it.¡±
Regina nodded. ¡°Well, that¡¯s reassuring,¡± she said softly. And disappointing. Of course, the ability to make a weapon that could work against anyone, even gods, seemed tempting, even if it was probably a double-edged sword. On the whole, it was probably better if no one could use it, at least like that.
¡°Is this all there is of it?¡± Galatea asked, frowning.
Leian glanced at the walls again and shrugged. ¡°It does seem unimaginative of the Hivekind to have used it only for hiding a room, so perhaps not. I will look for other pieces, though given the material¡¯s nature, that may take some time even for me. I doubt it is truly something you need to concern yourselves with, however. Nothing has surfaced yet, and this place was forgotten for a long time.¡±
¡°I hope so,¡± Regina muttered. She took a deep breath, then bowed her head to Leian. ¡°I appreciate the explanations, and your patience.¡±
Leian¡¯s expression had lost some of its animation again, her emotions less visible behind a cool, unaffected facade. Regina still lingered on the edges of the room, close to the exit that let a bit of slightly-fresher air in. The lighting and shadows illuminated her face strangely.
¡°Naturally,¡± Leian said, then started slowly walking closer to her. ¡°I will leave this place in your care, Regina. Be careful. Some people may think they could use it and aim to acquire it. My fellow gods should know better, although I imagine they won¡¯t be pleased to learn of it, either, if they haven¡¯t already.¡±
Regina nodded. She was glad Leian was at least willing to leave this base under her control, even if it was a headache with concerning implications.
¡°I will give you what aid may be necessary should it be truly threatened, within reason,¡± Leian assured her.
¡°I appreciate that, too.¡±
Galatea cleared her throat. ¡°Now that that is settled ¡ª where have you been?¡±
Leian smiled faintly, walking past Regina to face her old friend. ¡°I¡¯m sure you have guessed already. I was beyond where you could have reached me. For once. It has been far too long, even if I had to drain a large part of my accumulated power.¡±
¡°You were gone for a while.¡±
¡°Time passes quickly here, as I¡¯ve also told you.¡±
Regina blinked, but those details were pretty clear. ¡°Wait, you were ¡ª¡°
¡°Off-world? Yes.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t vanish right now,¡± Galatea warned her. ¡°We can speak freely here, can¡¯t we?¡±
¡°Yes, but I don¡¯t think it is conducive to either of your health to stay here for long,¡± Leian said. ¡°Come on.¡±
They went back up the stairs Leian had created, leaving the strange mana-void chamber behind, but Leian paused halfway up before they reached the corridor.
¡°You should guard access very carefully,¡± she advised Regina. ¡°And make sure those who saw us come in don¡¯t talk about what they¡¯ve seen. Your psychic abilities should be more than enough for that task.¡±
Regina frowned. ¡°I don¡¯t like the idea of taking their memories. Especially if it¡¯s against their will.¡±
¡°You can just blur it out, make them aware of everything else but leave key details vague,¡± Leian shrugged. ¡°And ask for their agreement. Besides, these are all members of your armed forces. Simply put a gag order on the information. If they don¡¯t agree to any psychic influence, you can still transfer and demote them, though.¡±
She nodded, suppressing a sigh. That would be kind of interesting, but probably unpleasant. ¡°I didn¡¯t think of that, thanks.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t mention it. Also ¡¡± Leian sighed. ¡°I believe we should talk. It¡¯s past time. I owe you a few explanations.¡±
That sent a flutter of nerves through Regina¡¯s stomach, but she nodded in agreement. The chance to talk to Leian wasn¡¯t something she¡¯d pass up.
¡°Back to the temple?¡± Galatea asked.
Leian tilted her head slightly. ¡°Would you mind going going back up and reassuring Regina¡¯s followers that everything is fine, Galatea? I¡¯ll take her to a secure place and we¡¯ll be back soon.¡±
Galatea crossed her arms and stared at them for a few moments, but Leian held her gaze. Eventually, she gave in to the unspoken request to let them talk privately and nodded, turning back to the stairs.
Leian held out her hand to Regina. ¡°Shall we?¡±
Swallowing any urge to hesitate, Regina took her hand and braced for the sensation of teleportation again. This time she at least wasn¡¯t ripped out of most of her hive¡¯s psychic network.
Chapter 348: Past
Regina recognized the mana of the place they arrived in before she recognized anything else. It was thick, heavy, flavored with a certain sensation. And on second glance, it was obvious she wouldn¡¯t recognize anything about this place in particular, either; she didn¡¯t think she¡¯d ever been here.
It did feel faintly familiar in a more general sense, though. She was standing on a white beach, watching a few idyllic palm trees dotted about, and could just make out the facade of a structure a short distance away. It was a nice, peaceful scenery, almost too much so to be real. Although that might also be because she checked the horizon and confirmed it was considerably closer than it should be.
¡°We¡¯re in the Mirrored Halls,¡± she said.
¡°Astute,¡± Leian commented. She waved a hand and a couple of beach chairs and a table appeared in front of them.
Regina kept glancing around for another second. The landscape was staying stable this time. ¡°Will you get in trouble for inviting me here?¡±
¡°This is my own little corner of the Celestial Home,¡± Leian said. She sat down, ostensibly relaxed. Two glasses with little umbrellas in them appeared on the table.
That¡¯s not a no, Regina thought, but didn¡¯t press the point. She sat down and enjoyed the sea breeze for a moment before focusing. Leian had previously told her that a mortal shouldn¡¯t stay in the Mirrored Halls for long, or something like that; she didn¡¯t remember the exact words. But it meant their time here was limited. And even if she hadn¡¯t disappeared without notice, she didn¡¯t like the feeling of being so disconnected from her hive.
¡°So,¡± she said, ¡°I was wondering how you knew so much about the Hivekind. You mentioned you were part of a delegation from the Aishan to the Hivekind, is that why?¡±
Leian idly twirled the glass in her hands, conveniently not looking Regina in the eyes. ¡°Yes and no,¡± she said. ¡°I was a very junior member. This was back before things went entirely to hell ¡ª I must have been sixteen, seventeen or so. Most of the adults who raised me had recently died in another great battle and I was largely on my own, so I wouldn¡¯t call myself a kid, but they didn¡¯t let me into the high-level discussions.¡±
¡°The adults who raised you?¡± Regina interrupted, curious despite herself. ¡°Your parents?¡±
Leian smiled wanly. ¡°Yes and no, again. I was deli¡¯ata; raised by the village, basically. My lineage conceived me in an ill-fated plot to take control of a new world once the empire stabilized, which of course, it never did. I was born in the very last gasps of it, the last time anyone thought it could simply be salvaged. Either way, none of them wanted to raise me full-time, so I was raised collectively, at least by those living in the main estate. It wasn¡¯t that uncommon for Aishan. But you don¡¯t want to talk about my cultural peculiarities, do you?¡±
¡°How long did it take the Aishan to fall?¡± Regina asked.
¡°Decades. Centuries if you count the decline. I was about the age you would have been when you took their offer when, well, when I was captured by a Mesen warlord. Much like the Roman empire of your world, its fall wasn¡¯t a single event and it took more than one cause. In this case, civil wars, epidemics ¡ª including one that took Aishan especially, economic unrest, all the consequences of the collapsing portal network, Mesen rebellions, and more.¡±
Regina wanted to ask more about the Mesen, but she¡¯d also noticed something. ¡°You never fully answered my question. What about the Hivekind?¡±
¡°They were independent and loosely allied at this point,¡± Leian said. ¡°They were created and gained their independence long before my time, without too much violence. The company that made them was destroyed and its property distributed, everyone politely pretended it hadn¡¯t almost entirely belonged to the government, and they managed to drag us into a civil war of their own later. But to answer your original question, I learned more when the Hivekind approached me to sound me out as a candidate for joining them.¡±
Regina almost choked. ¡°You were a candidate to become a Hive Queen?¡±
¡°Yes. It didn¡¯t work out that way. Things turned to shit, the Hivekind retreated. In hindsight, I don¡¯t think I would have gone through with it, but I suppose we¡¯ll never know.¡±
Regina shook her head. It was an odd thought, but she¡¯d never spent too much time wondering about all the other women who would have had their souls transferred to become Hive Queens.
¡°You¡¯re being very open,¡± she said instead, slowly. ¡°I appreciate it, of course, but you¡¯re telling me a lot about your past. Why?¡±
Leian visibly stiffened in her chair, fixing her gaze on her glass again before she raised it to meet Regina¡¯s. ¡°Explaining myself is the least I can do. It¡¯s not a nice tale, but you deserve to hear it.¡±
Regina¡¯s throat tightened and she dug her fingers into the armrests of her chair. She exhaled heavily, and said softly, ¡°You don¡¯t have to tell me, if it¡¯s too painful.¡±
¡°No, I owe you the story.¡±
Leian stood up, looking at the beach, where the (simulated, perhaps?) sun was starting to set, tinting the scenery in an orange glow. She stayed quiet for a moment, clearly struggling with how to start.
I suppose it takes a while for an interplanetary empire to crumble, Regina thought, looking at Leian. She lived through the downfall of her entire civilization; as the only survivor. I suppose that might be worse than just waking up and learning it is gone.
¡°My people, the true Aishan, were all mages of great power,¡± she finally began. ¡°There were never all that many of us, although we also still had ¡ª usually distant ¡ª kin with no magic, who were also called Aishan, and some of these ethnic Aishan survived, mostly mixing with the Mesen. I will not pretend my ancestors were saints, or anything but imperialist conquerors, despite their good sides.¡±
¡°But the Aishan of your time weren¡¯t?¡±
A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation.
Leian shrugged. ¡°There had not been any new conquests for quite some time when I was born. They simply didn¡¯t have the opportunities.¡±
¡°Fair enough. The Mesen were part of your empire, then? The people who attacked Haven and drained its mana?¡±
The goddess grimaced. ¡°The term has shifted in meaning over the centuries, but yes. At the time, the Mesen were arguably second-class citizens, which is still better than people without citizenship. They are not an ethnicity, actually ¡ª more like a collection of them. Anyone from the homeworld or their descendants who were not Aishan. Under Aishan rule, Mesen could be, and were, lawyers, doctors and judges, even governors. Perhaps that was a mistake, since those places rebelled most easily.¡±
Regina nodded slowly, trying to square this information with the admittedly little she¡¯d hard of the Mesen before, the impression she¡¯d gotten. She hadn¡¯t even realized they were human, or close enough, apparently. But as interesting as all this was, she still wanted to hear more about Leian and the lead-up to the Cataclysm.
¡°Alianais said you were as much a tyrant as any of them, once,¡± she ventured.
Leian had turned to look at her again, and before she¡¯d even finished the sentence, Regina saw her clench her jaw and something flash through her eyes, too complicated to be sure what emotion it was. Regina stiffened a bit, but Leian only shook her head after a breath.
¡°Did she?¡± Her tone was scornful. ¡°I think that is a mis-characterization, but I can¡¯t argue she was lying.¡± She crossed her arms behind her back and took a step back toward Regina. ¡°I suppose the story really starts after I was made head of my lineage. There were only a few of us left, though I was the youngest. I tried to do the best I could to protect my people. Everyone there. You have to understand ¡ I was the closest thing remaining to a lawful authority in that sector.¡±
Regina nodded. She was starting to get the picture.
¡°There were several warlords rising at the time, but one in particular was gathering many Mesen under his banner and gaining a lot of power.¡± Leian grimaced, clasping her hands behind her back. ¡°His Soul Name was Tyrant and that should tell you all you need to know about him. I will not dignify his memory by uttering his real name. I did not have much time before he set his sights on me and those under my protection. I tried my best, and I managed to hold them off for a while, but eventually ¡¡±
¡°You were captured,¡± Regina completed.
¡°Yes. It didn¡¯t help that Berren Green-Gray had recently murdered my family, or I might have managed to hold out for a bit longer.¡±
Regina blinked, opened her mouth, then closed it again.
¡°The Tyrant captured and tortured me for three years,¡± Leian continued, briefly closing her eyes. ¡°He hated and usually killed all Aishan, but I was the last to resist him and also a pretty young woman. He tried to break me. It was ¡ In those three years, all the scraps that were left of the Aishan crumbled, all of my lineage and Aishan acquaintances died. I will not go into details. Eventually, I managed to escape, and lacking any other prospects, I went to Haven.¡±
¡°I¡¯m sorry,¡± Regina said quietly. There was nothing else she could say.
¡°The gods of Haven gave me sanctuary,¡± Leian continued. ¡°I accepted it. I knew they wanted to use me. I was not happy with the prospect of becoming a goddess, immortality included, but I saw little choice, so I accepted their help. I was too hurt. For years, I¡¯d been raped, tortured and maimed ¡ª my condition was so bad that even our medical technology had trouble with it, and there wasn¡¯t much remaining, but ascending cleared all of that up. It even helped piece my mind back together, although it has a stabilizing effect which means I have not grown as much since then as the years would suggest. Then the Mesen led by the Tyrant set their sights on Haven. I was ¡ not in a good state of mind, back then. Which is not an excuse, but it is all I can offer. I disagreed with the others about the gates, but I did not dare to speak up.¡±
Regina breathed in sharply and nodded, a bit jerkily. ¡°I see. They needed your power for the gates?¡±
¡°My knowledge, yes. The portals were made with it, but with their power and skill. I was reluctant, seeing it as a risky plan, but I couldn¡¯t see a better alternative to save the people of Haven. I knew the Mesen wouldn¡¯t spare them in a conquest, but I didn¡¯t expect they would resort to sucking all the mana out of the world. I tried to close the gates when I realized what was happening, but they overpowered me, and I wasn¡¯t able to stop them from completely destabilizing the portals, only buffer it somewhat.¡±
¡°I see,¡± Regina whispered.
¡°I would never have gone along with it if I¡¯d known what would happen.¡± Leian took another step closer, swallowing visibly, and bowed her head. ¡°I¡¯m so sorry, Regina. I know my apologies are next to worthless, but you¡¯re the only one I can tell it to now. My actions led indirectly to the genocide of your people and the fall of every indigenous civilization on this planet. I know I can never make up for it.¡±
Regina stayed silent for a while. She was reeling, unsure what to think, what to feel. To finally hear an apology, a real and heartfelt one ¡ but Leian was right, what good could words do after all that had happened? And yet, who was Regina to say how these events should be judged? She¡¯d been hidden away in a Hivekind egg in stasis and it was pure luck she¡¯d survived, for a given value of the word, when so many died. And is Leian the one I should be angry at? She¡¯s not the one responsible for wiping out civilizations, is she?
It was all such a tangle, and even this story had only left her with further questions, many of which she¡¯d never know the answer to.
¡°I ¡ thank you, Leian,¡± she finally answered. ¡°I can¡¯t say I forgive you, but I appreciate your words, more than you can know. You¡¯re not ¡ª you¡¯re not the one most to blame for what happened. Maybe your actions contributed, but so did those of many others. It wouldn¡¯t be fair to pile it all on you. I can¡¯t say for certain how I feel about it, but I know that much. I recognize you¡¯ve been doing the best you could. It¡¯s the Mesen who are most responsible for all the damage they caused, clearly. I don¡¯t know if I would have survived what you did and then be able to help anyone afterward. Just ¡ we just need to find a way to move forward, I guess.¡±
It wasn¡¯t forgiveness or even acceptance, but it was something. Leian seemed to recognize that. She rejoined her, sitting back down and sagging back into the chair. ¡°Thank you, Regina.¡±
They sat in silence for a while. Regina¡¯s thoughts circled back around Leian¡¯s story. She shivered, pulling on the collar of her jacket.
¡°Is there any way to fight the Mesen?¡± she finally asked.
Leian hesitated. ¡°People have been fighting them from the start,¡± she said slowly. ¡°But it is not simple. Slave rebellions have broken out regularly, but most of them are quickly suppressed. Well, before; supposedly they¡¯ve abolished slavery now, though I think if you asked many of the colonial laborers they would disagree. Some planets have managed to break away from them and kept their independence for decades. Powerful people with heroic Soul Names have caused trouble for them. But if you¡¯re asking if there¡¯s any way you can fight them to get revenge? I can¡¯t think of one.¡±
¡°You traveled off this world, you said,¡± Regina frowned.
¡°Yes, and it¡¯s not easy, even for me. Besides, and please take this advice in the spirit it is offered, do you really think it¡¯s the best choice for you to try and go haring off on some ill-fated quest for revenge? You have people depending on you here, people you are sworn to protect.¡±
Regina sighed. ¡°I suppose that¡¯s true,¡± she said. ¡°I just ¡¡±
¡°I understand.¡± Leian smiled bitterly. ¡°Believe me, I do.¡±
She stayed silent for a bit, watching the sunset over the sea, still wrestling with her feelings.
Finally, Regina turned back to Leian. ¡°I have a few more questions, if you¡¯re up for answering them.¡±
¡°Of course. Anything I can do.¡±
Regina smiled. ¡°Good. Then tell me more about the Hivekind.¡±
Tentatively, Leian started smiling back. ¡°As you wish, Hive Queen.¡±
Regina settled back into her seat and closed her eyes for a moment, preparing her mind to focus on and memorize the information Leian gave her.
Chapter 349: Aftermath
Regina stumbled as her surroundings materialized around her, but this time she managed to keep her feet. She still felt a bit nauseous, but she was determined to make it pass quickly without giving in to the feeling.
It still took a second until she really registered the world around her, because she¡¯d finally slammed back into her psychic link and it was a little overwhelming. Not as bad as being ripped away from it, especially because she¡¯d known to expect it, but still disorienting. She reached out mentally and projected her presence; she should probably send more than that, but it felt like too much right now.
¡°Mother?¡±
Ina reached out to catch her shoulders, and Regina leaned into her touch for a moment before she straightened up fully. ¡°Hey,¡± she said. ¡°I¡¯m back.¡±
A quick glance around her showed that the temple housed a few more people, but otherwise not much had changed. They¡¯d left the body of the mana beast here for now, presumably because they hadn¡¯t had the capacity to worry about it. It wasn¡¯t even on Regina¡¯s list of concerns right now, either.
It was reassuring to be back, but she couldn¡¯t help but worry she¡¯d made the wrong decision. Leian had offered her the choice, and she¡¯d decided to return here directly. Tim and the others would be concerned. Still, judging by what she could feel from the psychic link, it was good she hadn¡¯t delayed any further. Their talk had already taken longer than she¡¯d anticipated ¡ª but she couldn¡¯t pass up the opportunity to speak with Leian and gain more knowledge she wouldn¡¯t be able to find anywhere else.
She needed to determine how they should proceed with regard to the hidden chamber and what it contained, not to mention Leian¡¯s advice to ensure the secret and news of their visit couldn¡¯t get out. But it would take far too much time for her to go through everyone¡¯s minds there anyway, more than she could afford, especially with transportation back to the Empire uncertain. She¡¯d just have to rely on their isolation for now. Galatea would probably come to check on her, and in the meantime, she trusted Tim and the others to handle themselves.
For now, she reached out to pull Max, Tia and Mia¡¯s minds to her in the equivalent of a conference call, only more substantial. I¡¯m back, and I¡¯m fine, she said, preempting their questions. I trust you didn¡¯t let the Empire burn down around us?
Of course not, My Queen, Tia said. Her mental voice was a bit exasperated, but she could sense the worry behind it that had only been partially assuaged by sensing her presence again. But what happened?
Leian took Galatea and me along on a trip to the south, to the old base, she said, then briefly recounted what had happened.
Regina didn¡¯t go into detail about her conversation with Leian in the Mirrored Halls. She was still sorting it out in her own mind, but she already knew she wouldn¡¯t be putting this one into the psychic link. Only some of the information she¡¯d gained from her, at most. For one thing, it felt private, and she wasn¡¯t about to share the vulnerable details Leian had revealed of herself with thousands of other people. Besides, they had more important immediate concerns to talk about.
What happened while I was gone? she asked. I presume the psychic link didn¡¯t keep functioning?
Unfortunately not, Max said soberly. We all got quite the shock. The court is on high alert and we only barely managed to avoid general panic once the news spread. The capital was almost cut off from communication with a few other places, since we relied on drones using the psychic link, and they might have overreacted. Ben decided not to put the army on alert, though. I¡¯m not sure if Janis is coming home, we sent her the news and an order to put her security detail on alert, but haven¡¯t heard back from them yet. I guess I¡¯ll send them the all-clear now.
It¡¯s a good thing that the link¡¯s back without any trouble now, though, Mia added. At least as far as I can tell.
I¡¯ll check to make sure there were no unforeseen problems, Regina assured them. For now, I¡¯m traveling back to the capital. Please make sure everyone stays calm and that anyone who needs to know is informed that we¡¯re safe. Don¡¯t give them details on where I was yet, though.
Of course, Mother, they chorused.
Regina gave Ina another mental nudge of reassurance, extending it to the other drones present, then turned to leave the temple. She supposed she¡¯d have them keep building it for now, even if Leian hadn¡¯t said much about it. A thank-you would have been nice. Then again, I guess she had other worries.
For now, she focused on the psychic link again. Regina reached for Jem and several of the senior Keepers, asking for a report on the state of the link and the mental health of her drones. Jem assured her everything was fine under the circumstances, and they¡¯d get back to her with a more detailed report.
She¡¯d barely stepped out of the temple before several men surrounded her, getting a bit closer than she would have wished for. Regina gave them a stern look.
¡°Our deepest apologies, Your Imperial Majesty,¡± the current commander of the Star Guard detail, a human captain named Woods, bowed. ¡°I will assume full responsibility for this failure in our duties.¡±
¡°Give me a little more space,¡± she said irritably. She knew she shouldn¡¯t take her feelings out on them, but Regina was feeling a bit worn right now. ¡°And this was not your fault in any way, Captain,¡± she added. ¡°You could not have foreseen my departure.¡±
He stepped back a little. ¡°Of course, my apologies,¡± he repeated. ¡°Thank you, My Empress. If I may be so bold as to ask, is there a chance this will be repeated? Is there still any threat to your person?¡±
¡°Not at all,¡± she answered curtly. ¡°I was not in serious danger, anyway. But we will be returning to the palace straight away. Please coordinate with the Guard forces there.¡±
Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work!
¡°Of course, Your Imperial Majesty,¡± he murmured.
One of the drones in the unit had already called their mounts over, and it didn¡¯t take long for them to get ready for departure. Regina took the highest-level Winged Drone Mount, though none of them were sentient.
She barely noticed their departure or the first leg of their trip, since she was too focused on the psychic link. There was still a lot to do and to sort out. If nothing else, this little excursion had shown a few vulnerabilities that they needed to address.
And she needed to consider how to handle the base and everything else in the south. This material, Flame of Ruin or whatever, seemed important and potentially dangerous but also, as such, not immediately relevant. It didn¡¯t seem like anyone was actually able to use it, anyway. It wouldn¡¯t help her defend the site if it came to that, either way. But she also couldn¡¯t give it up, even without Leian¡¯s words and her implicit promise to take care of this.
Regina was going to need to sit down with Ben and Max and a few others and figure out the parameters of their operations in the southern lands. Whether to send new reinforcements, and perhaps some kind of structure so they could keep up a military presence indefinitely without inviting attack. Alliances with southern city-states would probably be important, even if she didn¡¯t like the implications.
There were also the dwarves, with whom they needed to finalize an agreement. Regina made a mental note to prepare a proper address to inform at least her ¡®court¡¯ about the matter, and perhaps a public statement as well. They should at least know the Empire was in talks with the dwarves; who probably wouldn¡¯t object to that information becoming public since it would also give them more potential weight in the south, anyway, either.
At least now that she actually knew what there was to protect in the southern base, she could finalize some plans.
And in a little while, she could send Tim and the drones with him home. Not only had Regina missed him, they really deserved it after what they¡¯d accomplished.
Regina focused on the southern-most edge of her psychic range, quickly cycling through a few drones scouting the mountains, then to the larger collection of their minds. Her abrupt disappearance had also not done their forces here any favors, but she noted that they¡¯d been smart enough for a tactical withdrawal and to hunker down, remaining on the defensive for a while. There had been no major battles, since they¡¯d cleared out the monsters there already. All in all, it could have gone a lot worse. Regina did a quick sweep to ensure there were no particularly dangerous monsters remaining near them, then focused a little more on the strategic situation.
They¡¯d set up a small chain of outposts by now, in carefully chosen locations. Each still needed substantial forces assigned to them, since the threat of monster attacks was constant. Still, things were largely quiet, for the most part. The road they were building, combining more normal paths up slightly-less-steep parts of the mountains with digging tunnels, was progressing nicely. At this point, it would be pretty easy to get into the middle of the mountains. Not that the road really led into the heart of the mountains; they still avoided the most dangerous areas, for obvious reasons.
She presumed the dwarves would also want to set up or perhaps reclaim settlements along this new route, coming from the other direction. Working together should make this simpler for both of them. And, although Regina didn¡¯t like what it meant in other terms, having a region crawling with monsters so close was probably a good thing for the Empire in some respects ¡ª basically a source for monsters to fight so their soldiers could train and level up. In that sense, completely clearing the mountains would be foolish, anyway.
The trip passed in a blur. Regina was starting to feel pretty tired, but she knew she wouldn¡¯t be able to rest for a while yet. There were too many people to talk to and too many things to sort out. As much as she wanted to just take a few hours to reflect on her conversation with Leian, she couldn¡¯t afford that right now.
Finally, they reached Cera, their current destination. She¡¯d considered just heading to Forest¡¯s Haunt, but most of the government was still in the Cernlian capital. The drones didn¡¯t take any time to circle over the city like they usually might have. Instead, Regina guided them straight to the royal palace. The rather abrupt landing knocked the wind out of her for a moment, but she quickly gathered herself and dismounted, only pausing for a second to make sure everyone in her escort came along. Turning, she strode to the back entrance into the palace.
Perhaps surprisingly, Kiara was the first person she met. The young queen looked relieved. She must have heard Regina was fine, but clearly seeing it helped. ¡°Welcome back,¡± she greeted with a bow. ¡°We were worried.¡±
Regina pulled her into a quick hug. There weren¡¯t many people around anyway. ¡°Thank you, Kiara. I¡¯m fine, and I know you had it under control.¡±
Before the conversation could continue, Max, Tia, Ben, Ira and June joined them. Regina greeted all of them as well with quick hugs. It felt a bit like being a plushy passed around, but she didn¡¯t mind.
¡°Do we have to worry about this happening again?¡± Kiara asked. ¡°Or perhaps another attack?¡±
Regina shook her head. ¡°I doubt it. We should probably make contingency plans in case I¡¯m taken out and the psychic link shuts down again, but there shouldn¡¯t be any problems right now.¡± She paused, frowning. ¡°Well, except perhaps related to what we found in the south. If word gets out, certain parties might be interested.¡±
¡°That¡¯s good,¡± Ben said sardonically, ¡°I was not looking forward to marching an army through the mountains.¡±
Regina smiled, but shook her head. ¡°Don¡¯t get too comfortable,¡± she teased him. ¡°It might still happen.¡±
Tia frowned, quickly turning serious. ¡°Is that a real possibility?¡±
¡°Let¡¯s hope not. I don¡¯t intend to wage war in the south.¡±
¡°There¡¯s another issue,¡± Ira spoke up soberly.
Regina turned her attention to her. She could already guess, given the impression in the psychic link. ¡°Yes?¡±
¡°The eggs. They haven¡¯t hatched while you were away. I think some are beginning to, now, but their hatching was definitely delayed.¡±
¡°They are,¡± she confirmed. She could sense it in the psychic link, and quickly projected a sense of reassurance and welcome at the new drones.
¡°Will there be any side effects?¡± June asked. She sounded concerned.
Regina hesitated. ¡°I don¡¯t think so. The psychic connection to a drone is fully anchored shortly before they hatch. It makes sense that being outside the psychic range would delay or even stop their growth or hatching. But once it stabilizes, I don¡¯t think there will be any further issues. They¡¯re not aware before being hatched, after all, even the sapient drones.¡±
¡°So, you can¡¯t just transport wagon loads of drone eggs south and have them hatch there to grow an army,¡± Kiara mused.
Regina pulled a face. ¡°Not something I would do anyway, but no, that wouldn¡¯t work.¡±
The hive was pretty sharply limited by her psychic range, for that and other reasons. It was a good thing her range was still growing.
She¡¯d been staggering the hatchings across the day, anyway, so there weren¡¯t that many affected. For now, she would make time to visit the nursery soon, and add more eggs to their little hoard. The number was getting low, and she was starting to feel a familiar tightness in her core.
Maybe some food first, though. ¡°Can we continue this conversation over dinner?¡± she asked. ¡°I haven¡¯t eaten in ages and I¡¯m famished.¡±
That quickly derailed the conversation, and they followed Regina further into the palace, although she could tell several of them were already preparing to discuss important affairs of the Empire.
It was a good thing Janis was coming back, actually. Maybe she could pass off some of the work of sorting out this mess to her.
Chapter 350: Acolyte
Tim really had no idea what to make of what had happened this day.
They¡¯d finally reached the secret chamber beneath the old Hivekind base; great. Judging by the reactions of the mages, it wasn¡¯t some place you should blindly wander into, even if Owin¡¯s description didn¡¯t seem that concerning. Then, just as they were discussing sending him down again with some way to take measurements, he suddenly felt the presence of his fellow drones in the south again ¡ª and, of course, his Hive Queen.
He wasn¡¯t sure what had happened on their end, the details had kind of gotten lost in the shuffle, but it didn¡¯t seem to be anything major or urgent. Leian, who was apparently ¡®available¡¯ again by now, had simple heard something she found alarming enough to teleport Regina and Galatea along to the base.
And now, she¡¯d taken Regina away and the link had been cut again. Tim honestly wasn¡¯t sure if he¡¯d rather the brief visit hadn¡¯t happened, in terms of his own feelings. It had been invigorating, but now the absence of the Hive felt even starker.
But he had other things to focus on, so he pushed it to the back of his mind and turned to Galatea. ¡°You¡¯re sure there¡¯s nothing else important? And that you want to leave right away?¡±
¡°I¡¯ve told you everything I can, Tim,¡± Galatea said irritably. She paused for a moment, and if she was biological would have probably taken a deep breath. ¡°Regina will be safe. Leian will watch over her. Don¡¯t worry. She¡¯s probably back in the Empire by now. But she might need a friend, and if she suddenly disappeared without warning, the country will be in enough of a state that she can¡¯t just leave again, anyway.¡±
¡°I understand,¡± he assured her. He did. ¡°Just try and let us know eventually. I¡¯d rather be informed if the Empire is having a serious crisis because the psychic link was broken or something.¡±
¡°I will,¡± she answered, then paused again. ¡°It¡¯s probably best if you don¡¯t send anyone down there for now. It¡¯s not like we can do anything with it, but prolonged exposure seems to be hazardous, and we need to keep this as quiet as possible, besides.¡±
¡°I¡¯ll cover the entrance for now,¡± he nodded. ¡°We¡¯ve got things under control.¡±
¡°I know. See you, Tim.¡±
He watched her go for a moment, then turned away. Galatea could take care of herself. Like Regina. He just had to hold the fort for now.
Tim wasn¡¯t sure what do make of that apparently top-secret and ultra-dangerous but also inaccessible and unworkable material they¡¯d found, or of Leian¡¯s involvement. After a bit of thought, he¡¯d decided it wasn¡¯t his problem. His Queen and their senior magic-users could worry about it; it wasn¡¯t like he¡¯d have much to contribute.
The site itself, the room cut off from mana, was probably a strategic asset of some kind. He was a little more qualified to think about that. Even if they couldn¡¯t safely use it for now. Still, he focused on the tactical issues at the moment.
¡°Is that all you can tell us?¡± Anuis asked when he called his commanders together and gave them a brief recap.
Tim nodded, trying not to smile at the irony. ¡°Unfortunately, yes. And the room itself or what it contains is not our immediate priority. We simply need to secure it. To that end, have you taken account of who saw the Empress, Leianaleine or possibly the entrance to the hidden vault?¡±
¡°So it was the goddess Leianaleine after all?¡± Owin murmured. He shook his head. ¡°Sorry, Commander. We¡¯ve spoken to the men.¡±
"It¡¯s possible that we missed someone, but they all know not to go speaking about what they have seen,¡± Anuis added. ¡°We are also quite isolated here, there is no one for them to talk to in the first place, anyhow.¡±
Tim nodded. He supposed that was true, but it wouldn¡¯t last forever. ¡°If that¡¯s all, you should get some rest,¡± he said. ¡°I intend to sleep for as long as I can manage, myself.¡±
That got a few smiles from them, and they quickly wrapped up the meeting.
In the end, Tim had to sleep alone since his fellow drones were on watch rotation or currently active. He disliked that, but had gotten used to it after their travels here in the south, so it wasn¡¯t an issue. Despite his worries, he was exhausted enough that sleep came quickly. He only remembered bits and pieces of his dreams when he woke up, but they were chaotic and fire featured prominently, as did the faces of his favorite siblings.
He got up quickly the next day, scarfing down breakfast ¡ª with their limited supplies, it was always the same and no great loss anyway ¡ª and then going for a tour of the base. Everything was still quiet. Tim lingered at the edge of the tunnel leading down to the underground chamber. Hesitantly, he took the stairs. Zephyr, who had been standing there and ostensibly guarding it, gave him a look but said nothing. Tim went far enough down until he could see the open, hollow chamber, then turned around. He wasn¡¯t a mage and didn¡¯t feel any mana, but it still gave him ¡ bad vibes, he supposed; and with all the warnings, he didn¡¯t want to risk anything.
When he got back up, Zephyr stopped him before he left. ¡°Dan just came back,¡± he said. ¡°You should talk to him. I think they¡¯re in the main bay still.¡±
Tim nodded. ¡°Thanks, I will,¡± he responded, saving any questions for Dan personally.
It didn¡¯t take him long to find them, and the way back to the main vehicle bay was almost automatic at this point. He paused for a moment to assess who else was there, then quickly moved to join Dan. His brother looked a bit worse for wear, he noted, tired and exhausted in a way that wasn¡¯t entirely because of missed sleep, but he still smiled to see him.
¡°Dan, good to see you back,¡± he greeted him with a hug. ¡°You missed a few things.¡±
¡°I noticed,¡± Dan said drily. ¡°It was a bit of a shock.¡± He glanced around. ¡°She¡¯s safe?¡±
¡°As far as we can tell. What about your mission? I expected you to show up with someone else in tow.¡±
Dan sighed. ¡°Well, my target wasn¡¯t where Galatea had said she would be. I looked around some, but I didn¡¯t want to attract too much suspicion.¡±
Tim pulled a face, but nodded. Well, Leian apparently came back from whatever she¡¯s been doing, probably shortly before all this, he reflected. It¡¯s possible this elf priestess Galatea met moved because of it. Maybe Leian had another job for her. He paused. ¡°I suppose she might still show up here, actually,¡± he said quietly. ¡°For now, get some sleep, you look like you need it.¡±
The author''s tale has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon.
Dan rolled his eyes, but he didn¡¯t protest too much. After exchanging a few more details, though Tim kept his own responses short and vague for anyone listening in, Dan left for their current ¡®bedroom¡¯ in the base. Tim wished he still had the psychic link to check on him and make sure he slept, but he¡¯d just have to do without.
Before he could get back to his next round of the base, a muffled shout reached him. He turned around, noting one of the soldiers going right for him.
¡°My Prince,¡± the man gasped. ¡°There¡¯s someone approaching ¡ª a lone intruder, they¡¯re ¡ª¡°
¡°Apparently already inside,¡± Zephyr interrupted, showing up beside Tim. ¡°Just let them talk to us.¡±
Tim frowned. Before he could do much, he saw the intruder in question stepping into the entrance of the bay through the tunnel, on which several more men were already converging. A bit too late, but then this clearly wasn¡¯t an enemy. At least. ¡°Let her pass,¡± Tim called to them, then stepped forward, going to meet their visitor.
Up close, it was easy to see his assumption was correct. The person was clearly an elf, given the orange eyes and pointy ears, although her hair was white from age and her face deeply lined. She was the oldest elf Tim had ever seen, although he was unsure what that meant exactly ¡ª could she have lived through the Cataclysm? He didn¡¯t know. Then there was also the System notification he saw when he focused on her.
| Iseis ¡ª Level ? Acolyte of Space |
¡°Welcome,¡± Tim said, only a little sarcastically. ¡°Come right in. I was hoping to meet you.¡±
The old elf bowed. ¡°A pleasure to meet you as well, Prince Tim of the Central European Empire,¡± she said, her tone even, but something made him feel like she was laughing on the inside.
¡°I assume you are Iseis Alturiel?¡± he asked.
He hadn¡¯t known her Class or level, although Galatea had shared the name, fortunately. He wondered just how high her level actually was. Judging by Zephyr¡¯s obvious tension, it had to be quite high, or she was very magically powerful, maybe both. The Class name didn¡¯t sound very powerful considering all that, but maybe there was more to it.
¡°That I am,¡± she confirmed. ¡°I see Galatea told you about me.¡±
¡°How did you find this place?¡± Zephyr asked, crossing his arms.
Alturiel smiled slightly. ¡°A funny question, considering you sent a group to poke around my home which then went straight here.¡±
So, she¡¯d followed Dan? Or wants us to think that. She might have already known about the place. But challenging her on it now would be more combative than he wanted to be.
"Do you know what it is we have found here?¡± he asked hesitantly.
Alturiel nodded curtly. ¡°I have been informed. May I see?¡±
Tim exchanged a look with Zephyr and Anuis, who had just come and was eying the older elf with obvious interest. Then he shrugged. ¡°Of course.¡± She already knew about it and Leian would probably grant her access anyway, he didn¡¯t see much point in dragging it out now or causing a fight.
Alturiel exchanged a few sentences with Anuis in a language Tim didn¡¯t speak, presumably elvish, as they went. Anuis visibly relaxed a bit and even smiled a little. Then they reached the shaft they had dug to the secret chamber. Alturiel paused, before she started climbing down the stairs, with surprising grace considering her age. Tim waved the others back and followed her, sticking close enough to watch over her.
To his surprise, she didn¡¯t enter the main chamber itself, just looked around with what he guessed was curiosity. Then she nodded and turned to him. ¡°As described,¡± she said lightly. ¡°Let us talk upstairs, perhaps?¡±
¡°Ladies first,¡± he gestured at the tunnel.
She laughed and swept back up the stairs, with Tim following. He gave a last glance at the odd crystalline substance decorating the room before he followed.
They regrouped in a meeting room on one of the lower levels, close to the entrance. Dan was still asleep, but Zephyr, Owin and Anuis were present. To his surprise, Zephyr had brought along the teleportation pad, or whatever it was, that his group had originally found here when Lanisiosa escaped them with it. So much had happened since then that Tim had almost forgotten about it. Especially since they hadn¡¯t had any further insight. According to Galatea, even the Golem Artificer didn¡¯t know where it had come from, and had simply been provided it by their allies. It was pretty cumbersome, but Zephyr levitated it into the room through the surprisingly large door; presumably the Hivekind had needed to accommodate bigger drone types.
Alturiel actually gasped when she saw it. ¡°Where did you find this?¡± she asked, glancing between Zephyr and Tim.
¡°Here,¡± he answered. ¡°One of the people using the base used it to teleport themself away. Do you recognize it?¡±
¡°I should say so,¡± she murmured, stepping closer and tapping a finger against the metal sheet. ¡°I made it, after all.¡±
Tim started in surprise before he could stop himself. That, he hadn¡¯t expected. Although on second thought, if it was made here and not an ¡®ancient¡¯ find, she¡¯d probably be on the short list of people who could.
¡°You did?¡± Zephyr asked curiously. His eyes were almost sparkling, it was uncanny. Mages. ¡°We were uncertain whether Hivekind or similar Ancient practices or designs were involved in making it. The quality is exceptional, you have my compliments.¡±
¡°Thank you, Thaumaturge,¡± the elf responded with a brief dip of her head. ¡°I did have the privilege of getting a glimpse of similar arrays used by the old Hivekind, which inspired much of it. They are all destroyed now, as far as I know; I doubt any survived the war after the Cataclysm,¡± she added with a look at Tim.
He frowned. ¡°You saw them personally?¡±
¡°Not quite,¡± she sounded a bit amused, probably by catching his attempt to determine her age. ¡°It was only in a memory. A trance state in which I may receive select visions; the details are not important for you to know. Anyhow, this particular work was stolen a century ago and I had given up hope of ever seeing it again.¡±
Tim nodded. That was more or less what he¡¯d expected. Assuming she was telling the truth, but he had no reason to doubt that. She didn¡¯t need to admit it was hers.
"That is good to know,¡± he said. ¡°Do you want it back? We will return it if you do, assuming it¡¯s not a danger, but I¡¯d like for our mages to have the opportunity to study it first.¡±
The priestess hesitated for a moment, before slowly shaking her head. ¡°Actually, my Prince, that is fine. You may keep it, at least for now. I would recommend keeping it here, in fact. Perhaps we may do something with it.¡±
¡°Like what?¡± Owin asked. ¡°Can you craft a teleportation link?¡±
She shrugged lightly. ¡°We will see what can be done. Regardless, I will help you choose a location and set it up properly.¡±
¡°That would be appreciated, but I assume you want something in return?¡± Tim asked.
Alturiel smiled slightly. She looked pretty satisfied with herself once the initial surprise had passed. ¡°At present, I would simply like access to your Empress¡¯ court. I am sure there is much I may offer and considering her apparent closeness with my patron, I do hope she would appreciate my advice on occasion. I would not demand a title of court chaplain or anything of the sort, though if it is decided an official title is necessary I won¡¯t decline.¡±
Tim didn¡¯t need to consider it for long, he was pretty sure what Regina would want. ¡°I¡¯m sure that can be arranged. I¡¯ll write you a letter of introduction if you like, though I doubt you need one.¡±
¡°Then there is the temple your country is building,¡± she continued. ¡°As it is dedicated to my lady, I would like to oversee it. That¡¯s only reasonable, isn¡¯t it? Having only a temple without any priests at least stopping by would hardly be the same.¡±
Tim exchanged a look with Owin, who looked a bit disgruntled, and shrugged slightly. ¡°I¡¯m sure they¡¯ll appreciate your input,¡± he said diplomatically. He hoped it was true. After all, if his Hive Queen wanted to build a temple to Leian, consulting Alturiel did make sense, or they might end up with a design choice that was completely inappropriate and probably wouldn¡¯t help its purpose.
¡°I didn¡¯t realize you wanted a temple to preside over,¡± Anuis commented mildly.
Alturiel crossed her hands behind her back and smiled serenely. ¡°I was not very keen on it, but I have learned enough about your Empire by now to be curious, and I feel it might perhaps be time to dedicate a little more of my time to, shall we say, pious pursuits.¡±
Tim regarded her for a moment, then shrugged again. He didn¡¯t really care in the end, and he wouldn¡¯t pry into her relationship with Leian. At least not right now. If nothing else, she seemed like an ally, and those were always good to have.
Chapter 351: In Order
In the end, it wasn¡¯t as bad as Regina had been afraid of. Her hive was important for the Empire, but there were still only a few thousand sapient drones, a veritable drop in the bucket compared to the country¡¯s population, and the government largely didn¡¯t rely on them. And there were other ways of communicating.
Besides, they had been at peace. While there had been some concern at losing access to quick communication with more outlying regions, nothing had really been urgent enough to impact the stability of the Empire as a whole. Fortunately.
The bigger problem really might have been everyone¡¯s panic at Regina¡¯s seeming disappearance. She was lucky she¡¯d returned without too long a wait and that the drones had been able to let everyone know right away.
Ultimately, Regina wrote it all off as a stress test for their new system and tasked a few people with going through the reports to find and evaluate ways of mitigating such things in the future, before she returned to her regularly scheduled work.
One good thing had come of it from a personal perspective: Janis had returned to the Empire proper and was going to stay for a while. She¡¯d already been underway when she realized that Regina was back. Then she¡¯d offered to return to the Gnomish Confederation straight away, but Regina had told her to keep going. They didn¡¯t strictly need Janis there anymore, and she could probably use some time at home with her family and her girlfriend. A good ruler makes sure to keep her vassals happy, after all. Kiara should thank me.
Not that she had put it in those terms, of course.
Two days later, Regina and Janis were sitting together in the inner garden again, going over another bit of Imperial business that Regina had decided she should be involved in. There was no psychic training right now, and June was busy with other things, while a few of the students lingered on the other side of the garden and Regina could sense Madris keeping a discreet eye on their efforts. She only checked in briefly, though, before returning her attention to the matter at hand. And her heir, who couldn¡¯t seem to decide whether she looked happy to be here or annoyed at the paperwork.
¡°The alliance won¡¯t be official until we¡¯ve sent this back, then?¡± she asked, gesticulating with a stack of pages. It was one of two copies of the treaty, though not the official version. Ira had written this down for them from the information in the psychic link.
¡°Yes, I¡¯ll wait for the paper copies to arrive, sign them and send two back and then we¡¯re official,¡± Regina nodded. ¡°The dwarves wanted something more concrete as assurance, not just a verbal agreement. And they probably wanted to be extra sure the agreement the diplomats worked out was going to be valid, I guess.¡±
Janis pulled a face and read through it again. ¡°You gave them a lot of leeway, then.¡±
Regina shrugged. ¡°It was the only way. I wanted this to be done quickly and we couldn¡¯t wait to arrange a summit or anything. Besides, this is all fine. And as soon as the paperwork is properly in order, we¡¯ll have their help expanding the road project.¡±
¡°I can see why they and the gnomes don¡¯t like each other, they¡¯re far too similar,¡± Janis muttered.
Regina snorted. But she wasn¡¯t wrong. She wouldn¡¯t have expected dwarves, of all races, to be sticklers for proper bureaucracy, but apparently that was the case. She supposed it made some sense for a people dealing with a precarious position like theirs in the southern lands; not having their paperwork properly in order could be a vulnerability to be exploited.
"You didn¡¯t give them the same kind of deal as the gnomes,¡± Janis noted after a moment. ¡°There is no requirement to join the Empire at any point.¡±
¡°No,¡± Regina said. ¡°They also didn¡¯t attack us or openly try to wipe out my people at any point. I¡¯m hopeful for a closer relationship, and if they want to join later, I¡¯d definitely welcome it, but I¡¯m fine if they don¡¯t become citizens of the Empire. I¡¯m not going to force them into it.¡±
Janis nodded, smiling slightly. She read through the paper for a minute longer, then put it aside. ¡°We will need to send a larger detachment of troops to secure all of the sites they want to reclaim and build settlements on,¡± she said. ¡°Finalizing that list is probably the first thing you should do, too. And I would suggest involving the gnomes, maybe some of their soldiers can participate? They still tend to know the mountains better.¡±
¡°And getting them to work more closely with the dwarves might be a good idea,¡± Regina mused. ¡°We can certainly ask.¡±
They spent a few more minutes discussing the details of the agreement her envoys had reached with the dwarves. All in all, it was pretty comprehensive, considering the negotiations hadn¡¯t taken that long and they¡¯d apparently had to get approval from several dwarven settlements, some of which were pretty far away from each other.
The details didn¡¯t diverge very far from the outline Dan had brought to them. In addition to assurances of political support in the south, which were by necessity somewhat vague but which Regina fully intended to honor, the dwarves would have the Empire¡¯s help in reclaiming and perhaps building anew several settlements. They would be secured by both sides, and some of them would effectively be joint settlements. The dwarves would help the Empire chart, build and secure a proper route through the mountains, as well as guide them in interactions with the southern lands. There was also a mutual protection agreement, which probably mostly meant that others would be discouraged from attacking the dwarves since that would mean facing the Empire, but it also meant the dwarves would send them a few troops if the Empire found itself at war.
Regina was uncertain how much help that would be, but she wasn¡¯t going to turn away any potential support.
There was a major power differential and everyone knew the Empire was the stronger and more dominant party, the contract even acknowledged it implicitly, but she was at least technically acknowledging them as a sovereign people and nation. That probably counted for something on its own. Regina wondered if others would start opening proper diplomatic relationships with the dwarves, too ¡ª the new settlements would at least make that easier, presumably.
This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon.
¡°I think it¡¯s going to take a few years to really see the effects of this deal,¡± Janis finally concluded, frowning down at the contract in thought. ¡°But it¡¯s still a good thing. I hope all or our future diplomatic efforts go this smoothly.¡±
¡°We can only hope,¡± Regina agreed drily. Her time dealing with the gnomes seemed to have given Janis a little more confidence, made her more self-assured about her political position. She was happy to see it.
They sat in silence for a while, simply enjoying each other¡¯s presence. They both could have gotten back to work, but Regina wasn¡¯t in any hurry. Feeling Janis¡¯ mind beside hers was nice, something she¡¯d missed. She was clearly thinking, but there was no edge of urgency or negative emotions to it.
After a bit, Janis stirred and looked up again. ¡°Where¡¯s Galatea, by the way? I was looking forward to meeting her again.¡±
¡°She¡¯s probably back in the south,¡± Regina shrugged. ¡°She came back pretty quickly after that whole trip we took.¡± She didn¡¯t need to explain that part; even if Janis hadn¡¯t had access to the psychic link, they¡¯d talked about it before. ¡°After she checked on me, she headed off again pretty soon, though. She mentioned she was going to take a detour, and she might be hanging around to talk to that priestess acquaintance of hers, I guess.¡±
Janis nodded. ¡°She¡¯ll always come and go when she pleases, I suppose.¡±
¡°I think she¡¯s getting a little tired of being the only messenger between me and the southern expedition,¡± Regina admitted. ¡°I wish we could set up some other line of communication.¡±
¡°Can¡¯t you?¡± Janis frowned. ¡°You don¡¯t have some kind of technological solution for that in mind?¡±
¡°I wish. I could try and set up a telephone line, I guess, but the terrain isn¡¯t exactly conducive to that,¡± Regina sighed. ¡°It¡¯s something we can definitely think about for the Empire itself. But laying wires across the mountains? I don¡¯t know if that¡¯s even worth trying, given all the monsters. At the very least, we¡¯d have to finish securing and probably building the road first.¡±
¡°Underground lines might work,¡± Janis mused. ¡°But I can see why that would still be an issue. There are underground monsters, too. And it would take a lot of effort in the first place.¡±
¡°Exactly. The other options I¡¯m aware of would use towers or satellites. The latter isn¡¯t exactly a realistic option. The former, maybe. I admit I don¡¯t know much about how cell towers actually work. We¡¯d still need to build the road first at minimum.¡±
They fell silent again, although Regina could tell Janis wasn¡¯t thinking about radio towers. Not that she was, either.
¡°It¡¯s so weird to think that we¡¯re only a small piece of a much bigger multiverse with many other worlds out there,¡± Janis finally said. ¡°You told me about it before, but I guess I didn¡¯t really internalize it. And there are things out there that can even kill gods.¡±
¡°Yes,¡± Regina agreed. ¡°It makes you wonder. If some bastards can just come around and kill the people of entire worlds. Although Leian said it would take decades if not centuries before they could show up here, so there¡¯s that, I guess.¡±
¡°She didn¡¯t seem worried about it?¡±
¡°No. I suppose she thinks their empire is going to fall sooner or later.¡± Like the Aishan¡¯s did, Regina didn¡¯t add. Maybe she even wants to fight them again. Who wouldn¡¯t?
¡°Well, I suppose we should focus on making sure ours doesn¡¯t any time soon,¡± Janis said, sitting up straighter and rolling her shoulders. She set her jaw and Regina felt a renewed surge of determination from her.
Of course. It took her a moment to realize why, when it should be obvious. ¡°I suppose it might be more your problem than mine,¡± Regina said. She was trying for lightness, but the words fell flat.
¡°Perhaps,¡± Janis said, her voice slightly harder with suppressed emotion. ¡°What did Leian say about your lifespan, again?¡±
¡°I can expect to live about a hundred years post hatching,¡± Regina answered. That had confirmed what she¡¯d already guessed. She sighed. ¡°I suppose that is still considerably shorter than your lifespan, isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°That¡¯s why I¡¯m your heir, I thought,¡± Janis returned, but she managed to relax a bit and her words were more playful. Her tone turned serious again for her next words, though. ¡°Yes. I actually heard about a few other descendants of elementals when I was at the Confederation. The data is still pretty spotty, but I¡¯m pretty sure my projected lifespan should be several centuries.¡±
Regina nodded slowly. It was clearly something Janis had to consider, something she clearly felt compelled to dwell on to some extent. Anyone probably would in her situation.
¡°Have you talked to Kiara about it?¡± she asked tentatively.
Janis hesitated, and Regina could sense her mind drawing inward a bit in an instinctive defensive reaction. ¡°I told her, but we didn¡¯t talk much about it,¡± she said. ¡°She prefers to avoid the topic, I think.¡±
Regina nodded. ¡°It must be weird to think of it for her. A reminder that you¡¯re not entirely the same. There¡¯s still prejudice against ¡®monsterbloods¡¯.¡±
Janis sighed. ¡°I don¡¯t think that¡¯s really the core of the issue.¡±
¡°Ah. Then, is she insecure?¡±
¡°Maybe. You¡¯d know better than I,¡± Janis scoffed.
¡°I don¡¯t look into people¡¯s minds like they¡¯re open storybooks,¡± Regina said, drawing back a bit herself.
¡°You¡¯re sensing how I¡¯m feeling right now,¡± Janis pointed out. She let herself fall back, lying down in the grass. ¡°Still, I¡¯m sorry. I shouldn¡¯t have spoken to you like that, Regina.¡±
¡°It¡¯s fine.¡±
They were quiet for a moment, before Janis spoke. ¡°It¡¯s just weird to think that I¡¯m going to look this young for centuries, while everyone else gets old and wrinkly.¡±
Regina snorted. ¡°You¡¯ll just have to bear with it. Besides, I¡¯m certain I will never get old and wrinkly.¡±
Janis flashed a grin, but it faded quickly. ¡°And ¡ª just to be clear, in case you wanted to make any plans or anything. If I¡¯m ever going to have any children, it won¡¯t be any time soon. They¡¯ll have less elemental blood than me ¡ª unless I get a really unexpected partner, I guess, but come on ¡ª so they¡¯ll have shorter lifespans. So ¡ no, not until I¡¯m old.¡±
Regina nodded. She understood that. This conversation was reminding her that her own projected lifespan as a Hive Queen was longer than that of her drones, even if the System would extend it for those with high levels. She really didn¡¯t like the prospect of seeing any of her children die. ¡°I don¡¯t require you to have heirs any time soon,¡± she said lightly.
She also wondered if this was part of the issue between Kiara and Janis. There was probably some way for magic to help two women have children, right? If not, it was definitely possible with technology, but it would take much more advanced tech than they currently had access to. Or maybe she was overthinking this. The two of them weren¡¯t even officially together to the world at large. Maybe Janis actually intends to wait until after Kiara eventually dies, but she won¡¯t say that, she reflected. Which also made sense.
¡°We should get together at some point,¡± Regina said, shaking off those musings. ¡°Do a girls¡¯ night or something. June can come, too.¡±
Janis smiled, her mind brightening noticeably. ¡°That would be fun. I haven¡¯t seen her in too long, either.¡±
Regina smiled back. ¡°Maybe you all can introduce me to some of your favorite stories or fun details from Cernlia, for a change.¡±
Janis stared at her for a moment, before she nodded. ¡°Sure, that would be fun.¡±
Regina ignored her look with, if she did say so, great dignity. ¡°No weird food, though,¡± she clarified. ¡°I know I can eat anything, but that doesn¡¯t mean I want to.¡±
Janis laughed, and Regina smiled more widely. On second thought, she probably would be willing to suffer through every awful bit of traditional food they could come up with in the name of fun, but she didn¡¯t tell her that now.
Chapter 352: Teleportation
Regina couldn¡¯t wait for the day her new capital was finished, or at least finished enough, and they could all move there. Unfortunately, it would take a while, still. And in the meantime, she was splitting her time between Cera and the base at Forest¡¯s Haunt. In recent weeks, she¡¯d spent more time in the latter place than before, but it was closer to the mountains and ensured quicker communication with the southern expedition, if nothing else.
That was part of the reason she was receiving visitors from the south here instead of in Cera.
Once more, Regina was waiting to welcome a powerful magic user with uncertain intentions whom her people in the south had seen before. This time, she was avoiding the full throne room rigmarole. She didn¡¯t think an attempt at intimidation was likely to impress this visitor, and there was no reason to be hostile, anyway. They were still in a formal-ish receiving room, and Regina was wearing a simple gold crown, while Janis had put on a silver version, although Regina had to remind her of it. They were sitting together along with Mia and Ina in the most fancy chairs and talking about less important things at the moment, but her attention wasn¡¯t on the conversation.
She paid enough attention that Regina wasn¡¯t surprised when the door opened and Max entered along with their visitor. Politely, she stood up as the old elf stepped forward, followed by the others, looking at her curiously.
They hadn¡¯t had much warning. The priestess ¡ª if that was even the right term ¡ª had made her own way north. Tim had probably sent word, but communication with the south took a while and it hadn¡¯t reached them yet. Regina had been alerted by sensing the woman¡¯s mind approaching, instead. Up close, it was clear Alturiel had probably been more obvious than she needed to be; her mind was tightly disciplined with not a stray thought leaking out, locked behind smooth and impassible defenses. Regina only had a very vague sense of her mood that might as well have been pure intuition.
She listened with one ear as Max introduced her and the others, smiling faintly and carefully prodding her visitor¡¯s mind just a little, to reassure herself of its defenses. It had no give and showed no indication her probe had been noticed.
¡°Welcome to Forest¡¯s Haunt and the Central European Empire,¡± she said. ¡°Iseis Alturiel, I believe.¡±
¡°Yes, Your Imperial Majesty, and thank you for the welcome.¡± The elf bowed in greeting. She was pretty spry for her age. ¡°I am honored to meet you, and your children as well.¡±
¡°It is my honor,¡± Regina inclined her head.
¡°And ours, and indeed our distinct pleasure,¡± Janis added, nodding at her as well. ¡°I confess I have been curious to meet you. One does not hear much of a priesthood of Leian.¡±
¡°That would be because there is not much of a priesthood, Princess Janis,¡± she replied, smiling faintly. ¡°I am, of course, a devoted follower of my lady, personally, but I only claim the title of priestess because it is most convenient. For the most part, I do not act as one would expect of it, or in a typical capacity of clergy.¡±
¡°That¡¯s not surprising,¡± Regina commented, transitioning to speaking a bit more informally. ¡°Your goddess is hardly worshiped widely and needs it even less. Although, if you follow certain lines of thought, at least gods that do not demand worship would seem more worthy of it.¡±
¡°Is that why you have built a temple for this goddess, of all the gods, Empress Regina?¡± the elf asked lightly, but there was a bit of a glint in her eye.
Regina smiled, taking the question in good humor instead of pretending to be offended. ¡°Not quite, although I doubt you expected me to actually be some eager worshiper.¡±
¡°I confess I would have been almost disappointed if you had been.¡±
¡°Not disappointed enough to make up for the benefit it would bring?¡± Mia asked.
¡°Perhaps not,¡± Alturiel replied with another smile.
"Either way, you¡¯re welcome here,¡± Regina told her. ¡°I¡¯d like the opportunity to talk to you at some length. I am sure you have interesting stories to tell, and sound advice to offer.¡±
¡°I did come here to offer the latter,¡± she agreed. ¡°In hopes it may be useful from time to time. And, of course, to see the Empire and what you have been building.¡±
That prompted a conversation about the history of the Empire, short as it might have been, and questions about Alturiel herself and her own stories. Regina spoke less, letting the others get some words in.
She wasn¡¯t particularly worried about Alturiel seeking political influence. For one thing, it was hard to see some kind of harmful plot here. Whatever she might feel about her past or other things, Regina didn¡¯t really doubt that Leian wanted her to succeed. And she also didn¡¯t doubt that Leian wouldn¡¯t be undermined by anyone calling themselves her follower, even if they weren¡¯t a traditional devotee; maybe even more so than Alianais, who at least had a much larger priesthood to keep an eye on. Besides, if the old elf had wanted political power she clearly could have already had much more of it.
That didn¡¯t mean Regina was going to listen to her blindly, but she wouldn¡¯t send her away.
Although, as the conversation progressed, she was starting to doubt how much time she would actually spend here. Judging by her stories, Alturiel wasn¡¯t one to stay anywhere for long, but especially not involved in royal courts, and she¡¯d already expressed interest in the temple. Beyond that, she only offered a little information about herself. Apparently, she was indeed born after the Cataclysm. She also dodged the question of how she¡¯d come to know Leian, although Regina didn¡¯t push.
After a while, Regina excused herself to attend her next meeting, with Janis and a few of the others also leaving. She left the elf talking with Max and Mia, and checked that they¡¯d prepared a place to stay for her.
Over the next few days, most of the expectations that Regina had were fulfilled, but what she hadn¡¯t considered were other topics they could discuss. Namely, magic. Regina didn¡¯t let her into her psychic training sessions, but Alturiel expressed an interest in attending their training with other magic, and Regina was eager enough to learn from her that she didn¡¯t hesitate.
Galatea still hadn¡¯t returned, which was a shame, but Janis and June were good partners and were both motivated to keep up their magical studies along with Regina. Madris even dropped in and offered a few pointers of her own. While she might primarily be a psychic, the dark elf was also a high-level magic user with a few centuries of experience, so she was pretty good. Regina suspected she also wanted to evaluate Alturiel, but she didn¡¯t mind.
This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there.
Her specialty, the old elf explained, was teleportation. No one was surprised to hear that. Regina was glad to learn that it included actual magical spells instead of just the kind of ¡®divine magic¡¯ sponsored by the System. Apart from Leian herself, and to an extent Galatea, Alturiel was clearly the best expert on teleportation she¡¯d ever had the chance to meet. Considering how rare and complicated a field of study it was ¡ª probably more so than Conjuration, especially now that it wasn¡¯t quite as rare in the Empire anymore ¡ª that was quite a distinction.
¡°You need to have a good understanding of physics, fine magical senses and a good sense of space, but more importantly, a strong will and a big mana pool,¡± Alturiel explained. ¡°Twisting the fabric of space enough to move something takes a lot of raw power. It is why it is such a rare skill. It is also very finicky and you need to be very exact, of course. And the required spell constructs are hard to learn.¡±
Regina had noticed that in theory, she should be well-suited to learning it. At least she definitely had the high amounts of mana required. In practice, she soon found, she might simply not have the time for even learning the basics. Just looking at the first diagram Alturiel drew out gave her a headache, and that was supposed to be a simplified version! From what she gathered, there was a reason both Galatea and Alturiel herself were both really old and proficient at it. (Leian must have learned it more quickly, but maybe the Aishan had simply had better ways of teaching or maybe she was just a prodigy, but either way, it didn¡¯t help her now).
Regina still tried and got a few lessons from the priestess. She even felt she might be making a bit of progress. At least until Alturiel departed for the north. She¡¯d been dropping hints the previous day and then simply stated she was off to the temple. Regina didn¡¯t try to stop her. She just made sure she had a proper escort.
In the meantime, Regina was pretty distracted by other matters. She kept delegating more and more of the actual rule of the Empire, but she still had a lot on her plate. Ben and Max had effectively taken over the restructuring of the military ¡ª which was finally coming to an end ¡ª and the associated issues, but now that Janis was back, she was involved heavily as well, and Regina had to make a few final decisions and sign off on some things. Most notably, they were setting up a network of new military bases, training grounds, and barracks. A standing military needed all sorts of support infrastructure. That didn¡¯t even count all the technological improvements for weapons and gear they were planning for, like motorized vehicles.
Electrical motors would clearly be the best ¡ª they could still Conjure rare metals, although in the long term, they¡¯d need to mine or import them from somewhere ¡ª but the question of energy sources remained. Wind turbines were relatively easy to build and Mia had already started setting them up across the Empire, but it probably wouldn¡¯t be enough for a proper power supply for an actual electrical grid. They were starting to experiment with solar panels as well, but getting those right was much trickier, and probably impossible without magic at their current level of technology.
While she would have preferred to avoid using them entirely, for both environmental reasons and because of the inherently limited supply, Regina had already come to accept that she¡¯d have to rely on fossil fuels at least in the medium term. Preliminary efforts to find oil or gas deposits were underway, though she wasn¡¯t expecting much in that regard. Coal might be easier, if the existing deposits hadn¡¯t already been mostly harvested. Charcoal was always an option, at least as long as they only needed to power a few trains or something. Biogas might be a better solution, but they still needed to build plants for that and the material needs were in direct competition with not just local farmland to feed the population but the hive as well. She already needed more and more acres to feed the increasing number of Swarm Drones.
In comparison to worrying about that issue, it was much more enjoyable to listen to Ben lay out their plans for new training camps for soldiers or argue with Janis about the eventual integration of the gnomish military and then sign off on new schedules and projections.
They might be focusing too much on the military, but Regina was growing concerned about their potential enemies in the Esemen and Western Confederation. A little more concerned than she¡¯d already been, at least. Their efforts to increase their intelligence network in those countries were proceeding slowly, but it was enough to get a clear picture of at least the attitude towards the Empire among their leadership, and it wasn¡¯t pretty. Most of the nobles seemed almost personally offended at it, though the reasons varied. Some didn¡¯t like women rulers, some were concerned about supposed Imperial expansionism, and smarter people even seemed to realize what the economic shift taking place would eventually mean for their own wealth and power. There was also a lot of propaganda floating around, naturally.
Caught up in all of those considerations, it took a while until Regina actually checked in on Alturiel and the temple, and even longer until she did more than a cursory check. It was a tentative question from Ina that finally motivated her to pay a bit more attention.
Apparently, the construction was progressing very well, and the temple did look a lot more complete now than it had before. They had also further expanded the little island it was built on, particularly in the direction of the shore, since the water was pretty shallow there, anyway.
That was where Alturiel was currently standing, when Regina sent Ina to find her. ¡°My Queen has questions about your ¡ plans,¡± Ina told her.
Alturiel turned to face her, smiling slightly. ¡°And she can¡¯t speak them to me directly?¡±
¡°She can,¡± Ina replied, a bit annoyed. She opened her mind more deeply, letting Regina step in from the psychic link. ¡°She is.¡±
The priestess regarded her silently for a moment. ¡°So you want to know what I¡¯m doing here.¡±
¡°I do,¡± Ina replied for her.
¡°I was wondering how long it would take you to ask.¡± Alturiel gestured at the space in front of her, where she¡¯d piled up and flattened some earth. ¡°You remember the teleportation pad, I presume. I am preparing something similar here. Not a portable version this time, and one that has been built from the ground up to operate on different parameters, but otherwise compatible.¡±
Regina cocked her head, with Ina mimicking the motion. ¡°With such a teleportation circle as an anchor, would the other one in the south be able to be used beyond its normal range?¡±
Alturiel smiled, visibly pleased. ¡°I see some of my lessons stuck,¡± she praised. ¡°Yes, indeed. That is the point of this endeavor. I have already made minor adjustments to the counterpart.¡±
Regina took a moment to absorb this. ¡°So, you would have two linked teleportation pads ¡ª allowing transportation from one to the other? A fast-travel corridor that completely bypasses the mountains or any other obstacles?¡±
That would be huge, a big step, pun totally intended. It¡¯s a potential vulnerability, I suppose, so we¡¯ll need to guard the exits carefully, but it would help in securing the base in the south very much ¡
¡°In essence, but it will not allow easy teleportation for anyone who so much as steps inside,¡± Alturiel warned her. ¡°There will still need to be a powerful mage providing a large amount of mana. It will simply make teleportation from here to there, or the reverse, easier.¡±
Regina nodded. ¡°I understand,¡± she said. ¡°I assume there¡¯s a reason you had to build it here?¡±
¡°The temple is here, I am drawing a little on the respective energies,¡± Alturiel said with a little shrug. ¡°Besides, I assumed you did not want a teleportation point that could be a potential opening for invasion in your capital.¡±
¡°True,¡± Regina admitted. She supposed this location was as good as any. Close enough to the center of the Empire to not be too inconvenient, in terms of travel times for moving people back and forth, but far enough away from any major settlements or other important locations to give them some time if it was ever seized by an enemy.
Still, Regina grinned at the thought of what this meant, an expression Ina thankfully didn¡¯t copy. She¡¯d be able to bring Tim and the others home much more easily than she¡¯d feared, and the base wouldn¡¯t be as cut off from the Empire, so they could maintain a real garrison.
¡°I am grateful for what you¡¯re doing,¡± she told Alturiel. ¡°I won¡¯t forget it.¡±
The priestess nodded and waved a hand dismissively. ¡°Think nothing of it. This is too interesting not to do anything.¡± She paused. ¡°And besides, I am not helping you for no reason or solely of my own account.¡±
Regina nodded. She understood.
Chapter 353: Return
When Tim had first heard about the new teleportation link that Iseis Alturiel was apparently setting up between the old base and the new temple, his first reaction had been intense relief, followed by creeping worry. Still, the prospect of going home more easily was enticing. He¡¯d barely been able to think of anything else in the first few minutes.
Now that it was actually happening, he was suddenly a lot more apprehensive.
Partly it might be because he felt he was leaving things unfinished here, but he had to admit that it wasn¡¯t a very large issue. The base was about as safe as it was ever going to be, most likely, and while the fighting between the various cities hadn¡¯t finished yet, it didn¡¯t seem likely to come this way.
It hadn¡¯t been that long, and said fighting had mostly only begun. Their hopes that a war would be averted and it could all blow over without violence hadn¡¯t come true. If Tim was honest with himself, he¡¯d never expected it to come true.
That was one thing he¡¯d have to face the music for, when he returned to his Mother. He wasn¡¯t looking forward to that. Not because he thought she¡¯d be angry ¡ª even if she had been, she would¡¯ve had a lot of time to calm down in the meantime ¡ª but because he hated the thought of disappointing her.
At least it looked like it wasn¡¯t going to be a large war, here in the south, and it probably wouldn¡¯t spill beyond the bounds of this region or draw other city-states in. From what he¡¯d heard, anyway. He¡¯d received a few letters. Veragles was still propping up Iliucin, but it seemed decidedly unenthusiastic and would probably press for some kind of settlement soon. Iliyan was, he suspected, taking the opportunity for a land grab, to get some new territory in their claws, and then they¡¯d settle when they had achieved sufficient success. Whatever issues Lucian or the other leaders of Veragles had worked out with Iliucin hadn¡¯t become public, but he could more or less guess how it had gone down. Either way, the people interested in this base should have far too many other worries to even think about coming back for more.
No, while it felt a little weird to leave before the war was over, Tim wasn¡¯t really concerned about the base¡¯s safety. Especially not with this teleport link.
¡°Is everyone ready?¡± Zephyr asked, glancing behind him at the assembled people.
They would be traveling in groups, and most of the men stationed here would actually remain here for now. Tim and a few of the leaders, and all of the sapient drones, would return, to be switched with another group that was already preparing for a turn here outside of the psychic link.
¡°Whenever you are,¡± the priestess who had actually built the conduit drawled, gesturing with a sweep of her arm.
She¡¯d come back a few times before this point, testing the teleportation capability. It had given Tim the opportunity to talk to her a little more. Once he got past the fact that she was a little intimidating, he found she was nice enough. She¡¯d told him to call her Iseis and had answered his questions patiently, for the most part.
It was how he knew that it took a lot of mana to use this teleportation link, the amount increasing linearly with every additional person added, but with a high ¡®offset¡¯ cost to activate it in the first place. So, taking an entire group at once wasn¡¯t that difficult, comparatively. It also took quite a bit of skill, apparently. It was why Zephyr was doing it right now, to show that he could, and so they knew he had the ability it when it was needed later. Tim briefly wondered how many people his Hive Queen would be able to teleport, but decided he¡¯d probably see that happened eventually ¡ª and the answer would change with time anyway, as the hive grew. Either way, Zephyr wasn¡¯t a Thaumaturge for nothing and would be more than capable of this much.
He raised his hand, and a light started to shine in front of him, just slightly. Perhaps some kind of spatial warping messing with the artificial light around them. Tim barely had time to wonder about it before the world wrenched.
He clenched his teeth instinctively, stiffening as he resisted the urge to fall over. It was profoundly uncomfortable, like being forced into a strange shape, and for an endless moment, his world was swallowed by white noise and light. Then everything snapped into place again, the world suddenly different.
And the Hive was back. His mind snapped into place in the psychic link, and he felt the presence of other drones around him, stretching out into the distance. He was no longer alone.
He blinked against the change in the light level, taking a deep breath and noting the different scents of his surroundings. It was much noisier, too, but that might just be due to their arrival.
¡°Tim!¡± The first person he properly saw was Tia, stepping forward from a crowd who¡¯d gathered to watch their arrival.
¡°Tia,¡± he replied, grinning widely. The rest of it was unimportant as he stepped forward into her hug. Tim clutched her tightly to him, basking in the feel and scent of her as much as the welcome and joy she sent to him over the psychic link. Feeling his sister¡¯s presence again was a relief. He blinked hard.
He wasn¡¯t supposed to have favorites, but if he did, he had to admit she would be his favorite little sister.
Then he stopped focusing on his immediate surroundings as more minds clamored for his attention in the psychic link. In particular, his Mother reached out to him. It was always easy to distinguish her in the psychic link, she was on a whole other level even when she wasn¡¯t trying to be overbearing. Now she greeted him with a wordless hug and he simply enjoyed it for a while.
Come back home, she told him finally. I want to see you in person again.
Of course, Mother.
She retreated, probably to make way for Max and Mia, who immediately greeted him as well. Tim sent positive feelings to them and got them in return, exchanging a few words. Then he focused on his surroundings and stepped forward. He had to make sure everything was properly sorted. The others also deserved to go home.
The temple was pretty impressive, he noted. Not quite as large as he¡¯d thought, but it was nice to look at. The island was a bit cramped, though, and they moved everyone away from it to the shore pretty quickly.
Tim was pretty distracted right now, while they organized the group and prepared to set off again. Suddenly being connected to the psychic link again was a bit overwhelming. It was also a temptation, trying to delve into it and catch up on everything he¡¯d missed. Luckily, Owin and the others were competent enough that he didn¡¯t need to focus very much.
There were a lot of new minds in the psychic link. Of course. He¡¯d been gone for roughly a year. That was a lot of time for new drones to be born, especially with the exponential growth of the Hive, even with the limits imposed by their limited resources and need to actually mentor sapient drones. He felt a lot of curious minds, metaphorically watching him attentively but from a distance, so many they blended together into one. Tim tried to ignore them and focus on his immediate situation.
¡°Eager to get back to the capital, Your Imperial Highness?¡± Owin asked, stepping up beside him.
Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit.
Tim side-eyed him. ¡°You weren¡¯t that formal before we teleported.¡±
The Delver commander shrugged lightly. ¡°Just helping you get used to it.¡±
Tim snorted and shook his head, but he didn¡¯t respond. Of course, that¡¯s another thing. I¡¯m coming back as a prince. It was a good thing they were going to Forest¡¯s Haunt first.
Finally, the men started to march off, and Tim turned to Anuis and the few other elves. They would be returning to Ariedel for now, although he strongly suspected he¡¯d be seeing her and Tirias again. ¡°This is goodbye, then,¡± he said, inclining his head. ¡°I truly enjoyed your company on this journey, and I value the companionship, support and advice you offered highly. It was invaluable. I hope we will be able to see each other again soon. Either way, it was an honor.¡±
Anuis bowed, but she had a slight smile on her face. ¡°The honor was all mine, my Prince. We enjoyed your company on this mission just as much. We will certainly meet again. Until then, please convey my well-wishes to your siblings.¡±
He promised he would, asked her to remember him to a few elves he remembered in Ariedel, and they exchanged a few more pleasantries. It was polite and courteous, but he could tell the Three-Century Commander meant what she said, and so did he.
He was pretty sure he knew about at least one faction in Ariedel that would be pro-Empire and at least tentatively supporting joining it. And he didn¡¯t need Ray¡¯s reports to know which family would be at the heart of that faction.
The elves vanished into the forest surrounding the lake quickly, spurning the road, as they clearly intended to make their way to the Great Forest more directly. Political importance aside, he supposed Anuis was a good ranger and they¡¯d all earned their levels protecting their city in the forest.
Then it was time to leave as well. Tim made sure everyone was ready before he climbed on his Winged Drone Mount and took to the sky. Nucme and Alvol were coming with him for now, accompanying them until the capital, where they¡¯d presumably rejoin Icnes Oliren. He wished he could be a fly on the wall for that report.
Regina must have worked things out with Madris to ensure they would keep certain information secret. There had unfortunately been no way to hide the underground chamber from the dark elves. But he also suspected their ambassador wouldn¡¯t necessarily feel compelled to report everything to whatever rulers she might have back home.
The flight took a while, but Tim barely noticed the time passing. He was too caught up in looking at the changes that had happened in the Empire during his absence. He glanced down at the landscape they flew over, but except for some general details, it didn¡¯t tell him much. Although it was apparent that the new roads were being built steadily. Instead, he took advantage of the psychic link, both to talk to other drones and to just lurk behind the eyes of a few Swarm Drones, watching cities, villages and farmland through them. There were a lot more to choose from now, and they were strategically scattered all over the Empire, as far as the psychic link reached (and a little beyond the Empire¡¯s borders, in select cases).
There were a lot of new buildings in both the capital and Forest¡¯s Haunt, which was growing into a real city, but also in other cities and town. They housed schools, workshops and simple proto-factories. Or manufactories? He¡¯d have to ask Tia, but he didn¡¯t care much about the terminology. It was interesting to see how many humans, normal Imperial citizens, were working at them along with Hive drones, though, in all sorts of positions. And Swarm Drones were used as labor in quite a few of these projects, as well. He hadn¡¯t realized their efforts were going this well.
You¡¯ve been busy while I was gone, he said to Tia. She was sticking close to him, so he could have tried to say it out loud, but he¡¯d have to shout over the wind. Besides, he enjoyed being able to use the psychic link again.
We¡¯ve all been busy, she responded with a shrug. The good kind of busy, though. I think your time was more stressful.
Tim thought back to a few days over the last few months and pulled a face. He wasn¡¯t going to argue with that assumption.
Then they were close enough he could see the town from above directly, and Tim leaned a bit to the side to watch it. The Hive¡¯s base had grown substantially, but not all of it was visible, since a lot of the base was underground. The drones headed directly for a cleared strip of earth that resembled an airfield, and he enjoyed the wind whipping past him as they dove and came in for a landing. Tim hopped down, waiting for Tia, who immediately confiscated his right arm and dragged it and him into the base.
After that came a whirlwhind of greetings. He¡¯d already seen them in the psychic link, but many of his siblings and closer friends wanted to greet him in person. And he wasn¡¯t the only one coming back, either; he caught Ace almost tackling Ash to the ground in a hug.
Finally, some of the crowd dispersed and Tim found himself maneuvered into some kind of common room with the older of his siblings, Regina, Janis and June. Max had taken over from Tia and was sticking to his side. He seemed to have actually grown a little in the last year or so and was taller than everyone, but Tim didn¡¯t mind his bulk, he only leaned into his side and rested his head in the crook of his shoulder as they sat down on a couch.
¡°Have you tried the ice cream yet?¡± their Mother asked. ¡°We had to guess at your favorite flavors, but I made sure there¡¯s some of everything ready. And the drinks.¡±
¡°And we¡¯ve got lots of new games you should try,¡± Mia added cheerfully. ¡°And you missed a lot of the music!¡±
Janis laughed. ¡°He hasn¡¯t even been back half an hour yet, don¡¯t suffocate the poor boy.¡±
Tim shot her a dirty look for the ¡®poor boy¡¯ part, although he was privately a bit grateful for her intervention.
¡°You¡¯re not one to talk about anyone¡¯s age,¡± June said, smirking slightly.
Janis gasped in mock offense. ¡°I¡¯m older than everyone here!¡± She glanced at Regina, then nodded decisively. ¡°Everyone.¡±
Regina hid a smile behind her hand, though Tim could tell she was amused at their antics over the psychic link. She didn¡¯t protest.
¡°Yes, but relatively speaking, you¡¯re earlier in the course of your life than I am,¡± June said. ¡°Practically still a child.¡±
¡°And what is everyone else here, little kids?¡± Janis countered, waving a hand impatiently. ¡°At least I¡¯ve seen more than one monster wave.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know who you want to call ¡®little¡¯,¡± Max said, smiling. ¡°I¡¯m glad we¡¯re not building our tunnels to your scale, that would give us a lot of neck pain, right, Tim?¡±
Janis shook her head sadly, hiding her own amusement. ¡°Such disrespect toward your crown princess,¡± she sighed theatrically. ¡°Alas, we¡¯re surrounded by those who cannot understand our worth.¡±
¡°Yes, some of us don¡¯t have titles inflating our self importance,¡± Max agreed, deadpan.
Regina was actually frowning a bit now. June didn¡¯t seem to notice, but smirked. ¡°Aren¡¯t you second in line to the throne, Max?¡± she asked.
That seemed to sober the rest of them up, and Tim had a feeling he knew where this was going.
¡°Since you mention it,¡± Regina spoke up, sitting up a bit straighter. ¡°Max is my oldest child, but he does not want that position.¡±
¡°I told her we needed to solidify the official line of succession,¡± Max explained, his arm around Tim¡¯s shoulders tightening just a bit. ¡°But I don¡¯t want to be the official spare or whatever it¡¯s called. You¡¯re much better suited for that, Tim. Honestly, I¡¯d prefer to be behind Mia and Tia, too.¡±
Tim frowned. ¡°You want it to be one of us either way?¡± he asked cautiously. ¡°Is it wise to name a drone?¡±
Regina tilted her head. ¡°At least Leian confirmed that if I die, I¡¯m not taking all of you with me. The psychic link would collapse and you¡¯d only maybe keep scraps of it, but you wouldn¡¯t die or go mad, at least not beyond what grief and loss would do. So there¡¯s that.¡±
Tim grimaced. He really didn¡¯t want to think about her dying. ¡°Still, I don¡¯t know about this. You don¡¯t need to be demoted, Max. What do you think, My Queen?¡±
Regina tapped her fingers on the armrests of her chair. ¡°You¡¯re my Champion, Tim, and you have more experience in some things. You¡¯re more of a diplomat. This isn¡¯t really about who¡¯ll inherit what, but it would make sense to name you heir behind Janis. I¡¯d still stick with primogeniture as a principle beyond that, though.¡±
¡°I¡¯ll sign whatever I need to or proclaim whatever I need to,¡± Max added. ¡°I think the best thing would be an official line of succession with Janis, Tim, me if our Queen insists on that, Tia and Mia. That¡¯s what we discussed, anyway.¡±
Tim nodded slowly. He could see their point. He wondered for a moment why they put Tia ahead of Mia, but it was easy to see. If it comes to that and every one of us ahead of them is dead, a slightly more warlike leader would be better.
¡°I didn¡¯t want to talk about politics right now, though,¡± Regina added, a note of finality in her tone. ¡°We¡¯re here to have fun and welcome Tim and the others back.¡±
The conversation quickly returned to more joking and banter between the others, while Tim only chimed in occasionally. He was a little too tired and content to participate much, but it was relaxing to simply sit and bask in their presence and companionship.
The small gathering broke up a bit later, probably because it was getting late and he was tired, and Tim went to bed early. He was looking forward to sharing a ¡®nest¡¯ with the others again.
When the door creaked open half an hour later and his Mother quietly stepped into their bedroom, he only smiled and scooted over to make room on the large mattress. Sandwiched between her and Tia in a tangle of limbs, he drifted off to sleep happier than he¡¯d been in a long time.
Chapter 354: Stalemate
Regina hadn¡¯t quite realized how worried she¡¯d been until she had Tim back. Having a tangible connection to the southern base with the teleportation link also helped, of course. It put her mind at ease about the safety of both what they¡¯d found there and the troops they were stationing there to hold the site.
Still, feeling Tim¡¯s mind in the psychic link again, along with Ash and everyone else, was really what made her relax a little more, letting go of some tension she¡¯d been feeling. She should be fretting over the implications of having drones away from the hive and the psychic link for a considerable span of time and how well they held up, but she was just glad they were back.
Luckily, Regina wasn¡¯t the only one to feel this way and so she didn¡¯t bear the brunt of the teasing from the others. They were all glad and she suspected her own reaction was also mirrored slightly by her drones. Regina even joined them in the cuddle pile for the first few nights back in the Forest¡¯s Haunt base, although she retreated to her normal bedroom after that. It was nice and relaxing, something she should probably do more often, but having parts of hard shell poking her everywhere meant she got less actual sleep and it made getting ready in the morning a bit awkward. Plus, she¡¯d probably have to rotate through groups of drones if she wanted to avoid blatant favoritism, and she drew the line at playing politics with her sleeping schedule.
Besides, they returned to Cera after only a few days, where she was ensconced in the comforts of the Imperial royal apartments once again. Over the last months, ever since they¡¯d really settled in there, she supposed, Regina had been accumulating quite the collection of luxuries and minor extravagances, most of them diplomatic gifts. She had everything from pelts of exotic animals to expensive crystal glasses to beautifully illuminated books (obviously her favorites), not to mention all the articles of clothing and accessories.
It was a little weird to think about at first, but she¡¯d learned to accept it and take satisfaction in the proof that the Empire was a very powerful country, and so, many people sought its, and her, favor. She was being courted by quite the collection of nobles and foreign royals looking for assurances, profitable relationships or even military ties.
Occasionally literally. She rejected every such proposal, obviously, but Regina was getting a little tired of it. Did these people not realize she didn¡¯t need to marry to have children, couldn¡¯t have any heirs they wanted anyway, and had less than zero interest in a political marriage? There wasn¡¯t even anyone that would qualify for that kind of alliance if she¡¯d wanted to.
For now, Ira had standing orders to burn such letters, a copy-paste template for rejections, and Regina tried not to think about how many of these gifts had been meant for ¡®courting¡¯ or given with certain kinds of ulterior motives.
The first time a foreign envoy had tried making an offer for Max, Regina had only stared blankly and then excused herself quickly, torn between the urges to laugh or to blast their head off. By now, she was unfortunately getting used to them. Mia and Tia even had an informal competition about it.
Max had started speculating out loud if the offers would decrease if they actually accepted one. Then Regina had loudly contemplated how many people she could marry one of her drone princes or princesses to at the same time (the answer, she figured, was probably around ten if it was restricted to nobility and functionally unlimited if not). He¡¯d been quiet since then.
When they returned, Tim settled in pretty well to these patterns. He joined Max and Janis in overseeing their efforts with the military and spent more time attending diplomatic functions and building political connections than any of them. (Unsurprisingly, the amount of betrothal offers for his hand were soon double those of anyone else except Janis. Mia and Tia refused to let him join their game citing unfair advantages.)
A few were even from members of the Western Confederation. Regina wasn¡¯t quite sure what to make of that. Especially since relations continued to deteriorate, slowly but steadily.
At least they were still talking to each other, for the most part. She entertained envoys from the Western Confederation, and sent diplomats to them in return. Her diplomats all reported that they were tightly monitored and their movements restricted, and they had to fight to even get the time of day with any of the real leaders of the Confederation. That was certainly not a good sign, although it was better than ambassadors being sent away. And Regina also had to admit she wasn¡¯t very eager to talk to Confederation diplomats, either.
Luckily for their diplomatic efforts, she now had the official help of Janis, Tim, and to a slightly lesser degree, Max, Mia and Tia, who all claimed they weren¡¯t diplomats and wouldn¡¯t do well. At least they could attend the more unimportant functions where what was said didn¡¯t really matter but it was still good to show the presence of the Imperial crown. That was half the benefit of having more princes and princesses.
Luckily, politics aside, the Empire was still thriving. The harvest had been good, with the weather that year thankfully cooperating or at least not burdening them with too many storms and floods. Many of the projects the hive had started had come to be evaluated, and Mia was chomping at the bit to get started with the next cycle. The yields had been higher than projected for some crops and lower for others, but overall they easily had enough to get through winter, keep the stores full and even take into account an expanding population, which soothed some fears.
Regina was keeping up with the projections pretty closely, aware of how important this was. The ability to feed her people was one of the most crucial responsibilities she had, especially in a world with a medieval technology level and mindset like this. Fortunately, the hive¡¯s experiments in the chemical industry had also progressed, not just the mechanical and more flashy projects like rail lines. They had access to nitrate fertilizers now, even if the process of synthesizing them was still pretty dangerous and they were too dependent on magic in a few places compared to what she¡¯d like. Still, this spring was the first time they were really using them on a large scale, not just in the territory the hive controlled and administered directly.
It had been a bit of a headache to figure out how to distribute their products, and Regina had eventually chosen to leave them free of charge but controlled with tax brakes and hikes based on the harvest once it was taken in. That meant farmers had free access to them and would remunerate the Empire once they¡¯d achieved a bigger harvest than usual while still profiting from it. This system would only work for now, while all of it was still getting rolled out. Eventually, such things would simply be sold on the market. But subsidies and tax incentives would probably stay. Unfortunately, they also still had to go through the local lords since it simply wasn¡¯t feasible for the Imperial bureaucracy to keep track of every single person properly. At least for now.
If you come across this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it.
At least it meant she could pass off a lot of the headache of organizing this to the lower nobles, and they could hardly complain, since they were given help from the Empire. Which would increase their incomes as well, since they were unfortunately still based on the old system.
The winter had passed quickly, both because they were all busy and the weather simply turning into an early spring. Regina didn¡¯t get to spend much time outside, only occasionally for training or when she could carve out some time to go for a flight, so the changing seasons barely affected her. She was a little more concerned with the effects it had on her populace, which she mostly found in her stacks of reports and by talking to drones in the psychic link.
She¡¯d originally hoped to move her ¡®court¡¯ to the new capital this spring, but had to postpone it by at least several months. The project was rather ¡ ambitious. They were building an entire new city. Of course, parts of it were already built and she could technically move right in, but Regina wanted to move most of the Imperial government, which meant a lot of space for the offices of various departments, and they also required a lot of other things in terms of support infrastructure. She¡¯d decided it was better not to cut parts of it off and relocate them on their own. Moving everything at once wouldn¡¯t be possible, either, but at least she could make sure the preparations were fully in place.
Things had settled into a bit of a stalemate for now and Regina was enjoying the relative peace. Spring moved into early summer, her projects proceeded apace, the war in the south kept well clear of the old Hivekind base and would hopefully be over soon, and her studies were progressing well. June was coming along as a psychic, to the point she could take over most of the instructions of the other students, especially new ones. It wasn¡¯t her focus anymore, but Regina still occasionally found someone worth teaching, or at least trying to see if they had potential. Others stopped or were sent home when they showed they couldn¡¯t get past a surface understanding or had no real skill in the ¡®psychic arts¡¯ except for magic, so the size of the group fluctuated a little.
Things were busy enough that she almost missed her friends and a few of her drones preparing a ¡®surprise party¡¯ for her birthday, which honestly, was just embarrassing. She had the psychic link. How could she not pick up something like this?
So, she didn¡¯t let on that she knew, at least not by saying anything, but she also didn¡¯t act surprised when they finally ¡®revealed¡¯ it. She had to admit they¡¯d gone to some effort; the garden was decorated, everyone who didn¡¯t belong had been barred from the premises for the evening, and they¡¯d incorporated some of the adjoining rooms and set up buffet tables and party games.
Regina admittedly had complicated feelings about her birthday. Besides the fact that it was the day of her hatching ¡ª and even then more of a best guess than anything ¡ª and not her actual birthday when she¡¯d first been born, which she still didn¡¯t know. It reminded her just how young she still was, at least in chronological terms. Everything had happened so quickly, so much had changed in such a short time. Three years ago, she couldn¡¯t have imagined standing where she was right now.
But at least she didn¡¯t have to worry about another monster wave, quite yet.
So Regina tried to enjoy herself. The food was nice. It even included some of the more ¡®unique¡¯ traditional Cernlian food Kiara and Janis had introduced her to. They¡¯d tried for regular ¡®girls¡¯ nights¡¯ lately, but were often too busy to find the time, so it often fell by the wayside. But at least they did get together occasionally, often with just the Lyns sisters, Janis and Regina, but sometimes including a few of the drones, or even Galatea on one occasion.
The mana-form was currently also here, absolutely destroying everyone else at poker. Regina had wisely decided not to play. It would have been difficult to resist the urge to cheat by using her psychic powers to read their emotional reactions, anyway. Galatea had only arrived a few days ago and would probably leave soon, too, but at least she was here. Interestingly, Madris was also playing. She was pretty new to it and still learning the rules, though, which probably explained why she was losing despite also having the psychic advantage.
Once she lost the last of her coins ¡ª at least they weren¡¯t betting with large sums, only pocket change ¡ª and bowed out of the game, her psychic mentor came to join Regina. They watched for a minute in silence, while Regina waited for Madris to broach the topic she clearly wanted to discuss.
¡°I know you¡¯ve kept out of it, but there have been a few developments regarding our interests in the Eternal Dark,¡± she finally said. ¡°Icnes is considering going back.¡±
Regina glanced at her, surprised. ¡°You don¡¯t want her to leave,¡± she observed.
Madris shrugged slightly. ¡°I wouldn¡¯t even if I wasn¡¯t concerned for her safety. I¡¯m not sure it¡¯s a good time for her to return. But perhaps we should send someone.¡±
¡°As I recall, you originally suggested perhaps sending Tim,¡± Regina said, keeping her tone carefully neutral.
The dark elf inclined her head slightly. ¡°I don¡¯t suppose that would be an option, would it? He is a prince now, rather high-profile. And he has only returned from an extended absence a few months ago.¡±
Regina hesitated for a moment. She really didn¡¯t like the idea of sending Tim away again, especially like this. She could ask him, of course, but a part of her was afraid he¡¯d just say yes trying to please her, even if he really didn¡¯t want to go.
¡°I understand,¡± Madris said before she could respond. ¡°I¡¯ve been considering sending Armin. He¡¯s very willing to go. I may have told him too many stories about my home.¡±
Regina smiled faintly. ¡°You¡¯re fine with that?¡±
¡°I wouldn¡¯t say I¡¯m not worried, but he should be reasonably safe. He¡¯s a member of my house, they can¡¯t really deny him entry. Icnes¡¯ people will help him, too.¡±
Regina nodded slowly. ¡°He¡¯s like your adopted son, right? Even if he¡¯s human? What does that mean for his status?¡±
¡°Somewhat, but not really.¡± Madris pulled a face. ¡°I adopted him into the house, but that doesn¡¯t mean he¡¯s necessarily my son. It¡¯s complicated ¡ª family relationships among dark elves can be.¡± She hesitated for a slight moment. ¡°For example, it wouldn¡¯t be forbidden for me to take him as a lover, despite inducting him into my house. It¡¯s also too small to really have an internal ranking structure, but if it did, it wouldn¡¯t necessarily put him at the top, although he is quite strong, so he¡¯d be respected.¡±
¡°Did you?¡± Galatea asked.
Neither of them reacted, they¡¯d both sensed her coming up beside them. Regina only spared her a look and resisted the urge to roll her eyes.
¡°I beg your pardon?¡± Madris asked.
¡°Have you slept with him?¡± Galatea clarified.
For a moment, Regina thought Madris would lash out at her. But the moment passed, and the dark elf only sighed, rolling her eyes. ¡°I have, in the past, when I needed comfort. But our affair is decisively over,¡± she finally said after a pause. ¡°And don¡¯t give me that look, Galatea; we all know humans age differently and he was obviously a mature adult.¡±
Regina cleared her throat. ¡°As interesting as that is, let¡¯s get back on topic. We would have sent Tim as an envoy of the Empire. That¡¯s not as easy with Armin, since he¡¯s not from the Empire. Should we still send someone, as well?¡±
Madris smiled at her. ¡°I would suggest so, eventually, if nothing else. But perhaps we should have him go and scout out the situation first. Still, if you want to consider who you might want to send as an envoy ¡¡±
¡°I¡¯ll talk to a few people,¡± Regina nodded. ¡°Let me know if there¡¯s anything I can do to help, regardless. Supplies, an escort, or whatever.¡±
¡°Thank you. We may have to take you up on that.¡±
Regina smiled again and glanced back at the party that was still ongoing around them. They stayed silent for a time, while she was enjoying the atmosphere.
Chapter 355: Growing
The Empire had made a lot of progress in the last few months, or you could even say ever since its founding. Still, they just hadn¡¯t had enough time to really get very far in the great scheme of things, which Tia found very frustrating.
In principle, her job was to oversee the Hive¡¯s and Empire¡¯s capabilities in a more military sense. But in reality, it wasn¡¯t so easy to separate civilian and military infrastructure or capabilities, and she wasn¡¯t stuck just playing warfare logistics, either. Mia would strangle her if she refused to help with other projects just based on them not being directly relevant for the army. As such, she was heavily involved in the development of the country as a whole as well as the various projects the Hive was sponsoring.
The most progress had been made with the roads. It was a labor-intensive but not particularly challenging project, on the whole. And they weren¡¯t really lacking for manpower, especially since it was still pretty cheap to just hire people from the local region to help lay the roads. That boosted the local economy in addition to facilitating travel and trade there. By now, all the major cities in the Empire had been connected and they had made good progress in doing the same for other towns. It was going so well that Mia and Tia barely had to spend any time on it beside reviewing the occasional status updates.
The railways were a lot more of a problem child, in comparison. A few test rail lines had been laid, but it would still take a while until they were actually able to be used regularly. Building locomotives was still very money- and time-intensive, so much so she had serious doubts about its commercial viability just now. Especially since they probably couldn¡¯t ¡ª or wouldn¡¯t ¡ª stick to one power source for long. Mia even thought it might be best to put the entire project on ice until they were better prepared, or at least until they had secured more steel, but Tia had argued for keeping it going. In her experience, you didn¡¯t make any breakthroughs or come up with new solutions if you didn¡¯t try to work on it.
Materials were becoming a real issue, which was why she was glad that trade with other countries had risen sharply. They were importing iron from quite a few countries now, even if these countries mostly couldn¡¯t offer very much. Not at the scale of their fledgling industry, at least. Tia was also overseeing an effort at increasing mining operations in the Empire itself, which would hopefully help.
She was particularly interested in the south, including the mountains. Who knew what sort of resources might be hidden there? It was obvious they¡¯d changed a lot from the Alps in Regina¡¯s time, if all the monsters weren¡¯t enough of a clue. The cooperation they were starting with the dwarves would hopefully open up a lot of opportunities.
It also provided a good excuse for her to go and talk to Tim and Dan, who had actually met the dwarves. Tia could have probably relied more on information shared in the psychic link, but she wouldn¡¯t let an opportunity to chat with her favorite brothers go to waste. Well, favorite brother and somewhat favored brother; Dan was okay but he wasn¡¯t Tim.
¡°Why don¡¯t you just go there and see for yourself?¡± Tim suggested. ¡°I don¡¯t think Mother would stop you. And it¡¯s not like anyone else would.¡±
Tia shrugged. ¡°We¡¯d need someone to power the teleportation, and honestly I don¡¯t really need to see this thing for myself. It would be a lot of fuss and effort. I have your impressions and I¡¯m less interested in this material than the rest of it.¡± She wouldn¡¯t pretend she wasn¡¯t curious, but not enough to go haring off outside the range of the psychic link.
¡°True, you probably shouldn¡¯t try to work with it anyway, I don¡¯t think Regina would allow that,¡± Tim nodded. ¡°It seems to be dangerous. But what about the rest of your projects?¡±
¡°They¡¯re going pretty well,¡± she told him. Sensing his interest, Tia launched into a quick explanation of her current progress. She knew Tim was keeping abreast of the general developments, but she mostly talked about her issues.
They were interrupted by a shriek, and Tia glanced up. She noted that Tim instinctively went for the dagger he wasn¡¯t carrying today, but ignored it. The two of them had been walking through the palace, especially to the inner gardens. They were still in their outskirts, where an open promenade led into the greenery. Tia relaxed once she noted what was happening. It was hard to mistake the little human toddling along the cross path with surprising speed, or his mother going after him and trying to catch him. She succeeded just before they would have crashed into the two of them.
¡°I see little Robin¡¯s already learning to run away,¡± she commented quietly.
Florance took a step back, gripping her son tightly, who was squirming in her arms and laughing.
¡°Please forgive the interruption,¡± the woman said, bowing surprisingly gracefully despite the toddler. ¡°Your Highnesses.¡±
Tia suppressed the urge to make a face. She still wasn¡¯t quite used to that. ¡°No need for the formalities, Lady Florance,¡± she replied after a quick glance at Tim. ¡°It is always nice to see you, and the little prince. God, he¡¯s growing really fast, isn¡¯t he?¡±
Florance smiled politely. ¡°Indeed, he seems to become more of a handful every day,¡± she agreed. After a moment, her smile turned a bit more genuine. ¡°I don¡¯t suppose Hivekind have much experience with such things.¡±
¡°Not really.¡± Tia took a step closer, curious despite herself, with Tim copying her. She¡¯d seen the kid around, of course, as well as others, but she didn¡¯t spend much time with children. Especially ones so young.
Robin Lyns smiled at her. He seemed like a cheerful baby.
¡°There haven¡¯t been any problems with his magic, have there?¡± Tim asked, sounding concerned. He reached out tentatively, catching the boy¡¯s attention, but stopped short of actually touching him.
His mother shook her head. ¡°Not at all. The Empress has still checked him regularly, and June is quite committed to monitoring him, but neither of them has seen any issue. He seems to be developing as normal despite any irregularities with his mana, or so they say.¡±
If you spot this story on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation.
¡°That¡¯s good,¡± Tia muttered. She raised her gaze, focusing on the woman instead.
Florance wasn¡¯t that old, as far as Tia knew ¡ª maybe forty or early forties at most ¡ª but she looked a bit older. Part of the reason for that might be the strain of repeated pregnancies, not to mention many miscarriages, which could probably do some damage beyond that. Tia wouldn¡¯t underestimate her because of it, though. It took strength and resilience to keep going like she had. But the lady was also polite and politic enough that Tia wasn¡¯t sure how she really felt about many things, like the Hive as a whole.
¡°Now that he is growing up a little, you must have more time for other things,¡± Tim commented. ¡°I heard you¡¯ve started a regular soir¨¦e for ladies in the capital, along with your laudable efforts with the Cernlian crown¡¯s charity projects.¡±
Florance inclined her head. ¡°Thank you for your kind words, Prince Tim. I do try.¡±
¡°More than try,¡± Tia chimed in. ¡°If it wouldn¡¯t be a bother, perhaps I could attend one of these evenings? Not to put you on the spot, of course; you can let me know your decision later, and I won¡¯t begrudge it if you¡¯d prefer to keep it to your current circle. I¡¯ve heard nothing but good things of your charity efforts, as well. I know that takes more effort and finesse than it might seem.¡±
The queen mother smiled slightly. ¡°Thank you, Princess Tia. They are traditional ventures of the Cernlian queen. Since my daughter is busy with more important matters, I am simply trying to contribute where I can, to lighten her load a little if I am able. It is the least I can do.¡±
Clearly, Tia thought. She¡¯d never heard Kiara say much about these ventures, although June had mentioned them before.
¡°I am certain Kiara appreciates it, Lady Florance,¡± Tim said earnestly. ¡°Janis had nothing but praise.¡±
Florance¡¯s expression was very neutral at the mention of Janis. ¡°Of course. Speaking of, would either of you know who I should speak to regarding matters of the Imperial household? I promised Princess Janis I would help with getting her aunt settled and integrated.¡±
Tia raised an eyebrow slightly. ¡°If not Regina herself, I would talk to Ira, she really runs things around here, I think. Or perhaps Max. He was more concerned with overseeing the security, but he is also heavily involved with other matters regarding the court and household as a result.¡±
¡°That is helpful, thank you.¡± She glanced down at her son, who was reaching up to tug at her hair and clearly demanding attention. ¡°I should settle Robin down for his nap. If you would excuse me?¡±
¡°Of course,¡± Tim said, as they stepped aside. ¡°It was a pleasure to talk to you again.¡±
Florance bowed her head and walked off, transferring the boy to the other arm. He laughed again, the sound following them down the hallway into the building, as the two of them looked after them.
¡°Something is still going on with that family,¡± Tia said.
Tim snorted slightly. ¡°Maybe it always is.¡± He paused, considering. ¡°Do you think Florance likes Janis?¡±
Tia frowned, thinking back to various conversations with the girls. ¡°I think she likes Janis just fine on a personal level, but she¡¯s not a fan of their relationship for other reasons. But she¡¯s also not going to say anything or make a fuss and she will support Kiara for the same practical reasons.¡±
Unlike June, who clearly liked Janis a lot and was very supportive of their relationship, mostly because she just wanted her sister to be happy.
At least neither of them was actually homophobic. Though, from what Tia could tell, a homophobic attitude was decidedly out of fashion in the court of Cera, anyway. She didn¡¯t have the impression that Kiara and Janis¡¯ relationship was an open secret that everyone knew, but it was definitely not the most tightly held secret, either. A lot of people probably had their suspicions but didn¡¯t do anything about them. Presumably because shit-talking either the Cernlian queen or Imperial crown princess was bad enough, and both at once would be worse. Though Tia didn¡¯t pay much attention to gossip, so maybe her evaluation was off.
¡°It¡¯s going to be weird to move out and no longer live in the same palace,¡± Tim commented as they kept walking.
Tia shrugged. She¡¯d kept abreast of the progress of the new capital, although not in any real detail. She knew how far it had come, though. ¡°Maybe,¡± she said. ¡°We already moved here from the base at Forest¡¯s Haunt. Not to mention the base in the forest. I think I¡¯ve actually stayed here longer than at any of them, though.¡±
¡°Probably,¡± Tim said. ¡°It feels like a very long time ago that we were building huts in the forest.¡± He paused, frowning slightly. ¡°Now I¡¯m building military barracks in several cities, and not personally, but just on paper.¡±
Tia hummed. She personally liked building things. Even if that didn¡¯t usually mean she worked on them with her own hands, when it came to buildings. Contributing to the planning and design was still fun. But she still understood what Tim meant. ¡°You are building a lot of these garrisons,¡± she said lightly.
Tim cocked his head. ¡°I blame Max. He seems to take our security so seriously, he¡¯s extended it to mean the security of the entire Empire.¡±
Tia laughed. Tim smiled weakly but didn¡¯t join in. After a bit, she trailed off, clearing her throat. ¡°I guess he¡¯s not entirely wrong,¡± she admitted.
There were a lot of them now. Thousands of drones. Tens of thousands, even. They still weren¡¯t growing as quickly as they could have, but the last, peaceful months had still seen a significant growth in the Hive. And their security was directly correlated to that of everyone else in the country, to its security as a whole.
¡°Do we really need that many military bases?¡± she asked after a moment. ¡°I mean, don¡¯t get me wrong, I¡¯m not complaining. I will gladly help build them and I like making cannons for the army as much as the next girl.¡±
Tim shrugged. ¡°I think we¡¯re all looking to the next war,¡± he said. ¡°As much as I might prefer to avoid it, I don¡¯t think the Esemen or the Western Confederation will let us just build and expand the Empire in peace. Besides, you never know when we¡¯ll run into a new enemy. And we¡¯re pretty well set up for war. Speaking of, how are those cannons coming along?¡±
Tia nodded. She knew they could easily win against their neighbors if they went to war. It was only because Regina didn¡¯t want to attack them that they didn¡¯t. That was her decision, of course. Like everyone else, Tia wouldn¡¯t question it or complain about it, but she¡¯d also help her Hive conquer their surroundings if the Hive Queen changed her mind.
That was, as far as she could tell, the Hivekind way.
¡°They¡¯re coming along well,¡± she said, refocusing her thoughts on one of her longer-running projects. ¡°We managed to make qualitative improvements to several of the models. The mortars¡¯ range is significantly greater and we¡¯ve managed to improve their precision even more. The heavy artillery is also a little lighter now. We¡¯ve been trying some prototypes of lightweight, field-portable versions. Most would still do better with horse-drawn carts, or with stronger and heavier Swarm Drones working to transport them. I¡¯ve actually got a pretty nice model of a portable grenade launcher, too. It still needs a bit of improvement, but with a bit more work I¡¯d feel comfortable outfitting the army with it as a standard weapon.¡±
Tim smiled. His eyes went a bit glassy, and she could tell he was looking through information in the psychic link. ¡°I¡¯ll have to test them a little more closely,¡± he said. ¡°You¡¯ve done good work, as always, Tia.¡±
Tia shrugged. ¡°Thanks. Gotta admit, I¡¯m actually looking forward to seeing how everything will actually stand up in battle.¡±
He smiled slightly. ¡°Yeah. Just don¡¯t let Janis hear you talking like that.¡±
Tia didn¡¯t respond. She knew Janis didn¡¯t want another war. She even understood that.
But she also knew that if she actually thought the Hive and the Empire wouldn¡¯t wage war again, she was just kidding herself.
Chapter 356: Review
Janis knew the Empire would wage war again, she was just hoping it would wait for a long time.
Still, as she stood on the review stand the people around her had hastily erected and watched a company of soldiers after another march past, she reflected that at least they wouldn¡¯t be caught unprepared. Honestly, she had pretty conflicted feelings on the matter.
A part of her was even a little resentful that Regina seemed to have left any duties that had to do with commanding the army to her. Not that she was alone, of course, Ben and Max and the others were doing their part. But Janis was the crown princess and she was the crown¡¯s designated representative for leading their people in battle. She knew any resentment was groundless, of course; as the Empress, Regina had more than enough other duties to take care of. It made sense to split the responsibility a little. Besides, while Regina was hardly stupid, she wasn¡¯t really a general.
Luckily, Ben as the official Marshal of the Empire was doing very good work.
¡°Enlistment is up by ten percept from last month, Your Imperial Highness,¡± the local commander said. ¡°We will be able to muster a new company soon.¡±
Janis nodded, briefly glancing at the man before she returned her attention to the soldiers passing by on the open parade ground. The marching troops had finished and were now followed by ranks of cavalry. All of them currently wearing firearms in addition to cavalry sabers. They did make a pretty picture.
¡°You have done good work, Colonel,¡± she praised. ¡°It is reassuring to know that the northern border will be that much more secure, relying on a solid defense in this province.¡±
He smiled, obviously pleased, just as she¡¯d intended. And while Janis was here to raise morale, she wasn¡¯t lying. Obviously, judging the local garrison by their performance on an occasion like this would be flawed, but she could still tell they were disciplined. The colonel and his subordinates had seemed competent. It was the last stop on her current route, and she¡¯d definitely seen worse.
There were even a few recruits for the Star Guard here. She¡¯d scheduled time to speak to a few of them later. Regina¡¯s plan for that outfit seemed to have worked so far; they were truly seen as an elite that other soldiers aspired to join, even if they hadn¡¯t really proven themselves in war yet.
¡°You seem to have handled the transition from disparate levies to a proper army well in this county,¡± the commander of her current escort from the Star Guard noted. Jay was a senior drone, one of the highest officers in the Guard and honestly probably a little too senior to just play escort for her, but she guessed he¡¯d wanted to see the northern defenses for himself, too. Not that Janis objected to having him with her.
¡°Yes, we are fortunate to have many true patriots who are eager to do their duty to the Empire,¡± the colonel responded. ¡°It perhaps helps that the Count is away, having taken a position in the capital, to be frank.¡±
Janis smiled slightly. That was good to know, but she didn¡¯t want to risk an answer being taken the wrong way, so she didn¡¯t say anything; just refocused her attention on the inspection of the troops she was here for, which was coming to an end.
She paid particular attention to the artillery pieces they had. Which wasn¡¯t many, this wasn¡¯t the most important garrison or the largest, but they did show off a few. Janis watched a drill to make sure they knew how to use them properly, occasionally asking a few more questions of the local commander. She had no real concerns here, it had been a rather relaxed visit so far, and it continued in that vein.
After the review, she talked to a few of the veterans who would be joining the Star Guard. Again, Janis didn¡¯t ask any hard questions or give them a hard time. She probably could have still kicked them out, but there was no reason to. This trip was mostly to be seen and raise morale. And these soldiers in particular had been carefully chosen, she didn¡¯t really think a few minutes¡¯ conversation would do a better job at deciding if they were suitable.
It took a few more hours, talking with the local officers and promising to help sort out a few issues, and then they finally left. Janis rolled her shoulders as her entourage departed the gate of the military base, mostly just a few buildings with a fence around them. ¡°That was the last of them,¡± she said.
Jay smiled slightly. ¡°Saving the best for last, then?¡±
She glanced at him. ¡°I don¡¯t think there¡¯s enough reason to make such a distinction, honestly.¡±
¡°Fair enough, but I wasn¡¯t really talking about the garrison here.¡±
Janis sighed. ¡°Let¡¯s just go to the market and look around a little, perhaps?¡±
They had already spoken to people at the local lord¡¯s hall, where they were quartered. However, with the local count away at the capital and nothing much happening there, it had been pretty boring and quiet. But there was a reason Janis was paying attention here. This city ¡ª or more like a large town, perhaps ¡ª was the closest city to the Esemen and also pretty close to the Western Confederation. Trade ties had been strong. There were reports of growing tension ¡ª when were there not, though? ¡ª and Janis wanted to look around personally, besides just inspecting their defenses.
It didn¡¯t take long to notice that the prices were rising, once they reached the market. Of course, Janis and her escort of several Star Guard soldiers attracted a lot of attention. She smiled and nodded, accepting greetings and blessings from people, occasionally exchanging a few words. After the first wave of interest died down, she walked past a few stalls, looking at prices and talking to a few of the people. The market was also ringed by storefronts, and she chanced a look inside several of them as well.
Overall, it wasn¡¯t hard to tell were the problems lay. There were a few goods you generally got from more southern parts of the Empire here, and others that were imported from the neighboring countries. Trinkets and household goods crafted in a certain style unique to their origin, or goods imported from even further away. Expensive wines were a particularly interesting choice, since she could also look at vintages and no one found it strange that the princess would be looking at fine wines. The best ones supposedly still came from several regions around the Rhine and almost certainly passed through the Western Confederation. The same was true of other luxury goods, but also religious idols from Esemen or books from certain writers.
If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it.
Not that the latter was a large concern, the Empire was far ahead when it came to books. Also many other things that had benefited from Regina¡¯s introduction of new knowledge and techniques.
Overall, it was easy to see prices were up, especially from Esemen. That was a concern. There had been minor tax hikes and tariff increases that could explain rising prices on imported goods from the Western Confederation, but not from Esemen. As far as she knew, the tariffs hadn¡¯t changed. And the Imperial government certainly should have been informed. That meant merchants were probably less willing to come to the Empire, driving up prices for their goods since there was less supply for the same demand. That seemed to be born out by what she saw. She wasn¡¯t aware of any epidemics or large-scale disasters in Esemen that would have affected it, though.
Janis quickly shared her speculation with Jay when they had a bit of privacy, who nodded. ¡°Our informants in the east still aren¡¯t the best, but we can definitely look into that,¡± he said. ¡°It could be that the Esemen government is putting pressure on their merchants to avoid the Empire. They would probably deny it if we asked or complained.¡±
Janis nodded, frowning. Making your citizens avoid coming to a nearby country could be seen as a sign for a prelude to war, to avoid them getting caught up in it. But if the Esemen were actually planning to attack the Empire soon, there would be more signs of it. Of course, they could just be thinking long-term.
She talked to a few more people, getting some information and taking a few mental notes on things to look into. Reports of this would have probably reached them sooner or later, anyway, but it seemed like a recent development. If only they had more spies in Esemen to confirm for them what was happening. Unfortunately, the Esemen were annoyingly good at avoiding or catching them, from what Janis heard. It wasn¡¯t really her area of responsibility.
Still, it put her in a contemplative mood even as they finally returned to their quarters to eat dinner before heading back. At least she had also managed to pick up a few things at the market to bring back as souvenirs, especially for Kiara. Dinner was quiet and uneventful. The sparse staff left in the mansion clearly tried their best, but it couldn¡¯t compare to the usual fare at the palace. Maybe I¡¯ve become spoiled, Janis reflected. The different courses and extra-sweet dessert would have seemed extravagant to her a few years ago. She limited herself to a single glass of wine, while her escort didn¡¯t drink. Then they left, mounting their Winged Drone Mounts and taking off into the sky.
At this point, Janis was used to traveling like this. The ease and speed was simply unequaled. A carriage might have been more pleasant, especially on the new roads and with a decent suspension system, but she pulled up the scarf she¡¯d brought for this reason over her lower face, tucked her gloved hands flat against the drone¡¯s back and ignored the wind and chill of the air, with the ease of practice.
A part of her liked to feel like she was still a warrior and not some spoiled princess, she had to admit.
The trip took several hours, and she distracted herself by diving into the psychic link and catching up with several drones she hadn¡¯t talked to in a while. The sun was setting in the east and she spared a few moments for appreciating the sight before it got dark. Their flying drones didn¡¯t care, able to see well enough at night.
Finally, they reached Cera. The drones circled once around the city before they landed in a secluded courtyard at the back of the royal palace. Janis hopped down, stretching a bit, and checked on her escorts via the psychic link out of habit as she walked inside.
The palace was pretty quiet at this hour, although it rarely completely slept. Janis glanced around, dimissing Jay and the others with a wordless feeling of thanks, before she headed to the wing where the royal family of Cernlia kept their quarters ¡ª a short distance from the suites given to the Imperial royals and Janis¡¯ own bedroom.
Kiara was still awake. She had dressed down for bed already, though, her hair falling freely down her back and slippers peeking out from the hem of a night robe. There was no one else around. Janis opened the door quietly, smiling at Kiara and stepping in before closing it softly as well, setting down her bag beside it for later.
By the time she turned back around, her girlfriend was in front of her, reaching up to tangle a hand in her hair and kiss her. Janis eagerly recipocrated, putting her arms around Kiara¡¯s waist and back. After a few seconds, she deepened the kiss, teasing Kiara¡¯s mouth open and exploring it with her tongue.
¡°You¡¯re late,¡± Kiara said as they finally broke apart and she stepped back, breathing a little more heavily.
¡°Sorry,¡± Janis said. ¡°I spent a little longer in the last city than I thought. The Esemen are causing the prices of goods to rise.¡± She shook her head, then stepped further into the room and took off her jacket. ¡°I appreciate you waiting up for me.¡±
Kiara smiled slightly, though there was still a bit of tension in her expression. She clearly decided to leave talking about the Esemen for later, and only said, ¡°Of course. What sort of lover would I be if I didn¡¯t greet you on your return? Besides, the bed is cold and lonely on its own, I require your presence in it.¡±
¡°A well-rested one, hopefully,¡± Janis smirked, stepping forward again after she¡¯d kicked off her shoes and starting to slowly lower Kiara¡¯s robe from her shoulders. It did present a very enticing sight; she liked Kiara in full regalia, but there was something different about such an intimate moment. ¡°And does that mean you don¡¯t want to use my bed from now on?¡±
Kiara seemed to hesitate for a moment, before she pushed a strand of Janis¡¯ hair behind her ear. ¡°I don¡¯t mind either way, of course. But Mother and June already know about us, if they catch you creeping around at night it won¡¯t be an issue.¡±
¡°So do the Hive,¡± Janis pointed out. ¡°There aren¡¯t really any more outsiders here than in this wing. It¡¯s fine, though.¡± She sighed. ¡°I wish all this secrecy wasn¡¯t necessary.¡±
Kiara tensed slightly, which Janis could sense as her fingers were currently exploring the best path under her nightshirt. ¡°Well, I don¡¯t have any intention of risking my reign any further.¡±
Janis shrugged, stopping her movements. ¡°You know I¡¯d never push you into something you¡¯re not comfortable with, Kiara. And I do appreciate that we have some more privacy.¡±
Kiara nodded, then lifted a hand to trace Janis¡¯ lips and chin with a soft touch. ¡°I know. I don¡¯t deserve you, my love.¡±
¡°I beg to differ, my queen. You¡¯re mine and I¡¯m not giving you up.¡±
Kiara smiled and they leaned in for a kiss, softer this time. But when Janis moved her hands again towards her breasts, Kiara shook her head, drawing back. ¡°Not today, love. Let us simply go to sleep, we need to start the day early tomorrow.¡±
Janis nodded, a little disappointed, but she was pretty tired. She knew it wasn¡¯t because of their location or surroundings; Janis still wasn¡¯t a psychic, but she had gotten very good at separating her mind from the psychic link and keeping that barrier up subconsciously.
Instead, she quickly changed into one of Kiara¡¯s shirts and then climbed into bed with her. Her girlfriend pulled her closer and Janis absentmindedly traced a finger down her neck to her collarbones. Maybe it was the monster in her, but she wished she could just bite her here firmly, mark her girlfriend for everyone to see. Leave a visible reminder that would remind her girlfriend she was here, that she belonged to her and was cared for and protected, when Janis couldn¡¯t be there.
Pushing the thought aside, she wrapped her arms around Kiara, enjoying her warmth and letting the steady beat of her heart lull her to sleep.
Interlude: Isolation
¡°It¡¯s the first time I¡¯ve seen one of you Delvers with a proper house name,¡± the dark elf said. ¡°You do realize you don¡¯t need one to walk the tunnels of the Eternal Dark, right?¡±
¡°Your order has agreements with our people,¡± the second man, his companion, added.
Armin forced a smile and managed not to roll his eyes. Of course he was aware of that fact. It was common knowledge, even if he didn¡¯t know Madris. ¡°I¡¯m aware,¡± he said drily. ¡°I am a Delver, you guessed right in that regard, but I am actually not here on business for the order.¡±
The two dark elves exchanged a look. They were both male and looked young, probably still in their first centuries. He didn¡¯t recognize the symbol embroidered on their jackets, clearly a house sigil, but they were obviously soldiers. The uniforms and weapons made that clear, in addition to the fact they were manning this outpost ¡ª what amounted to a minor border checkpoint.
¡°Now I¡¯m not sure if we should let you in,¡± the second, slightly younger one, said. ¡°Why would you tell us that, anyway?¡±
Armin half-sighed and gave them a stern look. ¡°It does not matter, because I have every right to be here either way. I belong to a house of the Eternal Dark, founded and headed by a powerful lady of high standing. You¡¯ll let me pass, boys, because you¡¯re not idiots, and you don¡¯t want your superior to get a visit from my lady. Believe me, no one would be happy after that.¡±
The first man actually stepped back slightly. They exchanged another look, before the second turned to open the gate of the checkpoint, a rather simple construct of wooden beams and planks, and the first nodded at him. ¡°Alright, no need for threats. Come on in, friend.¡±
Armin smiled and thanked him before stepping through, deeper into the tunnel. Now he was officially in the realm of the dark elves.
Finally, after rather lengthy travel. He could have descended into the Eternal Dark earlier, or at least into tunnels leading to the dark elves¡¯ home. They extended much further than most people realized.
But this way had probably been faster. And he was impatient. Between the dithering, preparations and travel, the last proper letter they had gotten from the Eternal Dark, the one that had prompted Icnes to consider returning and Madris to send him instead, was several months ago.
¡°What should I expect on this route? Anything I should be aware of?¡± he asked.
¡°A few monsters, including a colony of Tunnelers a ways down the southern crossing, and the usual dangers. But considering your level, I doubt it will be a challenge,¡± the soldier said, shrugging. ¡°Normally I¡¯d recommend not traveling alone, but you¡¯re clearly strong.¡±
Armin nodded. ¡°Thank you, soldier. I¡¯ll be off then. Good fortune to you.¡±
They wished him the same, craning their necks as he set off down the tunnel. He knew he was likely the most interesting thing to happen to them all week, so he took no offense.
The tunnel was narrow and dim compared to what he had been told to expect, but darkness was hardly a problem for Armin. He strode down the path at a quick pace, adjusting the straps of his pack absentmindedly. He only had to get to the first city, there would be people waiting for him there. From Icnes¡¯ house, he understood. The travel to get here had been boring more than anything, and so far, the tunnels were only more of the same. He recalled what he¡¯d heard and the maps of the Eternal Dark he¡¯d seen, but there was only so long he could dwell on them.
Armin was curious to finally see what Madris had told him of many times. He knew she didn¡¯t particularly want to return, but it had always sounded fascinating to him. He¡¯d even learned their language. It was also an opportunity to find out more about her past; in her stories, he¡¯d always felt like there were some things she¡¯d left out, or left as implications. More importantly, of course, he would be evaluating the situation for both her and the Empire.
He¡¯d traveled for several hours before he was first attacked by monsters. It was a small group of Tunnelers, only about a dozen, and none of them higher than the second Tier. The narrow tunnel meant he only needed to fight a few of them at once. Armin made sure his back was covered, manifested some shadows into a spectral blade, his favorite trick, and then conjured more shadow to bind and hinder their movements while he slashed at them.
He received several slashes, but he¡¯d also triggered his defensive Skill, Shadow Armor, which caught all of them. It made the fight more annoying than truly threatening. By the time he was finished, he¡¯d worked up a sweat. He glanced at the bodies, then decided to leave them as he lacked the tools or time to properly harvest them, and instead turned to continue on.
Still, this fight seemed to have broken some kind of dam. Over the next hour, he was attacked twice more, once by some giant spider ¡ª luckily not the kind with corrosive or acidic venom ¡ª and the other by mole-like monsters he hadn¡¯t seen before but recognized from descriptions. Armin made sure he didn¡¯t linger and instead hurried on.
It was tiring. He was more used to fighting in a group and had almost forgotten how exhausting it could be on his own. Luckily, after that the monsters tapered off. He only encountered a few more Tunnelers, and then an hour of nothing. Perhaps he should have realized that meant he was getting close to a dark elf city ¡ª of course they would keep their surroundings clear.
Regardless, the tunnel opened abruptly into a larger cavern, and once he crossed it, the path spiraled down to the ground of an even larger hollow, perhaps the size of a surface city in diameter. It was not completely given over to housing, he soon realized, so the actual settlement was only perhaps the size of a large town. There was a small waterway on the east end, diverted into a few ponds, presumably for fishing. Most of the walls of the cavern, some pockmarked with artificial caves, were clearly used for growing mushrooms and other edibles. Magical lights dotted them in some spots to provide for those crops that needed it, also brightening the cavern a little.
Armin walked down the road towards the town, ignoring the gazes of the few people out beyond its confines. As expected, there were a few soldiers guarding the entrance here, too. They watched him warily, and he kept his expression calm as he approached.
¡°Halt, human,¡± one finally said, stepping down from the open platform of the gatehouse to greet him. ¡°Who are you and what is your business here?¡±
¡°Armin niz¡¯as Ulaven,¡± he responded, even though they could see it with the System. ¡°I am only passing through.¡±
¡°Why do you have a house name of ours, and what are you doing in the Eternal Dark?¡± the soldier continued asking.
¡°Because Eminent Mistress Ulaven took me into her house,¡± he answered, letting some of his annoyance show. ¡°I am here on an errand for her. Do you intend to bar my way? Because I know that would not be lawful.¡±
¡°No one said we would,¡± another soldier jumped down hastily. He wasn¡¯t sure about their ranks, but his level was higher, at 30. ¡°Asking these questions is standard procedure.¡±
The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation.
Clearly, the mention of Madris had spooked them. The other two soldiers immediately opened the gate.
Armin inclined his head slightly. ¡°My thanks,¡± he told them, subtly excluding the first soldier. It might be petty, but he didn¡¯t care.
Instead, he stepped into the town. Again, he attracted a lot of stares, which didn¡¯t surprise him. At least no one seemed outright hostile. He supposed being this close to the border of the Eternal Dark, people here were likely to see some travelers passing through on occasion, including Delvers.
Not that he was certain how the soldiers had recognized him as a Delver, but perhaps they simply assumed any armed human who came to visit was one.
Armin wandered down the street, looking around curiously and taking note of the buildings and people. The houses were surprisingly similar to what he¡¯d see above-ground, though usually with flat roofs ¡ª he supposed they didn¡¯t have to worry about rain or snow accumulating. Similarly, the street was open and the few market stands he glimpsed further on had no coverings. The road was hewn directly into the rock of the cavern. Otherwise, it could have been a scene from a surface city.
¡°Visitor!¡± someone called over to him as he stepped into a small town square. Armin almost walked past, assuming they were simply trying to hawk some wares, before a closer look made him stop. There were two men wearing a different kind of armor, lighter and of a darker color, as well as a woman in a dress of some shimmering fabric he didn¡¯t recognize but had seen on several people so far. The sigil on their shoulder was also different, but he recognized it.
The woman looked him up and down as he approached and clicked her tongue. ¡°You¡¯re not quite what I was expecting ¡ Sir Armin,¡± she told him. ¡°But I would venture that you are who we were supposed to watch for.¡±
| Peras Oliren ¡ª Level 28 Ink Hand |
¡°Mostly likely,¡± he agreed, quickly checking them out in return. He could take those two soldiers, but it shouldn¡¯t be necessary.
¡°Were you sent by Mistress Icnes Oliren?¡± the dark elf asked, clearly simply to confirm an assumption. She didn¡¯t sound doubtful.
¡°Mostly by her sister, Madris Ulaven,¡± he said. ¡°But yes. I have a letter from her.¡± He quickly opened his pack and got it out, passing it to her to read.
In truth, he had several letters, one of which he was only supposed to give to someone very high up in this house. But this one was more general, simply an introduction that confirmed some basic facts.
Peras read it over and nodded, then passed it back. ¡°Good. We will ensure you have an escort the rest of the way, then. I will accompany you to Eterian¡¯nes, that is, the closest city. In fact, Lord Oliren has been eager to meet you and is already waiting there. We can rest here but shouldn¡¯t dawdle. I¡¯ve arranged accommodations for us and we can get an additional room for you, then set off in the morning for the city, where we should arrive in the late afternoon. If that suits you?¡±
¡°Perfectly,¡± he assured her. He was a little curious who he would meet; if she was calling him ¡®lord¡¯, with no discernible irritation or anything but respect in her tone, it had to be a very respected man. He had a suspicion, but bit down on the urge to ask further questions. There would be time for that.
For now, their meeting had already attracted some curious looks, and he quickly followed the small group of dark elves to their inn.
It, too, would not be very out of place on the surface. The lighting was dim, and there was a large water clock prominently displayed in the common room, to help keep the time in the absence of sunlight. He knew dark elves still operated on a regular daily cycle simply because their bodies required regular rest, the same as anyone else¡¯s, but it would be quite the experience to live without the guidance of the sun or stars. But Armin barely had time to contemplate it before he was ushered into a small room, bare of most anything but a bed. Tired from the travel, he hardly minded, so he simply laid down to sleep.
He thought he woke early the next day, but Peras and her escorts were already up. Armin stayed at the inn for breakfast, a mush of what he supposed were mushrooms and strange plants, with a peculiar, almost bitter taste. He would have liked some honey to sweeten it, but that was clearly rare here. Still, he didn¡¯t complain, only made sure his gear was safely stowed before he accompanied the dark elves out into town. Peras had paid for his stay, but he requested they stop at a money changer so he could exchange most of the coin he brought. Thankfully, being this close to an exit to the surface, there was one in town. With the dark elf woman¡¯s help, he even managed to get a favorable exchange. The money lender, a withered old man, seemed rather curious about the Imperial coinage he brought. He supposed it had not spread this far yet.
¡°You will see much more of it in the coming decades,¡± Armin told him, and the old elf smiled with amusement.
The Eternal Dark¡¯s own coinage was unified, though the back of the coin showed where it had been minted, mostly by the sigil of the controlling house. He noticed one of his new golden coins had the symbol of Oliren - an ¡®X¡¯ cross with a star in the middle - on it.
"It¡¯s only a few miles to the next transit point, then we can rent gliders and follow the eastern route to the city,¡± Peras told him.
¡°I¡¯m looking forward to it,¡± he smiled. And he did.
They left the town without fuss, even though they were moving east, deeper into the Eternal Dark. The tunnel here was a bit wider, and there were even lines demarcating it into two lanes, outbound and inbound, though it was sparsely used at the moment and no one seemed to care about them. Armin made chitchat with the dark elves, also managing to coax some conversation from the fighters who had thus far been mostly silent. Once they opened up, they were pleasant enough conversation partners, telling him some stories from their home province.
Almost too soon, they reached the transit station Peras had mentioned. Armin looked around curiously. It was a hut with a large attached workshed, from what he could see. Beyond it, the tunnel dipped down, and, stepping closer, he was greeted by an impressive sight. This tunnel, if it could still be called that, was much wider ¡ª at least the width of a large hall. It descended downward, deeper underground toward the heart of the Eternal Dark, and curved slightly. There were cables spanned across it, held up by pegs hammered into the ceiling. He didn¡¯t even want to imagine how dangerous placing them to build this railway of the air might have been.
Another dark elf woman stepped out to greet them. As Peras started discussing and haggling over their rental, Armin stepped closer to the shed and the glider he could see resting on a wooden frame beside it. It was large, a frame of thin wood and bits of metal with lengths of cloth spanned overhead almost like wings. It looked like they were foldable, even.
It took the right wing moving before he realized someone was lying under it, working on the frame. Armin stepped back, then frowned as he saw the man who clambered to his feet beside him. The worker dusted his hands off on his roughspun coveralls, shooting him a glance.
¡°You¡¯re a dwarf?¡±
¡°Obviously,¡± he rolled his eyes. ¡°And you¡¯re a human, aren¡¯t you?¡±
Armin ducked his head slightly. ¡°Pardon me,¡± he apologized. ¡°I was just surprised. I wasn¡¯t expecting to see one of your people down here.¡±
¡°Clearly,¡± the dwarf grumbled.
¡°What are you doing here?¡±
¡°What does it look like? Working. I need to get this glider fixed up quickly. It looks like your party might need it.¡±
¡°Yes, but ¡ how did you come to be in the Eternal Dark, working for dark elves, if I may ask?¡±
The other man stared at him for a long moment, his eyes narrowed. It struck Armin that he was probably younger than he seemed, not that he was familiar with dwarven aging or lifespan, as he checked his System description. ¡°They captured me in the last war.¡±
| Tanmi-le ¡ª Level 26 Engineer |
¡°Oh.¡± Armin winced slightly in embarrassment. He should have known. It wasn¡¯t like Madris hadn¡¯t warned him what else he might find down here. ¡°I¡¯m sorry.¡±
The dwarf shrugged. ¡°What about you?¡±
¡°I¡¯m a Delver. Just passing through.¡±
¡°Clearly, that¡¯s not all you are, human,¡± he scoffed lightly. ¡°I¡¯ve been here long enough to recognize the name ¡®Ulaven¡¯.¡±
Armin inclined his head. ¡°No, I¡¯m here for my Eminent Mistress.¡±
Tanmi-le grumbled something he couldn¡¯t make out. He didn¡¯t look friendly. Before they could continue the conversation, Peras called him over, and one of the soldiers came to check. Armin lingered for a moment, then quietly bid the dwarf goodbye and turned away.
There was little he could do, anyway. For the first time since he arrived in the Eternal Dark, he felt the urge to talk to Madris. But that was unfeasible. At this distance, even if it was possible, it would take too much mana and focus.
Instead, he checked that he still had his daggers and tightened the straps of his pack to prepare for the next step of the journey in this little adventure.
Chapter 357: Peace and Cooperation
Regina finally got word that the war in the south had ended a little while after it actually happened. They still regularly sent people down and swapped out the garrison at the old Hivekind base, but since the teleportation needed quite a bit of power and was only possible from the new temple side, the teleportation pad wasn¡¯t activated often. Still, it was a much more direct route and faster than traveling over the mountains, so it was how they got most news.
Apparently, there had been several villages burned during the course of this war between the city-states. Regina felt an uncomfortable twisting in her gut at the thought of what had happened to the people living there. Tim clearly knew, and he looked a little nervous. But Regina wasn¡¯t going to blow up at him now. What was done was done. He¡¯d done what he thought was best and it had clearly worked. It was also hard to say if his actions had truly led to anything that might not have happened anyway.
Either way, the end result of the war seemed to be that not much had truly changed. Some borders had been moved, mostly to the benefit of Iliyan. Veragles had clearly not invested much into the war, after what had happened, which led to Iliucin, their ostensible ally, being much worse off.
They would have to keep a close eye on the situation in case someone decided to turn covetous eyes to the base now that their soldiers were no longer occupied fighting each other, but Regina was still relieved to hear it was over. Especially without the base getting attacked or anything.
Iseis seemed to be content to stay at the temple for now, overseeing both it and the teleportation pad. Regina didn¡¯t mind, although she¡¯d hoped for more lessons from her, which would have been easier if she¡¯d come back to Cera. Still, it wasn¡¯t worth complaining about.
Meanwhile, their planned road through the mountains progressed pretty well. Getting the teleportation pad working had moved it down the priority list, but they were still continuing the project, with the help of their new dwarf allies. Regina still hadn¡¯t met any of their leaders personally, but the coordination seemed to work out well. They had started reclaiming one of their older settlements and even started work on a new one, in a tactically sound position where it was sheltered against the elements and hard to access for monsters, which also slowed down construction. The drones who were assigned to this area spoke highly of their tamed earth wyrms for helping dig the tunnels their planning called for, though.
In the end, it would take a little longer for the road to be finished, but it was about time for them to prepare for when it was. That meant preparing delegations for Veragles and the other cities, and general preparations to establish trade links. Personally, Regina was looking forward to what they could import from south of the mountains. Since the teleportation link¡¯s capacity was limited and they wanted to keep the base¡¯s location secret, she couldn¡¯t exactly use it for that purpose.
It was also important because of the gnomes, who were still integrating into the Empire. Preparations were starting for negotiations about incorporating them directly into the Empire. Regina was glad they were able to take that step, or would be soon, but she also expected discontent and rising unrest once that time came. Aliekin had assured her that he would be able to handle things, but also warned her to be careful about potentially stirring up the situation.
The general, now firmly established as head of their Executive Council, had done pretty well so far, she had to admit. It was probably due to his efforts that they hadn¡¯t actually had to deal with a rebellion in the Gnomish Confederation since the end of the war.
Right now, she hoped that prevailing on the gnomes to help with the road building project didn¡¯t count as anything inflammatory. She was only trying to sooth tensions between them and the dwarves. If they were going to both be allied to the Empire, it was better to be proactive about that than let some ¡®incidents¡¯ blow up in their faces. That had been Janis¡¯ recommendation, anyway, and Regina thought she was right. So, now there were some gnomish soldiers in addition to human Imperial troopers in the mountains, and builders, architects and demolition experts helping with the construction projects.
Do you think we¡¯re getting them to get along better? she asked Dan as she checked in with him.
He shrugged, transmitting the sensation faintly through the psychic link. There¡¯s an even chance some kind of fight is going to break out, I think. But once it¡¯s over with, they should improve. Don¡¯t worry about it, My Queen.
Regina nodded. Her ¡ third or fourth son (still weird that she had to count them like that) seemed like too much of a restless soul to stay sitting around in the Empire for too long, so a posting to oversee the protection of their road building project suited him well. He worked with Max, Tim and Ben, and surprisingly, seemed to be highly regarded by the dwarves. Despite his claims that he was a bad diplomat. Regina wasn¡¯t sure about that, but she didn¡¯t argue about it, just let him do his thing in the south.
Have you heard more about what¡¯s been happening further south? she asked.
Veragles is sending people into the mountains, Dan reported. There¡¯s always been a few adventurers, apparently, but their numbers have increased. I¡¯m not sure if it¡¯s connected to our efforts. We have been thinning out the monsters, and some must have been migrating away from our area of operations. So, it could just be in response to monster activity. Or maybe they¡¯re curious and hoping to profit off it once we finish securing this route.
Regina frowned. We have to keep an eye on that, she said. I won¡¯t exactly mind if people from Veragles use the road to visit the Empire, allowing trade and travel is kind of the point, but we do need to keep control of it. And not allow them to sabotage us, either.
If they send the kind of numbers needed for that, we¡¯ll definitely notice, Dan assured her. We¡¯ll watch them.
Regina didn¡¯t say anything to that. She was probably jumping at shadows. Either way, she trusted Dan and the others to monitor their assigned area of operations.
There have been more dwarves moving north as well, Dan continued. Some of them are probably venturing into the mountains for the same reasons as the humans, but the others seem to be looking for dwarven settlements, to join them. Their numbers may be rising if this keeps up.
Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings.
That seems likely, yes, she agreed. So far, she didn¡¯t think news of their alliance or the details of it had spread very far, and travel from further south would take time. And some people were probably waiting a little longer to see what came of it before they decided to move. She¡¯d venture a guess that the number of immigrants would only increase. Assuming it could count as immigration. Some of them were probably originally from the mountain settlements, or their parents were.
Well, if our allies are getting more numerous, I don¡¯t think it¡¯s a problem, she finally commented.
I wasn¡¯t complaining, my Queen. But speaking of allies, our scouts have also seen more movement from the elves in the northern part of our range. It might be connected to our efforts to clear the mountains.
We¡¯re already in communication with them, she assured him. There were a few complaints because of monster migrations.
She often wasn¡¯t quite sure where she stood with Ariedel, to be honest. The elves seemed friendly and had certainly helped her hive in the past, but they¡¯d also been dragging out the negotiations about joining the Empire interminably. At this point, she figured the negotiations wouldn¡¯t progress unless something changed.
Maybe they were just being cautious. Getting in good with her but trying to retain their autonomy as much as possible. Regina wouldn¡¯t blame them. The world was changing around them, their victory against Cernlia and Nerlia was almost meaningless right now and their relation to the Hivekind was clearly still fraught in a historical sense. Though the last part didn¡¯t exactly make her sympathize with them. Still, maybe she should at some point stop softballing it and maybe raise tariffs a little or something, only to ¡®encourage¡¯ them to come to a decision.
But there was something else she¡¯d learned from her knowledge of another time; there was sometimes little difference between a close alliance and actually joining some kind of federation (or country with a federal organization) if there were enough treaties and commonalities. If the elves didn¡¯t join the Empire but joined a common economic area, even a shared currency area, and a close military alliance with mutual defense pacts and more ¡ª it wouldn¡¯t make a huge difference in the end. Especially depending on how much local autonomy they would have anyway.
For now, Regina was content with the fact that they were allied, and, in any potential conflicts in the foreseeable future, they would probably be on her side.
It did help that Ariedel had sent a few envoys she knew and liked. Anuis was back in the city and probably getting bored, as she¡¯d heard she¡¯d started a stint working with what passed for their general staff. It didn¡¯t take a genius to see Anuis was set up to rise high. But instead, Bianorn was one of the people sent in the newest diplomatic team, joining a few elves already staying at a new permanent embassy in the capital.
¡°Commander Anuis asked me to pass along her greetings,¡± he told her as they talked privately one evening. Regina had hosted a dinner for some diplomatic envoys ¡ª only the ones she liked, really ¡ª and invited him to stay for a drink after that. ¡°She would have come herself, but said she was needed in the city. Politics, I can assume.¡±
¡°I understand,¡± Regina told him. ¡°It is good to see you again, either way.¡±
He was silent for a bit, looking out over the royal palace. They were standing on a balcony with a nice view, especially since it was evening and some torches and lights had been lit. ¡°There is some debate in the Elvish Free State,¡± he said finally. ¡°I¡¯d guess that doesn¡¯t come as a surprise to you, Empress Regina.¡±
¡°Should I be worried?¡±
¡°No, I wouldn¡¯t go that far. Few people are outright questioning our alliance with the Empire.¡± He shrugged. ¡°However, you might have heard there has been a new delegation of diplomats from the Western Confederation, and they have found more than enough willing hosts for their stay.¡±
Regina frowned. She¡¯d been informed of that before, but hadn¡¯t paid much attention at the time. ¡°Is that so? I admit I¡¯d rather your people didn¡¯t welcome them.¡±
¡°On what grounds?¡± he asked. ¡°You have hardly sworn an official oath of enmity to the Western Confederation ¡ Your Imperial Majesty. We have little reason not to allow diplomats access to the city, or to not speak with them.¡±
¡°Yes, of course. My apologies. I know Ariedel profits from trade and wouldn¡¯t lightly close any doors to potential partners.¡± Regina didn¡¯t have to like it, but she also knew she could hardly begrudge the elves talking to Confederation diplomats.
Bianorn sighed, crossing his arms and leaning against the balustrade. ¡°I¡¯m only a military man, not a politician, Empress Regina. Personally, I understand where you are coming from. But it¡¯s my job to think about fighting, and other people focus on how to prevent war. Some in the government are apparently suggesting that Ariedel could mediate between your nation and the Western Confederation.¡±
¡°Mediating?¡± Regina tapped on her mandible. It was an interesting suggestion. ¡°Officially, I take it?¡±
¡°Personally, I would recommend against it,¡± he warned. ¡°There is no fight between the Empire and the Western Confederation, no official source of open conflict, you do not even have a border dispute. Admitting the need for mediation may simply confirm that there is reason for enmity and deepen instead of resolve it. It would showcase any such conflict for all to see.¡±
Bianorn had a point, actually. There wasn¡¯t any real, official reason for enmity between the two nations, and they were still in diplomatic contact and even trading with each other. A mediation attempt might only make things worse, especially if the Confederation leaders didn¡¯t want to play nice with the Empire. Or actually wanted to kindle conflict.
¡°Sometimes it is better to preserve the facade of civility.¡±
Regina smiled. ¡°Are you quoting someone?¡±
He seemed surprised for a second, then smiled back. ¡°Yes, actually. The Special Minister.¡±
Well, if Enais thought it was a bad idea, Regina should probably listen. Maybe she simply shared Bianorn¡¯s opinion for the reasons he¡¯d outlined, or maybe there were other factors at play, like the internal politics of Ariedel. ¡°You can tell them I would be open to the possibility of mediation, in principle, as long as the Western Confederation is, but we don¡¯t need to push for it.¡± She sighed. ¡°Perhaps once this conflict is more ¡ open, if that happens.¡±
Bianorn nodded. ¡°I understand.¡±
Regina glanced back out over the city. ¡°There has also been rising tension with Esemen,¡± she admitted. ¡°They have raised tariffs somewhat and are discouraging merchants from visiting the Empire. It¡¯s subtle, not an official policy decision, but the effect it still there.¡±
The elf raised an eyebrow, looking concerned. ¡°I see,¡± he murmured. ¡°I¡¯ll pass that on, too.¡±
Regina nodded. She knew the information would also reach them through other, more proper channels. ¡°I hope Ariedel is still doing well?¡± she asked.
¡°Of course.¡± He started talking about their defenses and the reactions to changing monster patterns, which necessitated some updates to their defensive strategy. However, it sounded like they had everything perfectly under control. Obviously, this wasn¡¯t the first time the elves had done this.
Regina nodded along to his explanation, asking a few questions. The conversation slowly moved away from politics and then to less heavy topics.
Later that evening, after he had gone, she checked on the drones she had in and around the elvish city. It seemed to bear out what he¡¯d said.
Regina found herself lingering a little on the minds of monsters she could sense in the farther reaches of her range. Lately, most of her hive¡¯s combat, and a part of their Experience gain, had come from fighting them. They needed to make arrangements to keep it up, in accordance with the elves.
Personally, she was waiting for her next level, when she¡¯d choose her next Ability, which should happen any day now. Recently, her leveling had slowed quite a bit. Partly that must be because she was reaching quite high levels, obviously Experience gain and leveling would be slower. But it was probably also because the war had ended and her hive wasn¡¯t fighting anyone, or at least not as much.
It was something she tried to feel proud of, right now. Peace was good, after all.
Chapter 358: Imitation
The day after her conversation with Biarnorn, the Imperial forces operating in the mountains fought a major battle against the resident monsters, or at least major as far as these fights went. After that, Regina finally leveled up.
There were actually several packs of monsters involved, though two of them only joined in the fight later, perhaps drawn by the sounds of the fighting. A large group of some kind of monstrous wolves, in various forms, posed the first challenge. Then a murder of particularly murderous monster birds, though not a type Regina was personally very familiar with. And finally, a pack of several assorted monsters, including scavengers. The soldiers were in a large enough group to handle them, with the assistance of some dwarves, who were trying to secure the site of a new settlement nearby. Regina had noticed the fighting and watched, since it was the biggest fight in a while.
She still hadn¡¯t been prepared for the notification, although she had been expecting it.
| You may now select another Ability |
Regina retreated to the balcony again. It overlooked the inner gardens, where several psychic students were currently doing exercises, attempting to look into each other¡¯s minds. She focused on the next System message.
| You may now select your ninth Class Skill. Please choose one of the following: |
| Queen¡¯s Magic: Wielding magic is key to power. Your ability to channel mana will be improved, decreasing the mana costs of casting your spells slightly. You may also channel some of your mana to drones capable of using magic within a short distance, temporarily increasing their own mana pool somewhat. This will demand much more of your mana than they will be able to use in return. The remainder will be diffused through the psychic link, passively strengthening it slightly over time, or into your environment. |
| Ruler¡¯s Mind: The power of your mind imposes its will on the world around you. Your psychic link will be slightly strengthened and commanding your Swarm Drones will be facilitated. You will find it easier to instinctively assess the condition and location of all members of your Hive inside your range. Your ability to impose your will on other minds will be strengthened, especially those outside your Hive. |
| Imitation Link: You connect minds to each other. You may temporarily create an imitation of your psychic link, pulling in and connecting your subjects outside of the Hive provided they are not too far from you. This will allow them to talk telepathically to you and each other and to transmit emotions and information. Latent or actualized psychic potential will ease this process and allow for more participants and connections from further away. |
Regina frowned, reading through the options carefully and weighing her choices.
She had expected to see Ruler¡¯s Mind again, since she had declined the option last time. The Ability was still tempting, honestly more so now than last time. The growth of her hive meant that the bit of extra strength to the psychic link would be good, and especially the ability to more easily assess where the drones were spread out. But she still couldn¡¯t shake the slight suspicion that it was a poisoned chalice.
The other two, new options were different, and actually surprised her a little. Regina had hoped for good Abilities, of course, and even imagined a few she might get, but she hadn¡¯t quite pictured this. They both seemed pretty powerful, assuming the respective limits weren¡¯t too harsh.
The first was a way to directly power-up her drones. The passive benefit it included also seemed to mimic some of what she got with other Ability choices, although it would depend on what ¡®slightly¡¯ meant. That word seemed to do a lot of work in this description. Still, giving her mana to drones. It would only be the magic-users, of course ¡ª and she noted it said drones, not Hive members, so it might not count Janis or any other future non-Hivekind members ¡ª but it could still allow them to accomplish things they wouldn¡¯t be able to before, punching above their weight class. It would be temporary, there was probably some kind of limit, and there would be a distance limit, too, but she assumed that would expand with time ¡ª and it only counted for transferring the mana, they¡¯d still keep it when they moved away.
The last Ability would allow her to essentially mimic the psychic link with some of her other friends and subordinates. It should allow Kiara and Janis to talk mind-to-mind, for example. Let her easily show information to Daine or others. Even if it was temporary, they should retain the information they received through it. Even beyond the practical utility, this might help in bringing her hive and the other leaders, or even citizens, of the Empire closer together.
Sighing, Regina tabled it to make a decision later, once she¡¯d had time to sleep on it, but she was pretty sure she knew what she was going to choose. They were all good options, but the last would honestly be too useful to pass up, helping not just the hive, but the Empire, and she was curious what it would be like. Especially with June and her psychic students helping. The other option would show up again, anyway.
She did have more than enough mana to take advantage of it. Contemplatively, Regina pulled up her status screen, which she hadn¡¯t really looked at in a while, taking in the changes.
| Regina |
Hive Queen |
| Level: 70 |
|
| Mana: 30830/67780 |
|
| Hive: 3960/4071, 5 |
Swarm: 800050/136000000, 10 |
| Con: 18 |
Str: 17 |
| Dex: 17 |
End: 19 |
| Int: 38 |
Wis: 37 |
Another point in Int, she noted, glancing over it. Not surprising. Dex would probably be next, one of these days. She¡¯d finally had a point in Str last time, but it was always the lowest. But her stats remained basically as expected.
Regina tugged on her mandible, going through the numbers. The limits were getting so high she had to manually count the zeros. It¡¯s so far in the millions now, the exponential growth really showed itself, she reflected, shaking her head. The specifics don¡¯t even matter, I can just treat the Swarm as effectively unlimited. Not so much the Inner Hive, of course. She was actually getting close to pushing that limit. That also made sense, since it increased ¡ well, perhaps still exponentially, but not nearly as fast. She suspected Leian had effectively been fudging the numbers, or maybe it was also affected by something she didn¡¯t know (or some kind of random sampling?), since she hadn¡¯t been able to figure out a function for that limit. At least it was expanding faster. She still wished it was higher.
Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings.
She¡¯d slowed down the addition of new sapient Hive drones, leaving space for Swarm Drones who gained sentience, which quite a few were doing. It also helped since they still had to integrate all of them. They all needed mentorship, homes and food, it wasn¡¯t as easy as just making a few eggs, anyway.
It was different with the Swarm Drones. She¡¯d effectively stopped adding to them a while ago. In theory, she could have several million Swarm Drones, and a part of her found that tempting, but trying would be more trouble than it was worth.
They might be resistant to the elements, compared to others, and omnivores, but Swarm Drones still needed food and usually a minimum of shelter, especially at low levels. It was already a challenge to keep this number fed ¡ª effectively the population of several large cities, after all. They had to be dispersed through the Empire and the lands set aside in the hive¡¯s own territory carefully managed, with many Swarm Drones hibernating. Besides, if it was necessary, she had enough Drone Breeders to get their numbers up quickly. Given the way their levels worked, with her Swarm Strength Ability, it was better to not add too many very low-level drones right now, but just let the existing ones level up a little, and then make new ones when necessary, when they would hopefully get at least a few levels to start with. There was also the issue of the commanders-to-swarm ratio, which might become unworkable. And in many situations, the actual absolute numbers probably wouldn¡¯t make a difference ¡ª you could only attack from so many sides at once ¡ª so it wouldn¡¯t matter how many War Drones they had waiting in the wings, it was better to have some with higher levels doing the fighting.
That had been Ben¡¯s conclusion, supported by many of the hive¡¯s senior drones, though others disagreed.
Mia was still preparing new plans and infrastructure to enable the feeding and ¡®housing¡¯ of more drones, so they could increase that number.
Regina was at least glad that everyone was adjusting so well to the number of minds in the psychic link, although she did privately have a few concerns. For now, however, she found her eyes wandering back to the numbers and limits of her Inner Hive and Swarm. It wasn¡¯t the first time she¡¯d considered how being connected to and reliant on the System might actually limit her, limit her hive. She knew from Leian that the Hivekind had been able to build hives like hers without it. Perhaps not quite as easily, she certainly wouldn¡¯t have amassed a Swarm this size so quickly, but almost everything was in principle inherent to her new species, not just a gift of the System. It begged the question of whether the gods ¡ª Deirianon ¡ª were deliberately limiting her as a potential threat and what else they might be relying on to that end.
Regina closed her eyes and leaned her head against the wall. She was currently alone, she could sense that even Max and Ira were otherwise occupied, so it was fine. Then she opened her eyes, glancing into the garden again, and reached out to Janis.
Her little sister was currently talking with June over lunch, just the two of them. But it seemed they were almost finished. Regina waited, then quietly signaled Janis when they were done and June left to go back to work, heading back to the garden she was currently overlooking.
Something I can do for you? Janis asked.
I just reached level 70, finally, and got a new Ability. Regina briefly summarized her choices and reasoning.
Janis nodded slowly. They were currently so focused on each other it was like she was there with her, so Regina picked it up automatically. I think I agree with you, Regina. But it¡¯s your decision, ultimately. I can see either one being a big advantage to us, potentially. Skill choices are always personal. Do what feels right.
Thanks, Janis. That¡¯s not the only reason I wanted to talk to you, though.
Janis waited quietly for her to continue, and Regina started pacing up and down the balcony. She looked at the young psychics in training again. Some of them neither young nor green.
The hive is limited, she finally said. That¡¯s obvious, of course. The range limit to the psychic link means some of our most powerful skills and abilities, advantages like instant communication, only work within a certain distance to me. And we can only have so many sapient drones.
That¡¯s true, Janis agreed easily. We have many natural advantages, but there are also downsides to it. Drones¡¯ levels are limited to yours. The Swarm Drones need oversight and direction. Sapient drones are born with some knowledge, but they also need guidance and information before they can truly start contributing to society. But we don¡¯t have just the Hive. There¡¯s also the Empire, your Empire. It¡¯s why we¡¯re building up its military.
Regina smiled slightly. It was good that Janis got it. And she understood without her having to say it that Regina was looking for a bit of guidance of her own, for her opinion, insight and advice.
Yes. That is why I think I need to focus on those other avenues. Not that I don¡¯t focus on the Empire already, of course, but still ¡ª there are limits to the hive, and to the Empire, which we can work on. But we also have magic and psychic power. Perhaps we should found and expand magic schools. And as for psychics, make sure they can actually be useful not just passively, but in a conflict.
That sounds good. I agree about magic schools, of course. It may lead to some issues with the nobles, but it¡¯s worth it. But, what did you have in mind?
I want you to come and work with the psychic students we have, Janis. Do some thinking, get some opinions, and come up with ways we can employ their talents, particularly in light of potential violent conflicts. A unified doctrine, if possible. You may not be a psychic yourself ¡ª which we should really work on ¡ª but you¡¯re experienced with the psychic link, you understand what it can do. And you¡¯re good with the military, too.
She could sense Janis considering the matter. Of course, I will do my best. But I think it may be limiting to only focus on warfare. We should consider how this applies to civics too ¡ and how to protect against and counter potential manipulation. As for opinions, you should probably talk to Madris, right?
I have, Regina shrugged, and you can as well. But carefully, I don¡¯t want to bring up bad memories. And while I¡¯m sure she¡¯ll be able to offer some good advice, there are a lot of differences between a war underground and what we have to deal with.
Janis nodded again. Then she stood and left her office. Regina could sense she was heading to the garden. They could talk in person, but she was probably not coming for that.
I will do as you command, my Empress, she said with a little bit of irony. Let us hope they¡¯ll work with a poor non-psychic like me.
Regina snorted. She really didn¡¯t think that was an issue.
Janis was rather well-respected as crown princess, as far as Regina was aware (and this was one thing she tried to be aware of). Especially among those you might call Regina¡¯s supporters. And these new psychics were largely commoners or from the lower nobility at best, they certainly wouldn¡¯t go against a princess.
I will look forward to your accomplishments, then, she returned.
There were several reasons she¡¯d chosen Janis. The fact that she would keep ethical considerations in mind was one of them. But her experience and status were also part of it.
Besides, she might have ideas that hadn¡¯t occurred to Regina, and it would make sure they were on the same page, regarding how she thought.